The Instructor 2

Clement of Alexandria (AD 150–215)

2.1 Chap. I.—On Eating

Keeping, then, to our aim, and selecting the Scriptures which bear on the usefulness of training for life, we must now compendiously describe what the man who is called a Christian ought to be during the whole of his life. We must accordingly begin with ourselves, and how we ought to regulate ourselves. We have therefore, preserving a due regard to the symmetry of this work, to say how each of us ought to conduct himself in respect to his body, or rather how to regulate the body itself. For whenever any one, who has been brought away by the Word from external things, and from attention to the body itself to the mind, acquires a clear view of what happens according to nature in man, he will know that he is not to be earnestly occupied about external things, but about what is proper and peculiar to man—to purge the eye of the soul, and to sanctify also his flesh. For he that is clean rid of those things which constitute him still dust, what else has he more serviceable than himself for walking in the way which leads to the comprehension of God.

Some men, in truth, live that they may eat, as the irrational creatures, “whose life is their belly, and nothing else.” But the Instructor enjoins us to eat that we may live. For neither is food our business, nor is pleasure our aim; but both are on account of our life here, which the Word is training up to immortality. Wherefore also there is discrimination to be employed in reference to food. And it is to be simple, truly plain, suiting precisely simple and artless children—as ministering to life, not to luxury. And the life to which it conduces consists of two things—health and strength; to which plainness of fare is most suitable, being conducive both to digestion and lightness of body, from which come growth, and health, and right strength, not strength that is wrong or dangerous and wretched, as is that of athletes produced by compulsory feeding.

We must therefore reject different varieties, which engender various mischiefs, such as a depraved habit of body and disorders of the stomach, the taste being vitiated by an unhappy art—that of cookery, and the useless art of making pastry. For people dare to call by the name of food their dabbling in luxuries, which glides into mischievous pleasures. Antiphanes, the Delian physician, said that this variety of viands was the one cause of disease; there being people who dislike the truth, and through various absurd notions abjure moderation of diet, and put themselves to a world of trouble to procure dainties from beyond seas.

For my part, I am sorry for this disease, while they are not ashamed to sing the praises of their delicacies, giving themselves great trouble to get lampreys in the Straits of Sicily, the eels of the Mæander, and the kids found in Melos, and the mullets in Sciathus, and the mussels of Pelorus, the oysters of Abydos, not omitting the sprats found in Lipara, and the Mantinican turnip; and furthermore, the beetroot that grows among the Ascræans: they seek out the cockles of Methymna, the turbots of Attica, and the thrushes of Daphnis, and the reddish-brown dried figs, on account of which the ill-starred Persian marched into Greece with five hundred thousand men. Besides these, they purchase birds from Phasis, the Egyptian snipes, and the Median peafowl. Altering these by means of condiments, the gluttons gape for the sauces. “Whatever earth and the depths of the sea, and the unmeasured space of the air produce,” they cater for their gluttony. In their greed and solicitude, the gluttons seem absolutely to sweep the world with a drag-net to gratify their luxurious tastes. These gluttons, surrounded with the sound of hissing frying-pans, and wearing their whole life away at the pestle and mortar, cling to matter like fire. More than that, they emasculate plain food, namely bread, by straining off the nourishing part of the grain, so that the necessary part of food becomes matter of reproach to luxury. There is no limit to epicurism among men. For it has driven them to sweetmeats, and honey-cakes, and sugar-plums; inventing a multitude of desserts, hunting after all manner of dishes. A man like this seems to me to be all jaw, and nothing else. “Desire not,” says the Scripture, “rich men’s dainties;” for they belong to a false and base life. They partake of luxurious dishes, which a little after go to the dunghill. But we who seek the heavenly bread must rule the belly, which is beneath heaven, and much more the things which are agreeable to it, which “God shall destroy,” says the apostle, justly execrating gluttonous desires. For “meats are for the belly,” for on them depends this truly carnal and destructive life; whence some, speaking with unbridled tongue, dare to apply the name agape, to pitiful suppers, redolent of savour and sauces. Dishonouring the good and saving work of the Word, the consecrated agape, with pots and pouring of sauce; and by drink and delicacies and smoke desecrating that name, they are deceived in their idea, having expected that the promise of God might be bought with suppers. Gatherings for the sake of mirth, and such entertainments as are called by ourselves, we name rightly suppers, dinners, and banquets, after the example of the Lord. But such entertainments the Lord has not called agapæ. He says accordingly somewhere, “When thou art called to a wedding, recline not on the highest couch; but when thou art called, fall into the lowest place;” and elsewhere, “When thou makest a dinner or a supper;” and again, “But when thou makest an entertainment, call the poor,” for whose sake chiefly a supper ought to be made. And further, “A certain man made a great supper, and called many.” But I perceive whence the specious appellation of suppers flowed: “from the gullets and furious love for suppers”—according to the comic poet. For, in truth, “to many, many things are on account of the supper.” For they have not yet learned that God has provided for His creature (man I mean) food and drink, for sustenance, not for pleasure; since the body derives no advantage from extravagance in viands. For, quite the contrary, those who use the most frugal fare are the strongest and the healthiest, and the noblest; as domestics are healthier and stronger than their masters, and husbandmen than the proprietors; and not only more robust, but wiser, as philosophers are wiser than rich men. For they have not buried the mind beneath food, nor deceived it with pleasures. But love (agape) is in truth celestial food, the banquet of reason. “It beareth all things, endureth all things, hopeth all things. Love never faileth.” “Blessed is he who shall eat bread in the kingdom of God.” But the hardest of all cases is for charity, which faileth not, to be cast from heaven above to the ground into the midst of sauces. And do you imagine that I am thinking of a supper that is to be done away with? “For if,” it is said, “I bestow all my goods, and have not love, I am nothing.” On this love alone depend the law and the Word; and if “thou shalt love the Lord thy God and thy neighbour,” this is the celestial festival in the heavens. But the earthly is called a supper, as has been shown from Scripture. For the supper is made for love, but the supper is not love (agape); only a proof of mutual and reciprocal kindly feeling. “Let not, then, your good be evil spoken of; for the kingdom of God is not meat and drink,” says the apostle, in order that the meal spoken of may not be conceived as ephemeral, “but righteousness, and peace, and joy in the Holy Ghost.” He who eats of this meal, the best of all, shall possess the kingdom of God, fixing his regards here on the holy assembly of love, the heavenly Church. Love, then, is something pure and worthy of God, and its work is communication. “And the care of discipline is love,” as Wisdom says; “and love is the keeping of the law.” And these joys have an inspiration of love from the public nutriment, which accustoms to everlasting dainties. Love (agape), then, is not a supper. But let the entertainment depend on love. For it is said, “Let the children whom Thou hast loved, O Lord, learn that it is not the products of fruits that nourish man; but it is Thy word which preserves those who believe on Thee.” “For the righteous shall not live by bread.” But let our diet be light and digestible, and suitable for keeping awake, unmixed with diverse varieties. Nor is this a point which is beyond the sphere of discipline. For love is a good nurse for communication; having as its rich provision sufficiency, which, presiding over diet measured in due quantity, and treating the body in a healthful way, distributes something from its resources to those near us. But the diet which exceeds sufficiency injures a man, deteriorates his spirit, and renders his body prone to disease. Besides, those dainty tastes, which trouble themselves about rich dishes, drive to practices of ill-repute, daintiness, gluttony, greed, voracity, insatiability. Appropriate designations of such people as so indulge are flies, weasels, flatterers, gladiators, and the monstrous tribes of parasites—the one class surrendering reason, the other friendship, and the other life, for the gratification of the belly; crawling on their bellies, beasts in human shape after the image of their father, the voracious beast. People first called the abandoned ἀσώτους, and so appear to me to indicate their end, understanding them as those who are (ἀσώστους) unsaved, excluding the σ. For those that are absorbed in pots, and exquisitely prepared niceties of condiments, are they not plainly abject, earth-born, leading an ephemeral kind of life, as if they were not to live [hereafter]? Those the Holy Spirit, by Isaiah, denounces as wretched, depriving them tacitly of the name of love (agape), since their feasting was not in accordance with the word. “But they made mirth, killing calves, and sacrificing sheep, saying, Let us eat and drink, for to-morrow we die.” And that He reckons such luxury to be sin, is shown by what He adds, “And your sin shall not be forgiven you till you die,”—not conveying the idea that death, which deprives of sensation, is the forgiveness of sin, but meaning that death of salvation which is the recompense of sin. “Take no pleasure in abominable delicacies, says Wisdom. At this point, too, we have to advert to what are called things sacrificed to idols, in order to show how we are enjoined to abstain from them. Polluted and abominable those things seem to me, to the blood of which, fly

“Souls from Erebus of inanimate corpses.”

“For I would not that ye should have fellowship with demons,” says the apostle; since the food of those who are saved and those who perish is separate. We must therefore abstain from these viands not for fear (because there is no power in them); but on account of our conscience, which is holy, and out of detestation of the demons to which they are dedicated, are we to loathe them; and further, on account of the instability of those who regard many things in a way that makes them prone to fall, “whose conscience, being weak, is defiled: for meat commendeth us not to God.” “For it is not that which entereth in that defileth a man, but that which goeth out of his mouth.” The natural use of food is then indifferent. “For neither if we eat are we the better,” it is said, “nor if we eat not are we the worse.” But it is inconsistent with reason, for those that have been made worthy to share divine and spiritual food, to partake of the tables of demons. “Have we not power to eat and to drink,” says the apostle, “and to lead about wives?” But by keeping pleasures under command we prevent lusts. See, then, that this power of yours never “become a stumbling-block to the weak.”

For it were not seemly that we, after the fashion of the rich man’s son in the Gospel, should, as prodigals, abuse the Father’s gifts; but we should use them, without undue attachment to them, as having command over ourselves. For we are enjoined to reign and rule over meats, not to be slaves to them. It is an admirable thing, therefore, to raise our eyes aloft to what is true, to depend on that divine food above, and to satiate ourselves with the exhaustless contemplation of that which truly exists, and so taste of the only sure and pure delight. For such is the agape, which, the food that comes from Christ shows that we ought to partake of. But totally irrational, futile, and not human is it for those that are of the earth, fattening themselves like cattle, to feed themselves up for death; looking downwards on the earth, and bending ever over tables; leading a life of gluttony; burying all the good of existence here in a life that by and by will end; courting voracity alone, in respect to which cooks are held in higher esteem than husbandmen. For we do not abolish social intercourse, but look with suspicion on the snares of custom, and regard them as a calamity. Wherefore daintiness is to be shunned, and we are to partake of few and necessary things. “And if one of the unbelievers call us to a feast, and we determine to go” (for it is a good thing not to mix with the dissolute), the apostle bids us “eat what is set before us, asking no questions for conscience sake.” Similarly he has enjoined to purchase “what is sold in the shambles,” without curious questioning.

We are not, then, to abstain wholly from various kinds of food, but only are not to be taken up about them. We are to partake of what is set before us, as becomes a Christian, out of respect to him who has invited us, by a harmless and moderate participation in the social meeting; regarding the sumptuousness of what is put on the table as a matter of indifference, despising the dainties, as after a little destined to perish. “Let him who eateth, not despise him who eateth not; and let him who eateth not, not judge him who eateth.” And a little way on he explains the reason of the command, when he says, “He that eateth, eateth to the Lord, and giveth God thanks; and he that eateth not, to the Lord he eateth not, and giveth God thanks.” So that the right food is thanksgiving. And he who gives thanks does not occupy his time in pleasures. And if we would persuade any of our fellow-guests to virtue, we are all the more on this account to abstain from those dainty dishes; and so exhibit ourselves as a bright pattern of virtue, such as we ourselves have in Christ. “For if any of such meats make a brother to stumble, I shall not eat it as long as the world lasts,” says he, “that I may not make my brother stumble.” I gain the man by a little self-restraint. “Have we not power to eat and to drink?” And “we know”—he says the truth—“that an idol is nothing in the world; but we have only one true God, of whom are all things, and one Lord Jesus. But,” he says, “through thy knowledge thy weak brother perishes, for whom Christ died; and they that wound the conscience of the weak brethren sin against Christ.” Thus the apostle, in his solicitude for us, discriminates in the case of entertainments, saying, that “if any one called a brother be found a fornicator, or an adulterer, or an idolater, with such an one not to eat;” neither in discourse or food are we to join, looking with suspicion on the pollution thence proceeding, as on the tables of the demons. “It is good, then, neither to eat flesh nor to drink wine,” as both he and the Pythagoreans acknowledge. For this is rather characteristic of a beast; and the fumes arising from them being dense, darken the soul. If one partakes of them, he does not sin. Only let him partake temperately, not dependent on them, nor gaping after fine fare. For a voice will whisper to him, saying, “Destroy not the work of God for the sake of food.” For it is the mark of a silly mind to be amazed and stupefied at what is presented at vulgar banquets, after the rich fare which is in the Word; and much sillier to make one’s eyes the slaves of the delicacies, so that one’s greed is, so to speak, carried round by the servants. And how foolish for people to raise themselves on the couches, all but pitching their faces into the dishes, stretching out from the couch as from a nest, according to the common saying, “that they may catch the wandering steam by breathing it in!” And how senseless, to besmear their hands with the condiments, and to be constantly reaching to the sauce, cramming themselves immoderately and shamelessly, not like people tasting, but ravenously seizing! For you may see such people, liker swine or dogs for gluttony than men, in such a hurry to feed themselves full, that both jaws are stuffed out at once, the veins about the face raised, and besides, the perspiration running all over, as they are tightened with their insatiable greed, and panting with their excess; the food pushed with unsocial eagerness into their stomach, as if they were stowing away their victuals for provision for a journey, not for digestion. Excess, which in all things is an evil, is very highly reprehensible in the matter of food. Gluttony, called ὀψοφαγία, is nothing but excess in the use of relishes (ὄψον); and λαιμαργία is insanity with respect to the gullet; and γαστριμαργία is excess with respect to food—insanity in reference to the belly, as the name implies; for μάργος is a madman. The apostle, checking those that transgress in their conduct at entertainments, says: “For every one taketh beforehand in eating his own supper; and one is hungry, and another drunken. Have ye not houses to eat and to drink in? Or despise ye the church of God, and shame those who have not?” And among those who have, they, who eat shamelessly and are insatiable, shame themselves. And both act badly; the one by paining those who have not, the other by exposing their own greed in the presence of those who have. Necessarily, therefore, against those who have cast off shame and unsparingly abuse meals, the insatiable to whom nothing is sufficient, the apostle, in continuation, again breaks forth in a voice of displeasure: “So that, my brethren, when ye come together to eat, wait for one another. And if any one is hungry, let him eat at home, that ye come not together to condemnation.”

From all slavish habits and excess we must abstain, and touch what is set before us in a decorous way; keeping the hand and couch and chin free of stains; preserving the grace of the countenance undisturbed, and committing no indecorum in the act of swallowing; but stretching out the hand at intervals in an orderly manner. We must guard against speaking anything while eating: for the voice becomes disagreeable and inarticulate when it is confined by full jaws; and the tongue, pressed by the food and impeded in its natural energy, gives forth a compressed utterance. Nor is it suitable to eat and to drink simultaneously. For it is the very extreme of intemperance to confound the times whose uses are discordant. And “whether ye eat or drink, do all to the glory of God,” aiming after true frugality, which the Lord also seems to me to have hinted at when He blessed the loaves and the cooked fishes with which He feasted the disciples, introducing a beautiful example of simple food. That fish then which, at the command of the Lord, Peter caught, points to digestible and God-given and moderate food. And by those who rise from the water to the bait of righteousness, He admonishes us to take away luxury and avarice, as the coin from the fish; in order that He might displace vainglory; and by giving the stater to the tax-gatherers, and “rendering to Cæsar the things which are Cæsar’s,” might preserve “to God the things which are God’s.” The stater is capable of other explanations not unknown to us, but the present is not a suitable occasion for their treatment. Let the mention we make for our present purpose suffice, as it is not unsuitable to the flowers of the Word; and we have often done this, drawing to the urgent point of the question the most beneficial fountain, in order to water those who have been planted by the Word. “For if it is lawful for me to partake of all things, yet all things are not expedient.” For those that do all that is lawful, quickly fall into doing what is unlawful. And just as righteousness is not attained by avarice, nor temperance by excess; so neither is the regimen of a Christian formed by indulgence; for the table of truth is far from lascivious dainties. For though it was chiefly for men’s sake that all things were made, yet it is not good to use all things, nor at all times. For the occasion, and the time, and the mode, and the intention, materially turn the balance with reference to what is useful, in the view of one who is rightly instructed; and this is suitable, and has influence in putting a stop to a life of gluttony, which wealth is prone to choose, not that wealth which sees clearly, but that abundance which makes a man blind with reference to gluttony. No one is poor as regards necessaries, and a man is never overlooked. For there is one God who feeds the fowls and the fishes, and, in a word, the irrational creatures; and not one thing whatever is wanting to them, though “they take no thought for their food.” And we are better than they, being their lords, and more closely allied to God, as being wiser; and we were made, not that we might eat and drink, but that we might devote ourselves to the knowledge of God. “For the just man who eats is satisfied in his soul, but the belly of the wicked shall want,” filled with the appetites of insatiable gluttony. Now lavish expense is adapted not for enjoyment alone, but also for social communication. Wherefore we must guard against those articles of food which persuade us to eat when we are not hungry, bewitching the appetite. For is there not within a temperate simplicity a wholesome variety of eatables? Bulbs, olives, certain herbs, milk, cheese, fruits, all kinds of cooked food without sauces; and if flesh is wanted, let roast rather than boiled be set down. Have you anything to eat here? said the Lord to the disciples after the resurrection; and they, as taught by Him to practice frugality, “gave Him a piece of broiled fish;” and having eaten before them, says Luke, He spoke to them what He spoke. And in addition to these, it is not to be overlooked that those who feed according to the Word are not debarred from dainties in the shape of honey-combs. For of articles of food, those are the most suitable which are fit for immediate use without fire, since they are readiest; and second to these are those which are simplest, as we said before. But those who bend around inflammatory tables, nourishing their own diseases, are ruled by a most lickerish demon, whom I shall not blush to call the Belly-demon, and the worst and most abandoned of demons. He is therefore exactly like the one who is called the Ventriloquist-demon. It is far better to be happy than to have a demon dwelling with us. And happiness is found in the practice of virtue. Accordingly, the apostle Matthew partook of seeds, and nuts, and vegetables, without flesh. And John, who carried temperance to the extreme, “ate locusts and wild honey.” Peter abstained from swine; “but a trance fell on him,” as is written in the Acts of the Apostles, “and he saw heaven opened, and a vessel let down on the earth by the four corners, and all the four-looted beasts and creeping things of the earth and the fowls of heaven in it; and there came a voice to him, Rise, and slay, and eat. And Peter said, Not so, Lord, for I have never eaten what is common or unclean. And the voice came again to him the second time, What God hath cleansed, call not thou common.” The use of them is accordingly indifferent to us. “For not what entereth into the mouth defileth the man,” but the vain opinion respecting uncleanness. For God, when He created man, said, “All things shall be to you for meat.” “And herbs, with love, are better than a calf with fraud.” This well reminds us of what was said above, that herbs are not love, but that our meals are to be taken with love; and in these the medium state is good. In all things, indeed, this is the case, and not least in the preparation made for feasting, since the extremes are dangerous, and middle courses good. And to be in no want of necessaries is the medium. For the desires which are in accordance with nature are bounded by sufficiency. The Jews had frugality enjoined on them by the law in the most systematic manner. For the Instructor, by Moses, deprived them of the use of innumerable things, adding reasons—the spiritual ones hidden; the carnal ones apparent, to which indeed they have trusted; in the case of some animals, because they did not part the hoof, and others because they did not ruminate their food, and others because alone of aquatic animals they were devoid of scales; so that altogether but a few were left appropriate for their food. And of those that he permitted them to touch, he prohibited such as had died, or were offered to idols, or had been strangled; for to touch these was unlawful. For since it is impossible for those who use dainties to abstain from partaking of them, he appointed the opposite mode of life, till he should break down the propensity to indulgence arising from habit. Pleasure has often produced in men harm and pain; and full feeding begets in the soul uneasiness, and forgetfulness, and foolishness. And they say that the bodies of children, when shooting up to their height, are made to grow right by deficiency in nourishment. For then the spirit, which pervades the body in order to its growth, is not checked by abundance of food obstructing the freedom of its course. Whence that truth-seeking philosopher Plato, fanning the spark of the Hebrew philosophy when condemning a life of luxury, says: “On my coming hither, the life which is here called happy, full of Italian and Syracusan tables, pleased me not by any means, [consisting as it did] in being filled twice a day, and never sleeping by night alone, and whatever other accessories attend the mode of life. For not one man under heaven, if brought up from his youth in such practices, will ever turn out a wise man, with however admirable a natural genius he may be endowed.” For Plato was not unacquainted with David, who “placed the sacred ark in his city in the midst of the tabernacle;” and bidding all his subjects rejoice “before the Lord, divided to the whole host of Israel, man and woman, to each a loaf of bread, and baked bread, and a cake from the frying-pan.”

This was the sufficient sustenance of the Israelites. But that of the Gentiles was over-abundant. No one who uses it will ever study to become temperate, burying as he does his mind in his belly, very like the fish called ass, which, Aristotle says, alone of all creatures has its heart in its stomach. This fish Epicharmus the comic poet calls “monster-paunch.”

Such are the men who believe in their belly, “whose God is their belly, whose glory is in their shame, who mind earthly things.” To them the apostle predicted no good when he said, “whose end is destruction.”

Ἐχομένοις τοίνυν τοῦ σκοποῦ καὶ τὰς γραφὰς πρὸς τὸ βιωφελὲς τῆς παιδαγωγίας ἐκλεγομένοις, ὁποῖόν τινα εἶναι χρὴ παρ᾿ ὅλον τὸν βίον τὸν Χριστιανὸν καλούμενον, κεφαλαιωδῶς ὑπογραπτέον. ἀρκτέον οὖν ἡμῖν ἀφ᾿ ἡμῶν αὐτῶν καὶ ὅπως ἁρμόττειν γε χρή. στοχαζομένοις τοίνυν τῆς συμμετρίας τοῦ συντάγματος, ὁποῖόν τινα τῷ ἑαυτοῦ σώματι ἕκαστον ἡμῶν προσφέρεσθαι, μᾶλλον δὲ ὅπως αὐτὸ κατευθύνειν χρή, λεκτέον· ὁπόταν γάρ τις ἀπὸ τῶν ἐκτὸς καὶ αὐτῆς ἔτι τῆς τοῦ σώματος ἀγωγῆς ἐπὶ τὴν διάνοιαν ἀχθεὶς ὑπὸ τοῦ λόγου τὴν θεωρίαν τῶν κατὰ τὸν ἄνθρωπον συμβαινόντων κατὰ φύσιν ἀκριβῶς ἐκμάθῃ, εἴσεται μὴ σπουδάζειν μὲν περὶ τὰ ἐκτός, τό τε ἴδιον τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, τὸ ὄμμα τῆς ψυχῆς, ἐκκαθαίρειν, ἁγνίζειν δὲ καὶ τὴν σάρκα αὐτήν. ὁ γὰρ ἐκείνων καθαρῶς ἀπολυθείς, δι᾿ ὧν ἔτι χοῦς ἐστιν, τί ἂν ἄλλο προὐργιαίτερον ἑαυτοῦ ἔχοι πρὸς τὸ ὁδῷ ἐλθεῖν ἐπὶ τὴν κατάληψιν τοῦ θεοῦ; οἱ μὲν δὴ ἄλλοι ἄνθρωποι ζῶσιν, ἵνα ἐσθίωσιν, ὥσπερ ἀμέλει καὶ τὰ· ἄλογα ζῷα, οἷς οὐδὲν ἀλλ᾿ ἢ γαστήρ ἐστιν ὁ βίος, ἡμῖν δὲ ὁ παιδαγωγὸς ἐσθίειν παραγγέλλει, ἵνα ζῶμεν. οὔτε γὰρ ἔργον ἡμῖν ἡ τροφὴ οὔτε σκοπὸς ἡδονή, ὑπὲρ δὲ τῆς ἐνταῦθα διαμονῆς, ἣν ὁ λόγος εἰς ἀφθαρσίαν παιδαγωγεῖ, ἐγκρίνεται ἡ τροφή. ἁπλῆ δὲ αὕτη καὶ ἀπερίεργος, ἀληθείᾳ κατάλληλος, ἁπλοῖς καὶ ἀπεριέργοις ἁρμόζουσα παιδίοις, ὡσὰν εἰς τὸ ζῆν, οὐκ εἰς τρυφὴν ἐπιτήδειος· τὸ δὲ ἐκ δυεῖν, τὸ ζῆν τοῦτο, ὑγείας τε καὶ ἰσχύος σύγκειται, οἷς μάλιστα κατάλληλον τῆς τροφῆς τὸ εὔκολον, εἴς τε τὰς ἀναδόσεις καὶ τοῦ σώματος τὴν κουφότητα χρησιμεῦον, ἐξ ὧν αὔξησίς τε καὶ ὑγεία καὶ ἰσχὺς δικαία, οὐχὶ δὲ ἄδικος ἢ σφαλερὰ καὶ ἀθλία ὡς ἡ τῶν ἀθλητῶν ἐξ ἀναγκοφαγίας, περιγίνεται. αἱ μὲν οὖν πολυειδεῖς ποιότητες ἀποπτυστέαι, ποικίλας ἐντίκτουσαι βλάβας, καχεξίας σωμάτων, ἀνατροπὰς στομάχων, ἐκπορνευούσης τῆς γεύσεως διά τινος κακοδαίμονος τέχνης τῆς ὀψαρτυτικῆς καὶ τῆς ἀμφὶ τὰ πέμματα ματαιοτεχνίας. τροφὴν γὰρ τολμῶσιν καλεῖν τὴν ἐν τρυφαῖς ἐπιτήδευσιν εἰς ἡδονὰς ἐπιβλαβεῖς ὀλισθαίνουσαν. Ἀντιφάνης δὲ ὁ Δήλιος ἰατρὸς καὶ μίαν τῶν νόσου αἰτιῶν ταύτην εἴρηκεν τῶν ἐδεσμάτων τὴν πολυειδίαν, τῶν περὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν δυσαρεστούντων κενοδοξίᾳ ποικίλῃ τὸ σῶφρον τῆς διαίτης ἐξομνυμένων καὶ τὰς διαποντίους πολυπραγμονούντων ἐδωδάς. κἀμοὶ μὲν ἔλεος ὕπεισι τῆς νόσου, οἳ δὲ ἐξυμνεῖν οὐκ αἰσχύνονται τὰς σφετέρας ἡδυπαθείας, τὰς ἐν τῷ πορθμῷ τῷ Σικελικῷ σμυραίνας πολυπραγμονοῦντες καὶ τὰς ἐγχέλεις τὰς Μαιανδρίους καὶ τὰς ἐν Μήλῳ ἐρίφους καὶ τοὺς ἐν Σκιάθῳ κεστρεῖς καὶ τὰς Πελωρίδας κόγχας καὶ τὰ ὄστρεια τὰ Ἀβυδηνά, οὐ παραλείποντες δὲ τὰς ἐν Λιπάρᾳ μαινίδας οὐδὲ τὴν γογγύλην τὴν Μαντινικήν, ἀλλὰ οὐδὲ τὰ παρὰ τοῖς Ἀσκραίοις τεῦτλα, κτένας τε ἐκζητοῦσιν Μηθυμναίους καὶ ψήττας Ἀττικὰς καὶ τὰς δαφνίους κίχλας χελιδονίους τε ἰσχάδας, δι᾿ ἃς εἰς Ἑλλάδα πεντακοσίαις ἅμα μυριάσιν ὁ κακοδαίμων ἐστείλατο Πέρσης. ὄρνεις ἐπὶ τούτοις συνωνοῦνται τοὺς ἀπὸ Φάσιδος, ἀτταγᾶς Αἰγυπτίας, Μῆδον ταῶνα. ταῦτα τοῖς ἡδύσμασιν ἐξαλλάσσοντες οἱ γαστρίμαργοι τοῖς ὄψοις ἐπικεχήνασιν, ὅσα τε χθὼν πόντου τε βένθη καὶ ἀέρος ἀμέτρητον εὖρος ἐκτρέφει, τῇ αὑτῶν ἐκποριζόμενοι λαιμαργίᾳ. σαγηνεύειν ἀτεχνῶς οἱ πλεονέκται καὶ πολυπράγμονες οὗτοι ἐοίκασιν εἰς ἡδυπάθειαν τὸν κόσμον, »ταγήνοις σίζουσιν« περιηχούμενοι, ἀμφὶ τὴν ἴγδιν καὶ τὸν ἀλετρίβανον τὸν πάντα αὐτῶν κατατρίβοντες βίον οἱ παμφάγοι καθάπερ τὸ πῦρ τῆς ὕλης ἐξεχόμενοι. ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν εὔκολον βρῶσιν τὸν ἄρτον ἐκθηλύνουσιν ἀποσήθοντες τοῦ πυροῦ τὸ τρόφιμον, ὡς τὸ ἀναγκαῖον τῆς τροφῆς ὄνειδος γίνεσθαι ἡδονῆς. οὐκ ἔχει δὲ ὅρον παρὰ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἡ λιχνεία. καὶ γὰρ εἰς τὰ πέμματα καὶ τὰ μελίπηκτα, πρὸς δὲ καὶ εἰς τὰ τραγήματα ἐξώκειλεν, ἐπιδορπισμάτων πλῆθος εὑρίσκουσα, παντοδαπὰς θηρωμένη ποιότητας. καί μοι δοκεῖ ὁ τοιοῦτος ἄνθρωπος οὐδὲν ἀλλ᾿ ἢ γνάθος εἶναι. »μηδὲ ἐπιθύμει«, φησὶν ἡ γραφή, »τῶν ἐδεσμάτων τῶν πλουσίων· ταῦτα γὰρ ἔχεται βίου ψευδοῦς τε καὶ αἰσχροῦ.« οἳ μὲν γὰρ ἐξέχονται τῶν ὄψων, ἃ μετ᾿ ὀλίγον ἐκδέχεται κοπρών, ἡμῖν δὲ τοῖς θηρωμένοις τὴν βρῶσιν τὴν ἐπουράνιον ἄρχειν ἀνάγκη τῆς ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανὸν γαστρὸς ἔτι τε μᾶλλον καὶ τῶν ταύτῃ προσφυῶν, ἃ »ὁ θεὸς καταργήσει«, φησὶν ὁ ἀπόστολος, εἰκότως ἐπικαταρώμενος λαιμάργοις ἐπιθυμίαις. »τὰ γὰρ βρώματα τῇ κοιλίᾳ«, ἐξ ὧν ὁ σαρκικὸς ὄντως οὑτοσὶ καὶ φθοροποιὸς ἀπήρτηται βίος· εἰ δ᾿ ἀγάπην τινὲς τινὲς τολμῶσι καλεῖν ἀθύρῳ γλώττῃ κεχρημένοι δειπνάριά τινα κνίσης καὶ ζωμῶν ἀποπνέοντα, τὸ καλὸν καὶ σωτήριον ἔργον τοῦ λόγου, τὴν ἀγάπην τὴν ἡγιασμένην, κυθριδίοις καὶ ζωμοῦ ῥύσει καθυβρίζοντες ποτῷ τε καὶ τρυφῇ καὶ καπνῷ βλασφημοῦντες τοὔνομα, σφάλλονται τῆς ὑπολήψεως, τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ θεοῦ δειπναρίοις ἐξωνεῖσθαι προσδοκήσαντες. ταῖς μὲν γὰρ ἐπὶ τῇ εὐφροσύνῃ συναγωγαῖς ἐγκαταλέγοιμεν ἂν καὶ αὐτοὶ δειπνάριά τε καὶ ἄριστα καὶ δοχὰς εἰκότως ἂν καλοῖμεν τὴν συνήλυσιν ταύτην ἑπόμενοι λόγῳ, τὰς τοιαύτας δὲ ἑστιάσεις ὁ κύριος ἀγάπας οὐ κέκληκεν. λέγει γοῦν πῇ μέν· »ὅταν κληθῇς εἰς γάμους, μὴ κατάκεισο εἰς τὴν πρωτοκλισίαν, ἀλλ᾿ ὅταν κληθῇς, εἰς τὸν ἔσχατον τόπον ἀνάπιπτε«, πῇ δέ· »ὅταν ποιῇς ἄριστον ἢ δεῖπνον« καὶ πάλιν· »ἀλλ᾿ ὅταν ποιῇς δοχήν, κάλει τοὺς πτωχούς«, ἐφ᾿ ᾧ μάλιστα δεῖπνον ποιητέον, ἔτι τε· »ἄνθρωπός τις ἐποίησεν δεῖπνον μέγα καὶ ἐκάλεσεν πολλούς.« ἀλλ᾿ αἰσθάνομαι ὅθεν ἡ εὐπρόσωπος ἐρρύη τῶν δείπνων προσηγορία, ἀπὸ τῶν φαρύγων καὶ φοιτητῆς μανίας ἐπὶ δεῖπνον κατὰ τὸν κωμικόν. »ἔστι γὰρ« ὡς ἀληθῶς »τὰ πολλὰ τοῖς πολλοῖς τοῦ δείπνου χάριν.« οὐ γάρ που μεμαθήκασι τὸν θεὸν παρασκευάσαι τῷ δημιουργήματι, τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ λέγω, σῖτα καὶ ποτὰ τοῦ σῴζεσθαι χάριν, οὐχὶ δὲ τοῦ ἥδεσθαι· ἐπεὶ μηδὲ ὠφελεῖσθαι πέφυκεν τὰ σώματα ἐκ τῆς πολυτελείας τῶν βρωμάτων· πᾶν γὰρ τοὐναντίον οἱ ταῖς εὐτελεστάταις χρώμενοι τροφαῖς ἰσχυρότεροί εἰσι καὶ ὑγεινότεροι καὶ γενναιότεροι, ὡς οἰκέται δεσποτῶν καὶ γεωργοὶ κτητόρων· καὶ οὐ μόνον ῥωμαλεώτεροι, ἀλλὰ καὶ φρονιμώτεροι, ὡς φιλόσοφοι πλουσίων· οὐ γὰρ ἐπέχωσαν τὸν νοῦν ταῖς τροφαῖς οὐδὲ ἠπάτησαν αὐτὸν ἡδοναῖς. ἀγάπη δὲ τῷ ὄντι ἐπουράνιός ἐστι τροφή, ἑστίασις λογική· »πάντα στέγει, πάντα ὑπομένει, πάντα ἐλπίζει· ἡ ἀγάπη οὐδέποτε πίπτει.« »μακάριος ὃς φάγεται ἄρτον ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τοῦ θεοῦ.« χαλεπώτατον δὲ πάντων πτωμάτων τὴν ἄπτωτον ἀγάπην ἄνωθεν ἐξ οὐρανῶν ἐπὶ τοὺς ζωμοὺς ῥίπτεσθαι χαμαί. κᾷτ᾿ οἴει με δεῖπνον ἡγεῖσθαι τὸ καταργούμενον; »ἐὰν γάρ«, φησί, »διαδῶ τὰ ὑπάρχοντά μου, ἀγάπην δὲ μὴ ἔχω, οὐδέν εἰμι.«

Ταύτης ὅλος ἀπήρτηται τῆς ἀγάπης ὁ νόμος καὶ ὁ λόγος· κἂν ἀγαπήσῃς κύριον τὸν θεόν σου καὶ τὸν πλησίον σου, ἐν οὐρανοῖς ἐστιν αὕτη ἡ ἐπουράνιος εὐωχία, ἡ δὲ ἐπίγειος δεῖπνον κέκληται, ὡς ἐκ τῆς γραφῆς ἀποδέδεικται, δι᾿ ἀγάπην μὲν γινόμενον τὸ δεῖπνον, ἀλλ᾿ οὐκ ἀγάπη τὸ δεῖπνον, δεῖγμα δὲ εὐνοίας κοινωνικῆς καὶ εὐμεταδότου. »μὴ βλασφημείσθω οὖν ἡμῶν τὸ ἀγαθόν. οὐ γάρ ἐστιν ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ βρῶσις καὶ πόσις«, φησὶν ὁ ἀπόστολος, ἵνα τὸ ἐφήμερον ἄριστον νοηθῇ, »ἀλλὰ δικαιοσύνη καὶ εἰρήνη καὶ χαρὰ ἐν πνεύματι ἁγίῳ.« τούτου ὁ φαγὼν τοῦ ἀρίστου τὸ ἄριστον τῶν ὄντων, τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ, κτήσεται, μελετήσας ἐνθένδε ἁγίαν συνήλυσιν ἀγάπης, οὐράνιον ἐκκλησίαν. ἀγάπη μὲν οὖν χρῆμα καθαρὸν καὶ τοῦ θεοῦ ἄξιον, ἔργον δὲ αὐτῆς ἡ μετάδοσις. »φροντὶς δὲ παιδείας ἀγάπη«, ἡ σοφία λέγει, »ἀγάπη δὲ τήρησις νόμων αὐτῆς.« αἱ δὲ εὐφροσύναι αὗται ἔναυσμά τι ἀγάπης ἔχουσιν ἐκ τῆς πανδήμου τροφῆς συνεθιζόμενον εἰς ἀίδιον τροφήν. ἀγάπη μὲν οὖν δεῖπνον οὐκ ἔστιν, ἡ δ᾿ ἑστίασις ἀγάπης ἠρτήσθω. »μαθέτωσαν γάρ«, φησίν, »οἱ υἱοί σου, οὓς ἠγάπησας, κύριε, ὅτι οὐχ αἱ γενέσεις τῶν καρπῶν τρέφουσιν ἄνθρωπον, ἀλλὰ τὸ ῥῆμά σου τοὺς σοὶ πιστεύοντας διατηρεῖ·« οὐ γὰρ ἐπ᾿ ἄρτῳ ζήσεται ὁ δίκαιος.

Ἀλλὰ γὰρ τὸ δεῖπνον ἔστω λιτὸν ἡμῖν καὶ εὔζωνον, ἐπιτήδειον εἰς ἐγρήγορσιν, ποικίλαις ἀνεπίμικτον ποιότησιν, οὐκ ἀπαιδαγώγητον οὐδὲ τοῦτο· ἀγαθὴ γὰρ κουροτρόφος [αὐτάρκεια] εἰς κοινωνίαν ἀγάπη ἐφόδιον ἔχουσα πλούσιον, τὴν αὐτάρκειαν, ἣ δὴ ἐφεστῶσα τῇ τροφῇ δικαίᾳ ποσότητι μεμετρημένῃ σωτηρίως τὸ σῶμα διοικοῦσα καὶ τοῖς πλησίον ἀπένειμέν τι ἐξ αὑτῆς, ἡ δὲ ὑπερβλύζουσα τὴν αὐτάρκειαν δίαιτα τὸν ἄνθρωπον κακοῖ, νωθῆ μὲν τὴν ψυχήν, ἐπισφαλὲς δὲ εἰς νόσον ἐργαζομένη τὸ σῶμα. ναὶ μὴν προστρίβονται βλασφημίας δυσανασχέτους αἱ περὶ τὰς καρυκείας ἡδοναί, λιχνείαν, λαιμαργίαν, ὀψοφαγίαν, ἀπληστίαν, ἀδηφαγίαν. μυῖαι τούτοις οἰκεῖαι τοῖς ὀνόμασιν καὶ γαλαῖ κόλακές τε καὶ μονομάχαι καὶ τὰ »ἄγρια τῶν παρασίτων φῦλα«, γαστρὸς ἡδονῆς οἳ μὲν τὸν λόγον, οἳ δὲ τὴν φιλίαν, οἳ δὲ τὸ ζῆν ἀποδόμενοι, ἐπὶ γαστέρας ἕρποντες, θηρία ἀνδρείκελα, κατ᾿ εἰκόνα τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτῶν τοῦ λίχνου θηρίου. ἀσώτους [τ᾿] αὐτοὺς οἱ καλέσαντες πρῶτοι εὖ μοι δοκοῦσιν αἰνίττεσθαι τὸ τέλος αὐτῶν, ἀσώστους αὐτοὺς κατὰ ἔκθλιψιν τοῦ σίγμα στοιχείου νενοηκότες. ἦ γὰρ οὐχ οὗτοι οἱ περὶ τὰς λοπάδας ἀσχολούμενοι καὶ τὰς μεμωρημένας τῶν ἡδυσμάτων περιεργίας, οἱ ταπεινόφρονες, χαμαιγενεῖς, τὸν ἐφήμερον διώκοντες βίον ὡς οὐ ζησόμενοι; τούτους ταλανίζει διὰ Ἡσαΐου τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα, ἠρέμα πως τῆς ἀγάπης τὸ ὄνομα ὑπεξελόμενον, ἐπεὶ μὴ κατὰ λόγον ἡ ἑστίασις ἦν· »αὐτοὶ δὲ ἐποίησαν εὐφροσύνην, σφάζοντες μόσχους καὶ θύοντες πρόβατα, λέγοντες· φάγωμεν καὶ πίωμεν, αὔριον γὰρ ἀποθνῄσκομεν·« καὶ ὅτι γε τὴν τοιαύτην τρυφὴν ἁμαρτίαν λογίζεται, ἐπιφέρει· »καὶ οὐ μὴ ἀφεθήσεται ἡ ἁμαρτία ὑμῶν αὕτη, ἕως ἂν ἀποθάνητε«, οὐχὶ ἄφεσιν τῆς ἁμαρτίας θάνατον ἀναίσθητον, ἀλλὰ ἀνταπόδοσιν ἁμαρτίας θάνατον σωτηρίας ἐπικρίνας. »μὴ εὐφρανθῇς δὲ ἐπὶ μικρᾷ τρυφῇ« ἡ σοφία λέγει.

Ἐνταῦθα ὑπομνηστέον καὶ περὶ τῶν εἰδωλοθύτων καλουμένων, ὅπως ποτὲ ἄρα παραγγέλλεται ἀποσχέσθαι δεῖν τούτων. μιαρὰ δοκεῖ μοι καὶ βδελυρὰ ἐκεῖνα, ὧν ἐφίπτανται τοῖς αἵμασιν ψυχαὶ ὑπὲξ ἐρέβευς νεκύων κατατεθνειώτων. »οὐ γὰρ θέλω ὑμᾶς κοινωνοὺς δαιμονίων γίνεσθαι«, ὁ ἀπόστολος λέγει, ἐπεὶ δίχα σῳζομένων καὶ φθιμένων τροφαί. ἀφεκτέον τοίνυν τούτων, οὐ δεδιότας (οὐ γάρ ἐστί τις ἐν αὐτοῖς δύναμις), διὰ δὲ τὴν συνείδησιν τὴν ἡμετέραν ἁγίαν οὖσαν καὶ τῶν δαιμονίων διὰ τὴν βδελυρίαν, οἷς ἐπικατωνόμασται, μυσαττομένους, καὶ προσέτι διὰ τὴν τῶν ὀλισθηρῶς τὰ πολλὰ ὑπολαμβανόντων ὑδαρότητα, »οἷς ἡ συνείδησις ἀσθενοῦσα μολύνεται. βρῶμα γὰρ ἡμᾶς οὐ παραστήσει τῷ θεῷ·« »οὐδὲ τὰ εἰσιόντα κοινοῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἀλλὰ τὰ ἐξιόντα«, φησί, »τοῦ στόματος.« ἀδιάφορος ἄρα ἡ φυσικὴ χρῆσις τῆς τροφῆς· »οὔτε γὰρ ἐὰν φάγωμεν, περισσεύομεν,« φησίν, »οὔτε ἐὰν μὴ φάγωμεν, ὑστερούμεθα· « ἀλλὰ οὐκ εὔλογον »τραπέζης δαιμονίων« μεταλαμβάνειν τοὺς θείας μετέχειν καὶ πνευματικῆς κατηξιωμένους τροφῆς. »μὴ γὰρ οὐκ ἔχομεν ἐξουσίαν φαγεῖν καὶ πιεῖν«, φησὶν ὁ ἀπόστολος, »καὶ γυναῖκας περιάγεσθαι;« ἀλλὰ κρατοῦντες δηλονότι τῶν ἡδονῶν κωλύομεν τὰς ἐπιθυμίας. »βλέπετε οὖν μή ποτε ἡ ἐξουσία ὑμῶν αὕτη πρόσκομμα γένηται τοῖς ἀσθενέσιν.«

Οὐ χρὴ οὖν καθάπερ ἀσωτευομένους ἡμᾶς κατὰ τὴν ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ τοῦ πλουσίου παιδὸς εἰκόνα παραχρῆσθαι τοῖς τοῦ πατρὸς δωρήμασιν, χρῆσθαι δὲ αὐτοῖς, ὡς ἄρχοντας, ἀπροσκλινῶς· καὶ γὰρ βασιλεύειν ἐτάχθημεν καὶ κατακυριεύειν, οὐχὶ δουλεύειν τοῖς βρώμασιν. ἀγαστὸν μὲν οὖν πρὸς τὸ ἀληθὲς ἀναθρήσαντας τῆς ἄνω τροφῆς ἐξέχεσθαι τῆς θείας καὶ τῆς τοῦ ὄντως ὄντος ἀπληρώτου ἐμπίμπλασθαι θέας, τῆς βεβαίου καὶ μονίμου καὶ καθαρᾶς γευομένους ἡδονῆς. ταύτην γὰρ τὴν ἀγάπην ἐκδέχεσθαι δεῖν ἐμφαίνει ἡ βρῶσις ἡ Χριστοῦ· κομιδῇ δὲ ἄλογον καὶ ἀχρεῖον καὶ οὐκ ἀνθρώπειον βοσκημάτων δίκην πιαινομένων θανάτῳ τρέφεσθαι, κάτω βλέποντας εἰς γῆν τοὺς ἐκ γῆς ἀεὶ καὶ κεκυφότας εἰς τραπέζας, τὴν λίχνον διωκάθοντας ζωήν, τὸ ἀγαθὸν ἐνταῦθά που κατορύξαντας περὶ τὴν οὐκ ἐσομένην ζωήν, μόνην κολακεύοντας τὴν κατάποσιν, δι᾿ ἣν πολυτιμότεροι γεγόνασιν μάγειροι γεωργῶν. μὴ γὰρ ἀφαιροῦμεν τὴν συμπεριφοράν, ἀλλὰ τὸν ὄλισθον τῆς συνηθείας ὡς συμφορὰν ὑποπτεύομεν. διὸ παραιτητέον τὴν λιχνείαν ὀλίγων τινῶν καὶ ἀναγκαίων μεταλαμβάνοντας· καὶ εἴ τις ἡμᾶς καλεῖ τῶν ἀπίστων καὶ πορεύεσθαι κρίνομεν (καλὸν γὰρ μὴ συναναμίγνυσθαι τοῖς ἀτάκτοις), πᾶν τὸ παρατιθέμενον κελεύει ἡμῖν ἐσθίειν »μηδὲν ἀνακρίνουσιν διὰ τὴν συνείδησιν«, ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ τὰ ἐκ μακέλλου ἀπεριέργως ὠνεῖσθαι προσέταξεν. οὐκ ἀφεκτέον οὖν παντελῶς τῶν ποικίλων βρωμάτων, ἀλλ᾿ οὐ περὶ αὐτὰ σπουδαστέον· μεταληπτέον δὲ τῶν παρατιθεμένων, ὡς πρέπον Χριστιανῷ, τιμῶντας μὲν τὸν κεκληκότα κατὰ τὴν ἀβλαβῆ καὶ ἀπροσκορῆ τῆς συνουσίας κοινωνίαν, ἀδιάφορον δὲ ἡγουμένους τῶν εἰσκομιζομένων τὴν πολυτέλειαν, καταφρονοῦντας τῶν ὄψων ὡς μετ᾿ ὀλίγον οὐκ ὄντων. »ὁ ἐσθίων τὸν μὴ ἐσθίοντα μὴ ἐξουθενείτω, ὁ δὲ μὴ ἐσθίων τὸν ἐσθίοντα μὴ κρινέτω.« μικρὸν δὲ ὑποβὰς καὶ τὴν αἰτίαν τῆς παραγγελίας ἐξηγήσεται, »ὁ ἐσθίων« λέγων »κυρίῳ ἐσθίει καὶ εὐχαριστεῖ τῷ θεῷ· καὶ ὁ μὴ ἐσθίων κυρίῳ οὐκ ἐσθίει καὶ εὐχαριστεῖ τῷ θεῷ«· ὡς εἶναι τὴν δικαίαν τροφὴν εὐχαριστίαν· καὶ ὅ γε ἀεὶ εὐχαριστῶν οὐκ ἀσχολεῖται περὶ ἡδονάς. εἰ δὲ καὶ προτρεποίμεθα ἐπ᾿ ἀρετὴν τῶν συνεστιωμένων τινάς, ταύτῃ πλέον ἀφεκτέον τῶν λίχνων τούτων βρωμάτων, ἐναργὲς ὑπόδειγμα ἀρετῆς σφᾶς αὐτοὺς παριστάντας, ὡς Χριστὸν ἐσχήκαμεν αὐτοί. »εἰ γάρ τι τῶν τοιούτων βρωμάτων σκανδαλίζει τὸν ἀδελφόν, οὐ μὴ φάγω«, φησίν, »τοῦτο εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα, ἵνα μὴ τὸν ἀδελφόν μου σκανδαλίσω«, ὀλίγης ἐγκρατείας κερδαίνων τὸν ἄνθρωπον. »μὴ γὰρ οὐκ ἔχομεν ἐξουσίαν φαγεῖν καὶ πιεῖν;« καὶ »τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐπεγνώκαμεν«, φησίν, »ὅτι οὐδὲν εἴδωλον ἐν κόσμῳ, ἀλλὰ μόνος ὄντως ἐστὶν εἷς ἡμῶν θεός, ἐξ οὗ τὰ πάντα, καὶ εἷς κύριος Ἰησοῦς.« ἀλλὰ »ἀπόλλυται«, φησί, »τῇ σῇ γνώσει ὁ ἀδελφὸς ἀσθενῶν, δι᾿ ὃν Χριστὸς ἀπέθανεν. οἱ δὲ τὴν συνείδησιν τύπτοντες τῶν ἀσθενούντων ἀδελφῶν εἰς Χριστὸν ἁμαρτάνουσιν.«ταύτῃ τοι ὁ ἀπόστολος εὐλαβούμενος περὶ ἡμῶν τὰ δεῖπνα διακρίνει »μὴ συναναμίγνυσθαι« φάσκων, »εἴ τις ἀδελφὸς λεγόμενος εὑρίσκοιτο πόρνος ἢ μοιχὸς ἢ εἰδωλολάτρης, τούτῳ μηδὲ συνεσθίειν«, ἢ τὸν λόγον ἢ τὸ ὄψον, ὑποπτεύων τὸν μολυσμὸν τὸν ἐντεῦθεν, καθάπερ καὶ τῶν δαιμονίων τὰς τραπέζας.

»Καλὸν μὲν οὖν τὸ μὴ φαγεῖν κρέα μηδὲ οἶνον πιεῖν« αὐτός τε ὁμολογεῖ καὶ οἱ ἀπὸ Πυθαγόρου· θηρίων γὰρ μᾶλλον τοῦτό γε, καὶ ἡ ἀπ᾿ αὐτῶν ἀναθυμίασις θολωδεστέρα οὖσα ἐπισκοτεῖ τῇ ψυχῇ. εἰ δέ τις καὶ τούτων μεταλαμβάνει, οὐχ ἁμαρτάνει, μόνον ἐγκρατῶς μετεχέτω, μὴ ἐξεχόμενος μηδὲ ἀπηρτημένος αὐτῶν μηδὲ ἐπιλαιμαργῶν τῷ ὄψῳ· ὑπηχήσει γὰρ αὐτῷ φωνή, »μὴ ἕνεκεν βρώματος κατάλυε τὸ ἔργον τοῦ θεοῦ« λέγουσα. ἀνοήτου γὰρ σφόδρα θαυμάζειν καὶ τεθηπέναι τὰ παρατιθέμενα ταῖς δημώδεσιν ἑστιάσεσιν μετὰ τὴν ἐν λόγῳ τρυφήν, πολλῷ δέ ἐστιν ἀνοητότερον τὰς ὄψεις τοῖς προσοψήμασι δεδουλωκέναι συμμεταφερομένης αὐτοῖς, ὡς εἰπεῖν, τῆς ἀκρασίας πρὸς τῶν διακόνων. πῶς δὲ οὐκ ἀχρεῖον τὸ ἐπανίστασθαι ταῖς κλισίαις, μονονουχὶ τὸ πρόσωπον ταῖς λοπάσιν ἐπιρριπτοῦντας, καθάπερ ἐκ νεοττιᾶς τῆς κλισίας προκύπτοντας, τὸ δὴ θρυλούμενον τοῦτο, ἵνα πλανωμένην λάβωσι τὴν ἀτμίδα διὰ τῆς ἀναπνοῆς; πῶς δὲ οὐκ ἄλογον τὰς χεῖρας ἐπεμφύρειν τοῖς ἡδύσμασιν ἢ συνεχὲς ἐπὶ τοὔψον ἐκτείνειν οὐκ ἀπογευομένων, ἀλλ᾿ ἀφαρπαζόντων δίκην ἀμέτρως καὶ ἀσχημόνως ἐμφορουμένους; ἔστι γὰρ ὁρᾶν τοὺς τοιούτους ὑσὶν ἢ κυσὶν διὰ τὴν λαβρότητα μᾶλλον ἢ ἀνθρώποις ὡμοιωμένους, τοὺς χορτάζεσθαι σπεύδοντας, ὡς καὶ τὰς γνάθους ἅμα ἄμφω ἐξογκοῦσθαι τῶν περὶ τὸ πρόσωπον ἀγγείων προσεπαιρομένων, πρὸς δὲ καὶ ἱδρῶτα περιχεῖσθαι τῇ ἀπληστίᾳ συνεχομένων καὶ ἀσθμαινόντων ὑπὸ ἀκρασίας, ὠθουμένης κατ᾿ ἔπειξιν ἀκοινώνητον εἰς κοιλίαν τῆς τροφῆς, ὥσπερ εἰς ἐφόδιον, οὐκ εἰς ἀνάδοσιν, ἀποτιθεμένων τὰ ἐδέσματα. πανταχῇ δὲ κακὸν οὖσα ἡ ἀμετρία περὶ τὰς τροφὰς μάλιστα διελέγχεται. ἡ γοῦν ὀψοφαγία οὐδὲν ἕτερόν ἐστιν ἢ ἀμετρία περὶ χρῆσιν ὄψου, καὶ ἡ λαιμαργία μανία περὶ τὸν λαιμόν, καὶ ἡ γαστριμαργία ἀκρασία περὶ τὴν τροφήν, ὡς δὲ καὶ τοὔνομα περιέχει, μανία περὶ γαστέρα, ἐπεὶ μάργος ὁ μεμηνώς. τοὺς οὖν ἐπὶ ἑστιάσεως μελετῶντας ἀδικεῖν ὁ ἀπόστολος ἀνακρούων λέγει· »ἕκαστος γὰρ τὸ ἴδιον δεῖπνον προλαμβάνει ἐν τῷ φαγεῖν, καὶ ὃς μὲν πεινᾷ, ὃς δὲ μεθύει. μὴ γὰρ οἰκίας οὐκ ἔχετε εἰς τὸ ἐσθίειν καὶ πίνειν; ἢ τῆς ἐκκλησίας τοῦ θεοῦ καταφρονεῖτε καὶ καταισχύνετε τοὺς μὴ ἔχοντας;« παρὰ δὲ τοῖς ἔχουσιν οἱ ἀνέδην ἐσθίοντες, οἱ ἄπληστοι, ἑαυτοὺς καταισχύνουσιν· ἄμφω δὲ πράττουσι κακῶς, οἳ μὲν τοὺς μὴ ἔχοντας βεβαρηκότες, οἳ δὲ τὴν ἀκρασίαν τὴν σφῶν παρὰ τοῖς ἔχουσιν γεγυμνωκότες. ἀναγκαίως ἄρα πρὸς τοὺς ἀπηρυθριακότας καὶ τοῖς δείπνοις ἀφειδέστερον παραχρωμένους, τοὺς ἀκορέστους, οἷς μηδὲν ἱκανόν, ἀποταθεὶς ὁ ἀπόστολος, πάλιν ἐκ δευτέρου ἔρρηξεν φωνὴν ἀγανακτητικήν· »ὥστε, ἀδελφοί μου, συνερχόμενοι εἰς τὸ φαγεῖν ἀλλήλους ἐκδέχεσθε. εἰ δέ τις πεινᾷ, ἐν οἴκῳ ἐσθιέτω, ἵνα μὴ εἰς κρίμα συνέρχησθε.« ἀφεκτέον οὖν δουλοπρεπείας ἁπάσης καὶ ἀκρασίας, τῶν παρατιθεμένων κοσμίως ἐφαπτομένοις, ἀμόλυντον καὶ τὴν χεῖρα καὶ τὴν στρωμνὴν καὶ τὸ γένειον φυλάττουσιν, τὸ εὔσχημον τοῦ προσώπου διατηροῦσιν ἀδιάστροφον, οὐκ ἀσχημονοῦσιν οὐδὲ περὶ τὴν κατάποσιν, ἀλλὰ τὴν μὲν χεῖρα μετὰ τάξεως ἐκ διαστημάτων ἐκτατέον. * * παραφυλακτέον γὰρ καὶ τὸ φθέγγεσθαι ὁτιοῦν ἐσθίοντα ἅμα· ἀπρεπὴς γὰρ καὶ ἄσημος ἡ φωνὴ γίνεται, πλήρεσι ταῖς γνάθοις στενοχωρουμένη, καὶ ἡ γλῶσσα τῇ τροφῇ πιεζομένη, τῆς κατὰ φύσιν ἐνεργείας παραποδισθεῖσα τὴν προφορὰν ἐκδίδωσι τεθλιμμένην. ἀλλ᾿ οὐδὲ ἐσθίειν ἅμα καὶ πίνειν καθήκει· ἀκρασίας γὰρ τῆς μεγίστης συγχεῖν τοὺς καιρούς, ὧν αἱ χρήσεις ἀσύμφωνοι. καὶ »εἴτε ἐσθίετε«, φησίν, »εἴτε πίνετε, πάντα εἰς δόξαν θεοῦ ποιεῖτε«, στοχαζόμενοι τῆς ἀληθοῦς εὐτελείας, ἥν μοι δοκεῖ καὶ ὁ κύριος αἰνίξασθαι τοὺς ἄρτους εὐλογήσας καὶ τοὺς ἰχθύας τοὺς ὀπτούς, οἷς κατευώχησε τοὺς μαθητάς, τῆς ἀπεριέργου τροφῆς καλὸν εἰσηγούμενος ὑπόδειγμα. ὁ γοῦν ἰχθὺς ἐκεῖνος, ὃν κελεύσαντος τοῦ κυρίου ὁ Πέτρος εἷλεν, εὔκολον καὶ αὐτὸς καὶ θεοδώρητον καὶ σώφρονα αἰνίττεται τροφήν· ἀφαιρεῖν γέ τοι ὑποτίθεται τῶν ἐξ ὕδατος ἀνιόντων ἐπὶ τὸ τῆς δικαιοσύνης δέλεαρ τὴν ἀσωτίαν καὶ τὴν φιλαργυρίαν, ὡς τὸ νόμισμα τοῦ ἰχθύος, ἵνα χωρίσῃ τὴν κενοδοξίαν, καὶ τὸν στατῆρα τοῖς τελώναις δούς, τὰ Καίσαρος ἀποδοὺς τῷ Καίσαρι, φυλάξῃ τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ τῷ θεῷ. ἔχοι δ᾿ ἂν καὶ ἄλλας ἐπιλύσεις οὐκ ἀγνοουμένας ὁ στατήρ, ἀλλ᾿ οὐχ ὁ παρὼν ἐπιτήδειος τῆς ἐξεργασίας καιρός. ἀπόχρη δὲ ὑπόμνησις συγχρωμένων ἡμῶν εἰς τὸ προκείμενον οὐκ ἀπᾴδουσιν τοῦ λόγου τοῖς ἄνθεσιν, ὅπερ ἤδη πολλάκις πεποιήκαμεν, πρὸς τὸ κατεπεῖγον τοῦ ζητήματος τὴν πολυωφελῆ περιέλκοντες εἰς ἀρδείαν τῶν φυτευομένων ὑπὸ τοῦ λόγου πηγήν. καὶ γὰρ εἰ »πάντων μεταλαμβάνειν ἔξεστί μοι, ἀλλ᾿ οὐ πάντα συμφέρει«· ταχὺ γὰρ καταπίπτουσιν ἐπὶ τὸ δρᾶν τὸ μὴ ἐξὸν οἱ πάντα δρῶντες ἃ ἐξόν. ὡς δὲ ἡ δικαιοσύνη διὰ πλεονεξίας οὐ περιγίνεται οὐδὲ ἡ σωφροσύνη δι᾿ ἀκολασίας, οὕτως οὐδὲ ἡ τοῦ Χριστιανοῦ δίαιτα ἡδυπαθείᾳ περικτᾶται· πόρρω γάρ ἐστι τῶν »πασχητιώντων ἐδεσμάτων« ἡ τράπεζα τῆς ἀληθείας. εἰ γὰρ καὶ τὰ μάλιστα ἕνεκεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐγένετο τὰ πάντα, ἀλλ᾿ οὐ πᾶσι χρῆσθαι καλόν, ἀλλ᾿ οὐδὲ ἀεί. καὶ γὰρ καὶ ὁ καιρὸς καὶ ὁ χρόνος καὶ ὁ τρόπος καὶ τὸ πρὸς τί οὐκ ὀλίγην τῷ παιδαγωγουμένῳ πρὸς τὸ λυσιτελὲς ἐνδίδωσι ῥοπήν, καὶ τό γε [ἔστιν] ἐπιτήδειον ἰσχὺν ἔχει καταργῆσαι τὸν ἐπιγάστριον βίον, οὗ πλοῦτός ἐστιν ἐκκλητικός, οὐ βλέπων ὀξύ, ἀλλ᾿ ἡ τυφλώττουσα περὶ τὴν γαστριμαργίαν περιουσία. οὐδεὶς δέ ἐστι πένης εἰς τὰ ἀναγκαῖα, οὐδὲ περιορᾶταί ποτε ἄνθρωπος· ὁ γὰρ καὶ τὰ πτηνὰ καὶ τὰ νηκτὰ καὶ συνελόντι εἰπεῖν τὰ ἄλογα ζῷα διατρέφων εἷς ἐστιν, ὁ θεός· λείπει δὲ αὐτοῖς οὐδὲ ἓν ὁτιοῦν μὴ μεριμνῶσι τροφῆς. ἡμεῖς δὲ καὶ τούτων ἀμείνους, ὅσῳ καὶ κύριοι, καὶ θεῷ οἰκειότεροι, ὅσῳ σωφρονέστεροι. γεγόναμεν δὲ οὐχ ἵνα ἐσθίωμεν καὶ πίνωμεν, ἀλλ᾿ ἵνα ὦμεν εἰς ἐπίγνωσιν γεγονότες τοῦ θεοῦ. »δίκαιος γάρ«, φησίν, »ἐσθίων ἐμπίμπλαται τῇ ψυχῇ, κοιλίαι δὲ ἀσεβῶν ἐνδεεῖς«, ἀκαταπαύστου λιχνείας ὀρεγόμεναι. πολυτέλεια δὲ οὐκ εἰς ἀπόλαυσιν ἔρημον, ἀλλ᾿ εἰς μετάδοσιν κοινωνικὴν ἐπιτήδειος. διὸ παραφυλακτέον τῶν βρωμάτων ἃ μὴ πεινῶντας ἡμᾶς ἐσθίειν ἀναπείθει γοητεύοντα τὰς ὀρέξεις. μὴ γὰρ οὐκ ἔνεστι καὶ ἐν εὐτελείᾳ σώφρονι πολυειδία ἐδεσμάτων ὑγιεινή; βολβοί, ἐλαῖαι, λαχάνων ἔνια, γάλα, τυρὸς τά τε ὡραῖα ἑψήματά τε παντοδαπὰ ζωμῶν ἄνευ. κἂν ὀπτοῦ δέῃ κρέως ἢ ἑφθοῦ, μεταδοτέον. »ἔχετέ τι βρώσιμον ἐνθάδε;« εἶπεν ὁ κύριος πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς μετὰ τὴν ἀνάστασιν. »οἳ δὲ« (ἅτε ὑπ᾿ αὐτοῦ εὐτέλειαν ἀσκεῖν δεδιδαγμένοι) »ἐπέδωκαν αὐτῷ ἰχθύος ὀπτοῦ μέρος· καὶ φαγὼν ἐνώπιον αὐτῶν εἶπεν αὐτοῖς«, φησὶν ὁ Λουκᾶς, ὅσα εἶπεν. πρὸς τούτοις οὐδὲ τραγημάτων καὶ κηρίων ἀμοίρους περιορατέον τοὺς δειπνοῦντας κατὰ λόγον. τῶν γάρ τοι βρωμάτων ἐπιτηδειότατα οἷς αὐτόθεν χρῆσθαι ὑπάρχει δίχα πυρός, ἐπεὶ καὶ ἑτοιμότερα, δεύτερα δὲ τὰ εὐτελέστερα, ὡς προειρήκαμεν. τῶν δὲ ἀμφὶ τὰς φλεγμαινούσας κυπταζόντων τραπέζας, τὰ σφέτερα τιθηνουμένων πάθη, δαίμων καθηγεῖται λιχνότατος, ὃν ἔγωγε οὐκ ἂν αἰσχυνθείην »κοιλιοδαίμονα« προσειπεῖν, [καὶ] δαιμόνων κάκιστον καὶ ἐξωλέστατον. παραπλήσιος οὖν οὗτος ἀτεχνῶς τῷ ἐγγαστριμύθῳ καλουμένῳ. ἄμεινον δὲ πολλῷ τοῦ δαίμονα ἔχειν σύνοικον εὐδαίμονα γενέσθαι· εὐδαιμονία δὲ ἐν χρήσει ἀρετῆς ἐξετάζεται.

Ματθαῖος μὲν οὖν ὁ ἀπόστολος σπερμάτων καὶ ἀκροδρύων καὶ λαχάνων ἄνευ κρεῶν μετελάμβανεν, Ἰωάννης δὲ ὑπερτείνας τὴν ἐγκράτειαν »ἀκρίδας καὶ μέλι ἤσθιεν ἄγριον«. ὑῶν δὲ ἀπείχετο καὶ Πέτρος· ἀλλ᾿ »ἔπεσεν ἐπ᾿ αὐτὸν ἔκστασις«, ἐν ταῖς Πράξεσι τῶν ἀποστόλων γέγραπται, »καὶ θεωρεῖ τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀνεῳγμένον καί τι σκεῦος τέτταρσιν ἀρχαῖς ἐκδεδεμένον ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς· πάντα τὰ τετράποδα καὶ τὰ ἑρπετὰ τῆς γῆς καὶ τὰ πτηνὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ· καὶ ἐγένετο φωνὴ πρὸς αὐτόν· ἀνάστα καὶ θῦσον καὶ φάγε. Πέτρος δὲ εἶπεν· μηδαμῶς, κύριε, ὅτι οὐδέποτε ἔφαγον πᾶν κοινὸν καὶ ἀκάθαρτον. καὶ ἡ φωνὴ πάλιν πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐκ δευτέρου· ἃ ὁ θεὸς ἐκαθάρισεν, σὺ μὴ κοίνου.« καὶ ἡμῖν δὲ ἄρα ἀδιάφορος ἡ χρῆσις. »οὐ γὰρ τὰ εἰσερχόμενα εἰς τὸ στόμα κοινοῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον«, ἀλλὰ ἡ περὶ τῆς ἀκρασίας διάληψις κενή. ὁ γάρ τοι θεὸς τὸν ἄνθρωπον πλάσας »πάντα ὑμῖν« εἶπεν »ἔσται εἰς βρῶσιν«. »λάχανα δὲ μετὰ ἀγάπης ἢ μόσχον μετὰ δολιότητος·« εὖ τοῦτο ὑπομιμνῄσκει τοῦ προειρημένου λόγου, ὡς οὐ τὰ λάχανα ἡ ἀγάπη, μετὰ δὲ ἀγάπης τὰ δεῖπνα παραληπτέα. ἀγαθὴ μὲν ἡ μέση κατάστασις ἐν πᾶσι μέν, οὐχ ἥκιστα δὲ καὶ ἐν τῇ ἀμφὶ τὴν ἑστίασιν παρασκευῇ· ἐπεὶ αἱ μὲν ἀκρότητες σφαλεραί, αἱ μεσότητες δὲ ἀγαθαί. μέσον δέ ἐστι πᾶν τὸ ἀνενδεὲς τῶν ἀναγκαίων· αἱ γὰρ κατὰ φύσιν ὀρέξεις αὐταρκείᾳ περιορίζονται. Ἰουδαίοις δὲ διὰ τοῦ νόμου οἰκονομικώτατα καταγγέλλεται ἡ εὐτέλεια· μυρίων γὰρ ὅσων ἀφείλατο τὴν χρῆσιν ὁ παιδαγωγὸς αὐτοὺς διὰ Μωσέως, αἰτίας προσάπτων, κεκρυμμένας μὲν τὰς πνευματικάς, ἐμφανεῖς δὲ τὰς σαρκικάς, αἷς καὶ πεπιστεύκασι, τοῖς μὲν ὅτι οὐκ ἔστι δίχηλα, τοῖς δὲ ὅτι τὴν τροφὴν οὐ μηρυκᾶται, τὰ δ᾿ ὅτι ἄρα οὐκ ἔχει μόνα τῶν ἐνύδρων λεπίδας, ὡς ὀλίγα παντελῶς ἀπολείπεσθαι πρὸς τὴν τροφὴν αὐτοῖς ἐπιτήδεια. ὧν δὲ ἐφῆκεν ἅπτεσθαι, πάλιν κεκώλυκεν τούτων τὰ θνηξιμαῖα τά τε εἰδωλόθυτα τά τε ἀποπεπνιγμένα· οὐδὲ γὰρ τούτων ψαύειν θέμις. ἐπεὶ γὰρ ἀμήχανον χρώμενον τοῖς ἡδέσιν ἀποστῆναι τῆς ἀποδοχῆς αὐτῶν, τὴν ἐναντίαν ἀντέθηκεν ἀγωγήν, μέχρις ἂν ἐκλύσῃ τὴν ἐκ τοῦ ἔθους ἐπὶ τὴν ἡδυπάθειαν καταδρομήν. ἀνθρώποις δὲ τὰ μὲν πολλὰ βλάβην καὶ λύπην ἐνεγέννησεν ἡδονή, δυσπάθειαν δὲ καὶ λήθην καὶ ἀφροσύνην ἡ πολυτροφία ἐντίκτει τῇ ψυχῇ. εὐαυξῆ δὲ καὶ τῶν παίδων τὰ σώματα γίνεσθαί φασιν εἰς μῆκος ἐπιδιδόντων ἀπὸ τῆς ἐλλειπούσης τροφῆς· οὐ γὰρ κωλύεται τὸ ἀνατρέχον εἰς αὔξην πνεῦμα τῆς πολλῆς τροφῆς ἀντιφραττούσης τὸ εὔπνουν τοῦ δρόμου. ὅθεν κατηγορῶν τοῦ τρυφῶντος βίου ὁ τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐζηλωκὼς τῶν φιλοσόφων Πλάτων τὸ ἔναυσμα τῆς Ἑβραϊκῆς φιλοσοφίας ζωπυρῶν· »ἐλθόντα δέ με«, φησίν, »ὁ ταύτῃ λεγόμενος αὖ βίος εὐδαίμων, Ἰταλικῶν τε καὶ Συρακουσσίων τραπεζῶν πλήρης, οὐδαμῶς ἤρεσεν, δὶς τῆς ἡμέρας ἐμπιμπλάμενον ζῆν καὶ μηδέποτε μόνον κοιμώμενον νύκτωρ, καὶ ὅσα τούτῳ ἐπιτηδεύματα συνέπεται τῷ βίῳ· ἐκ γὰρ τούτων οὔτ᾿ ἂν φρόνιμος οὐδείς ποτ᾿ ἂν γενέσθαι τῶν ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀνθρώπων δύναιτο ἐκ νέου ἐπιτηδεύων τοιαῦτα, οὔθ᾿ οὕτω θαυμαστῇ φύσει κραθήσεται.« οὐ γὰρ ἄπυστος ἦν ὁ Πλάτων τοῦ Δαβίδ, ὃς ἐν τῇ πόλει τῇ ἑαυτοῦ τὴν ἁγίαν ἱδρύων κιβωτὸν ἐν μέσῃ τῇ σκηνῇ, παντὶ τῷ ὑπηκόῳ εὐφροσύνην ποιήσας λαῷ, »ἐναντίον τοῦ κυρίου διεμέρισεν εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν δύναμιν τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ ἀπὸ ἀνδρὸς ἕως γυναικός, ἑκάστῳ κολλυρίδα ἄρτου καὶ ἐσχαρίτην καὶ λάγανον ἀπὸ τηγάνου«. αὐτάρκης αὕτη ἡ τροφὴ καὶ Ἰσραηλιτική, ἡ δὲ ἐθνικὴ περιττή. »σώφρων οὐδ᾿ ἂν μελλήσαι ποτὲ γενέσθαι« ὁ χρώμενος αὐτῇ, τὸν νοῦν ἐγκατορύξας τῇ κοιλίᾳ, τῷ ἰχθύι τῷ καλουμένῳ ὄνῳ τὰ μάλιστα ἐοικώς, ὃν δή φησιν Ἀριστοτέλης μόνον τῶν ἄλλων ζῴων ἐν τῇ γαστρὶ τὴν καρδίαν ἔχειν. τοῦτον ἐκτραπελόγαστρον Ἐπίχαρμος καλεῖ ὁ κωμικός. τοιοῦτοι τῶν ἀνθρώπων οἱ εἰς γαστέρα πεπιστευκότες, »ὧν θεὸς ἡ κοιλία καὶ ἡ δόξα ἐν τῇ αἰσχύνῃ αὐτῶν, οἱ τὰ ἐπίγεια φρονοῦντες«. τούτοις οὐκ ἀγαθὰ προεθέσπισεν ὁ ἀπόστολος, »ὧν τὸ τέλος« εἰπὼν »ἡ ἀπώλεια«.

2.2 Chapter II.—On Drinking

“Use a little wine,” says the apostle to Timothy, who drank water, “for thy stomach’s sake;” most properly applying its aid as a strengthening tonic suitable to a sickly body enfeebled with watery humours; and specifying “a little,” lest the remedy should, on account of its quantity, unobserved, create the necessity of other treatment.

The natural, temperate, and necessary beverage, therefore, for the thirsty is water. This was the simple drink of sobriety, which, flowing from the smitten rock, was supplied by the Lord to the ancient Hebrews. It was most requisite that in their wanderings they should be temperate.

Afterwards the sacred vine produced the prophetic cluster. This was a sign to them, when trained from wandering to their rest; representing the great cluster the Word, bruised for us. For the blood of the grape—that is, the Word—desired to be mixed with water, as His blood is mingled with salvation.

And the blood of the Lord is twofold. For there is the blood of His flesh, by which we are redeemed from corruption; and the spiritual, that by which we are anointed. And to drink the blood of Jesus, is to become partaker of the Lord’s immortality; the Spirit being the energetic principle of the Word, as blood is of flesh.

Accordingly, as wine is blended with water, so is the Spirit with man. And the one, the mixture of wine and water, nourishes to faith; while the other, the Spirit, conducts to immortality.

And the mixture of both—of the water and of the Word—is called Eucharist, renowned and glorious grace; and they who by faith partake of it are sanctified both in body and soul. For the divine mixture, man, the Father’s will has mystically compounded by the Spirit and the Word. For, in truth, the spirit is joined to the soul, which is inspired by it; and the flesh, by reason of which the Word became flesh, to the Word.

I therefore admire those who have adopted an austere life, and who are fond of water, the medicine of temperance, and flee as far as possible from wine, shunning it as they would the danger of fire. It is proper, therefore, that boys and girls should keep as much as possible away from this medicine. For it is not right to pour into the burning season of life the hottest of all liquids—wine—adding, as it were, fire to fire. For hence wild impulses and burning lusts and fiery habits are kindled; and young men inflamed from within become prone to the indulgence of vicious propensities; so that signs of injury appear in their body, the members of lust coming to maturity sooner than they ought. The breasts and organs of generation, inflamed with wine, expand and swell in a shameful way, already exhibiting beforehand the image of fornication; and the body compels the wound of the soul to inflame, and shameless pulsations follow abundance, inciting the man of correct behaviour to transgression; and hence the voluptuousness of youth overpasses the bounds of modesty. And we must, as far as possible, try to quench the impulses of youth by removing the Bacchic fuel of the threatened danger; and by pouring the antidote to the inflammation, so keep down the burning soul, and keep in the swelling members, and allay the agitation of lust when it is already in commotion. And in the case of grown-up people, let those with whom it agrees sometimes partake of dinner, tasting bread only, and let them abstain wholly from drink; in order that their superfluous moisture may be absorbed and drunk up by the eating of dry food. For constant spitting and wiping off perspiration, and hastening to evacuations, is the sign of excess, from the immoderate use of liquids supplied in excessive quantity to the body. And if thirst come on, let the appetite be satisfied with a little water. For it is not proper that water should be supplied in too great profusion; in order that the food may not be drowned, but ground down in order to digestion; and this takes place when the victuals are collected into a mass, and only a small portion is evacuated.

And, besides, it suits divine studies not to be heavy with wine. “For unmixed wine is far from compelling a man to be wise, much less temperate,” according to the comic poet. But towards evening, about supper-time, wine may be used, when we are no longer engaged in more serious readings. Then also the air becomes colder than it is during the day; so that the failing natural warmth requires to be nourished by the introduction of heat. But even then it must only be a little wine that is to be used; for we must not go on to intemperate potations. Those who are already advanced in life may partake more cheerfully of the draught, to warm by the harmless medicine of the vine the chill of age, which the decay of time has produced. For old men’s passions are not, for the most part, stirred to such agitation as to drive them to the shipwreck of drunkenness. For being moored by reason and time, as by anchors, they stand with greater ease the storm of passions which rushes down from intemperance. They also may be permitted to indulge in pleasantry at feasts. But to them also let the limit of their potations be the point up to which they keep their reason unwavering, their memory active, and their body unmoved and unshaken by wine. People in such a state are called by those who are skilful in these matters, acrothorakes. It is well, therefore, to leave off betimes, for fear of tripping.

One Artorius, in his book On Long Life (for so I remember), thinks that drink should be taken only till the food be moistened, that we may attain to a longer life. It is fitting, then, that some apply wine by way of physic, for the sake of health alone, and others for purposes of relaxation and enjoyment. For first wine makes the man who has drunk it more benignant than before, more agreeable to his boon companions, kinder to his domestics, and more pleasant to his friends. But when intoxicated, he becomes violent instead. For wine being warm, and having sweet juices when duly mixed, dissolves the foul excrementitious matters by its warmth, and mixes the acrid and base humours with the agreeable scents.

It has therefore been well said, “A joy of the soul and heart was wine created from the beginning, when drunk in moderate sufficiency.” And it is best to mix the wine with as much water as possible, and not to have recourse to it as to water, and so get enervated to drunkenness, and not pour it in as water from love of wine. For both are works of God; and so the mixture of both, of water and of wine, conduces together to health, because life consists of what is necessary and of what is useful. With water, then, which is the necessary of life, and to be used in abundance, there is also to be mixed the useful.

By an immoderate quantity of wine the tongue is impeded; the lips are relaxed; the eyes roll wildly, the sight, as it were, swimming through the quantity of moisture; and compelled to deceive, they think that everything is revolving round them, and cannot count distant objects as single. “And, in truth, methinks I see two suns,” said the Theban old man in his cups. For the sight, being disturbed by the heat of the wine, frequently fancies the substance of one object to be manifold. And there is no difference between moving the eye or the object seen. For both have the same effect on the sight, which, on account of the fluctuation, cannot accurately obtain a perception of the object. And the feet are carried from beneath the man as by a flood, and hiccuping and vomiting and maudlin nonsense follow; “for every intoxicated man,” according to the tragedy,—

“Is conquered by anger, and empty of sense, And likes to pour forth much silly speech; And is wont to hear unwillingly, What evil words he with his will hath said.”

And before tragedy, Wisdom cried, “Much wine drunk abounds in irritation and all manner of mistakes.” Wherefore most people say that you ought to relax over your cups, and postpone serious business till morning. I however think that then especially ought reason to be introduced to mix in the feast, to act the part of director (pædagogue) to wine-drinking, lest conviviality imperceptibly degenerate to drunkenness. For as no sensible man ever thinks it requisite to shut his eyes before going to sleep, so neither can any one rightly wish reason to be absent from the festive board, or can well study to lull it asleep till business is begun. But the Word can never quit those who belong to Him, not even if we are asleep; for He ought to be invited even to our sleep. For perfect wisdom, which is knowledge of things divine and human, which comprehends all that relates to the oversight of the flock of men, becomes, in reference to life, art; and so, while we live, is constantly, with us, always accomplishing its own proper work, the product of which is a good life.

But the miserable wretches who expel temperance from conviviality, think excess in drinking to be the happiest life; and their life is nothing but revel, debauchery, baths, excess, urinals, idleness, drink. You may see some of them, half-drunk, staggering, with crowns round their necks like wine jars, vomiting drink on one another in the name of good fellowship; and others, full of the effects of their debauch, dirty, pale in the face, livid, and still above yesterday’s bout pouring another bout to last till next morning. It is well, my friends, it is well to make our acquaintance with this picture at the greatest possible distance from it, and to frame ourselves to what is better, dreading lest we also become a like spectacle and laughing-stock to others.

It has been appropriately said, “As the furnace proveth the steel blade in the process of dipping, so wine proveth the heart of the haughty.” A debauch is the immoderate use of wine, intoxication the disorder that results from such use; crapulousness (κραιπάλη) is the discomfort and nausea that follow a debauch; so called from the head shaking (κάρα πάλλειν).

Such a life as this (if life it must be called, which is spent in idleness, in agitation about voluptuous indulgences, and in the hallucinations of debauchery) the divine Wisdom looks on with contempt, and commands her children, “Be not a wine-bibber, nor spend your money in the purchase of flesh; for every drunkard and fornicator shall come to beggary, and every sluggard shall be clothed in tatters and rags.” For every one that is not awake to wisdom, but is steeped in wine, is a sluggard. “And the drunkard,” he says, “shall be clothed in rags, and be ashamed of his drunkenness in the presence of onlookers.” For the wounds of the sinner are the rents of the garment of the flesh, the holes made by lusts, through which the shame of the soul within is seen—namely sin, by reason of which it will not be easy to save the garment, that has been torn away all round, that has rotted away in many lusts, and has been rent asunder from salvation.

So he adds these most monitory words. “Who has woes, who has clamour, who has contentions, who has disgusting babblings, who has unavailing remorse?” You see, in all his raggedness, the lover of wine, who despises the Word Himself, and has abandoned and given himself to drunkenness. You see what threatening Scripture has pronounced against him. And to its threatening it adds again: “Whose are red eyes? Those, is it not, who tarry long at their wine, and hunt out the places where drinking goes on?” Here he shows the lover of drink to be already dead to the Word, by the mention of the bloodshot eyes,—a mark which appears on corpses, announcing to him death in the Lord. For forgetfulness of the things which tend to true life turns the scale towards destruction. With reason therefore, the Instructor, in His solicitude for our salvation, forbids us, “Drink not wine to drunkenness.” Wherefore? you will ask. Because, says He, “thy mouth will then speak perverse things, and thou liest down as in the heart of the sea, and as the steersman of a ship in the midst of huge billows.” Hence, too, poetry comes to our help, and says:—

“Let wine which has strength equal to fire come to men. Then will it agitate them, as the north or south wind agitates the Libyan waves.”

And further:—

“Wine wandering in speech shows all secrets. Soul-deceiving wine is the ruin of those who drink it.”

And so on.

You see the danger of shipwreck. The heart is drowned in much drink. The excess of drunkenness is compared to the danger of the sea, in which when the body has once been sunken like a ship, it descends to the depths of turpitude, overwhelmed in the mighty billows of wine; and the helmsman, the human mind, is tossed about on the surge of drunkenness, which swells aloft; and buried in the trough of the sea, is blinded by the darkness of the tempest, having drifted away from the haven of truth, till, dashing on the rocks beneath the sea, it perishes, driven by itself into voluptuous indulgences.

With reason, therefore, the apostle enjoins, “Be not drunk with wine, in which there is much excess;” by the term excess (ἀσωτία) intimating the inconsistence of drunkenness with salvation (τὸ ἄσωστον). For if He made water wine at the marriage, He did not give permission to get drunk. He gave life to the watery element of the meaning of the law, filling with His blood the doer of it who is of Adam, that is, the whole world; supplying piety with drink from the vine of truth, the mixture of the old law and of the new word, in order to the fulfilment of the predestined time. The Scripture, accordingly, has named wine the symbol of the sacred blood; but reproving the base tippling with the dregs of wine, it says: “Intemperate is wine, and insolent is drunkenness.” It is agreeable, therefore, to right reason, to drink on account of the cold of winter, till the numbness is dispelled from those who are subject to feel it; and on other occasions as a medicine for the intestines. For, as we are to use food to satisfy hunger, so also are we to use drink to satisfy thirst, taking the most careful precautions against a slip: “for the introduction of wine is perilous.” And thus shall our soul be pure, and dry, and luminous; and the soul itself is wisest and best when dry. And thus, too, is it fit for contemplation, and is not humid with the exhalations, that rise from wine, forming a mass like a cloud. We must not therefore trouble ourselves to procure Chian wine if it is absent, or Ariousian when it is not at hand. For thirst is a sensation of want, and craves means suitable for supplying the want, and not sumptuous liquor. Importations of wines from beyond seas are for an appetite enfeebled by excess, where the soul even before drunkenness is insane in its desires. For there are the fragrant Thasian wine, and the pleasant-breathing Lesbian, and a sweet Cretan wine, and sweet Syracusan wine, and Mendusian, an Egyptian wine, and the insular Naxian, the “highly perfumed and flavoured,” another wine of the land of Italy. These are many names. For the temperate drinker, one wine suffices, the product of the cultivation of the one God. For why should not the wine of their own country satisfy men’s desires, unless they were to import water also, like the foolish Persian kings? The Choaspes, a river of India so called, was that from which the best water for drinking—the Choaspian—was got. As wine, when taken, makes people lovers of it, so does water too. The Holy Spirit, uttering His voice by Amos, pronounces the rich to be wretched on account of their luxury: “Those that drink strained wine, and recline on an ivory couch,” he says; and what else similar he adds by way of reproach.

Especial regard is to be paid to decency (as the myth represents Athene, whoever she was, out of regard to it, giving up the pleasure of the flute because of the unseemliness of the sight): so that we are to drink without contortions of the face, not greedily grasping the cup, nor before drinking making the eyes roll with unseemly motion; nor from intemperance are we to drain the cup at a draught; nor besprinkle the chin, nor splash the garments while gulping down all the liquor at once,—our face all but filling the bowl, and drowned in it. For the gurgling occasioned by the drink rushing with violence, and by its being drawn in with a great deal of breath, as if it were being poured into an earthenware vessel, while the throat makes a noise through the rapidity of ingurgitation, is a shameful and unseemly spectacle of intemperance. In addition to this, eagerness in drinking is a practice injurious to the partaker. Do not haste to mischief, my friend. Your drink is not being taken from you. It is given you, and waits you. Be not eager to burst, by draining it down with gaping throat. Your thirst is satiated, even if you drink slower, observing decorum, by taking the beverage in small portions, in an orderly way. For that which intemperance greedily seizes, is not taken away by taking time.

“Be not mighty,” he says, “at wine; for wine has overcome many.” The Scythians, the Celts, the Iberians, and the Thracians, all of them warlike races, are greatly addicted to intoxication, and think that it is an honourable, happy pursuit to engage in. But we, the people of peace, feasting for lawful enjoyment, not to wantonness, drink sober cups of friendship, that our friendships may be shown in a way truly appropriate to the name.

In what manner do you think the Lord drank when He became man for our sakes? As shamelessly as we? Was it not with decorum and propriety? Was it not deliberately? For rest assured, He Himself also partook of wine; for He, too, was man. And He blessed the wine, saying, “Take, drink: this is my blood”—the blood of the vine. He figuratively calls the Word “shed for many, for the remission of sins”—the holy stream of gladness. And that he who drinks ought to observe moderation, He clearly showed by what He taught at feasts. For He did not teach affected by wine. And that it was wine which was the thing blessed, He showed again, when He said to His disciples, “I will not drink of the fruit of this vine, till I drink it with you in the kingdom of my Father.” But that it was wine which was drunk by the Lord, He tells us again, when He spake concerning Himself, reproaching the Jews for their hardness of heart: “For the Son of man,” He says, “came, and they say, Behold a glutton and a wine-bibber, a friend of publicans.” Let this be held fast by us against those that are called Encratites.

But women, making a profession, forsooth, of aiming at the graceful, that their lips may not be rent apart by stretching them on broad drinking cups, and so widening the mouth, drinking in an unseemly way out of alabastra quite too narrow: in the mouth, throw back their heads and bare their necks indecently, as I think; and distending the throat in swallowing, gulp down the liquor as if to make bare all they can to their boon companions; and drawing hiccups like men, or rather like slaves, revel in luxurious riot. For nothing disgraceful is proper for man, who is endowed with reason; much less for woman to whom it brings modesty even to reflect of what nature she is.

“An intoxicated woman is great wrath,” it is said, as if a drunken woman were the wrath of God. Why? “Because she will not conceal her shame.” For a woman is quickly drawn down to licentiousness, if she only set her choice on pleasures. And we have not prohibited drinking from alabastra; but we forbid studying to drink from them alone, as arrogant; counselling women to use with indifference what comes in the way, and cutting up by the roots the dangerous appetites that are in them. Let the rush of air, then, which regurgitates so as to produce hiccup, be emitted silently.

But by no manner of means are women to be allotted to uncover and exhibit any part of their person, lest both fall,—the men by being excited to look, they by drawing on themselves the eyes of the men.

But always must we conduct ourselves as in the Lord’s presence, lest He say to us, as the apostle in indignation said to the Corinthians, “When ye come together, this is not to eat the Lord’s supper.”

To me, the star called by the mathematicians Acephalus (headless), which is numbered before the wandering star, his head resting on his breast, seems to be a type of the gluttonous, the voluptuous, and those that are prone to drunkenness. For in such the faculty of reasoning is not situated in the head, but among the intestinal appetites, enslaved to lust and anger. For just as Elpenor broke his neck through intoxication, so the brain, dizzied by drunkenness, falls down from above, with a great fall to the liver and the heart, that is, to voluptuousness and anger: as the sons of the poets say Hephæstus was hurled by Zeus from heaven to earth. “The trouble of sleeplessness, and bile, and cholic, are with an insatiable man,” it is said.

Wherefore also Noah’s intoxication was recorded in writing, that, with the clear and written description of his transgression before us, we might guard with all our might against drunkenness. For which cause they who covered the shame of his drunkenness are blessed by the Lord. The Scripture accordingly, giving a most comprehensive compend, has expressed all in one word: “To an instructed man sufficiency is wine, and he will rest in his bed.”

»Οἴνῳ δὲ ὀλίγῳ χρῶ«, τῷ Τιμοθέῳ ὑδροποτοῦντι, »διὰ τὸν στόμαχόν σου«, φησὶν ὁ ἀπόστολος, παγκάλως νοσηλευομένῳ καὶ πλαδῶντι σώματι κατάλληλον τὸ ἐπιστῦφον βοήθημα προσφέρων, ὀλίγον δὲ ἐγκρίνων τοῦτο, μὴ λάθῃ τὸ βοήθημα διὰ πλῆθος ἄλλης θεραπείας δεόμενον. φυσικὸν μὲν οὖν καὶ νηφάλιον ποτὸν ἀναγκαῖον διψῶσίν ἐστιν ὕδωρ. τοῦτο ἐκ τῆς ἀκροτόμου πέτρας κατειβόμενον τοῖς παλαιοῖς τῶν Ἑβραίων μονότροπον σωφροσύνης ὁ κύριος ἐχορήγει ποτόν, νήφειν δὲ μάλιστα ἐχρῆν τοὺς ἔτι πλανωμένους. ἔπειτα ἡ ἄμπελος ἡ ἁγία τὸν βότρυν ἐβλάστησεν τὸν προφητικόν. τοῦτο σημεῖον τοῖς εἰς ἀνάπαυσιν ἐκ τῆς πλάνης πεπαιδαγωγημένοις, ὁ μέγας βότρυς, ὁ λόγος ὁ ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν θλιβείς, τὸ αἷμα τῆς σταφυλῆς ὕδατι κίρνασθαι ἐθελήσαντος τοῦ λόγου, ὡς καὶ τὸ αἷμα αὐτοῦ σωτηρίᾳ κίρναται διττὸν δὲ τὸ αἷμα τοῦ κυρίου· τὸ μέν ἐστιν αὐτοῦ σαρκικόν, ᾧ τῆς φθορᾶς λελυτρώμεθα, τὸ δὲ πνευματικόν, τοῦτ᾿ ἔστιν ᾧ κεχρίσμεθα. καὶ τοῦτ᾿ ἔστι πιεῖν τὸ αἷμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, τῆς κυριακῆς μεταλαβεῖν ἀφθαρσίας· ἰσχὺς δὲ τοῦ λόγου τὸ πνεῦμα, ὡς αἷμα σαρκός. ἀναλόγως τοίνυν κίρναται ὁ μὲν οἶνος τῷ ὕδατι, τῷ δὲ ἀνθρώπῳ τὸ πνεῦμα, καὶ τὸ μὲν εἰς πίστιν εὐωχεῖ, τὸ κρᾶμα, τὸ δὲ εἰς ἀφθαρσίαν ὁδηγεῖ, τὸ πνεῦμα, ἡ δὲ ἀμφοῖν αὖθις κρᾶσις ποτοῦ τε καὶ λόγου εὐχαριστία κέκληται, χάρις ἐπαινουμένη καὶ καλή, ἧς οἱ κατὰ πίστιν μεταλαμβάνοντες ἁγιάζονται καὶ σῶμα καὶ ψυχήν, τὸ θεῖον κρᾶμα τὸν ἄνθρωπον τοῦ πατρικοῦ βουλήματος πνεύματι καὶ λόγῳ συγκιρνάντος μυστικῶς· καὶ γὰρ ὡς ἀληθῶς μὲν τὸ πνεῦμα ᾠκείωται τῇ ὑπ᾿ αὐτοῦ φερομένῃ ψυχῇ, ἡ δὲ σὰρξ τῷ λόγῳ, δι᾿ ἣν »ὁ λόγος γέγονεν σάρξ«. ἄγαμαι τοίνυν τοὺς αὐστηρὸν ἐπανῃρημένους βίον καὶ τῆς σωφροσύνης τὸ φάρμακον ἐπιποθοῦντας τὸ ὕδωρ, φεύγοντας δὲ ὅτι μάλιστα πορρωτάτω τὸν οἶνον οἷον πυρὸς ἀπειλήν.

Ἀρέσκει οὖν τοὺς παῖδας καὶ τὰς κόρας ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πλεῖστον ἀπέχεσθαι τοῦ φαρμάκου τούτου· οὐ γὰρ κατάλληλον ζεούσῃ ἡλικίᾳ τῶν ὑγρῶν τὸ θερμότατον ἐπεγχεῖν, τὸν οἶνον, οἱονεὶ πῦρ ἐποχετεύοντας πυρί, ἐξ οὗ ὁρμαί τε ἄγριαι καὶ φλεγμαίνουσαι ἐπιθυμίαι καὶ διάπυρον ἦθος ἐκκαίεται προπετεῖς τε οἱ νέοι ἔνδοθεν χλιαινόμενοι ἐπὶ τὰς ὀρέξεις γίνονται, ὡς δὴ προὖπτον αὐτῶν τὴν βλάβην ἐλέγχεσθαι διὰ τοῦ σώματος, πεπαινομένων θᾶττον ἢ προσῆκεν τῶν τῆς ἐπιθυμίας μελῶν. ὀργῶσι γοῦν ἀναιδέστερον ἀναζέοντος οἴνου καὶ οἰδοῦσι μαστοί τε καὶ μόρια προκηρύσσοντες ἤδη πορνείας εἰκόνα καὶ τῆς ψυχῆς τὸ τραῦμα φλεγμαίνειν ἀναγκάζει τὸ σῶμα σφυγμοί τε ἀναιδεῖς περιεργίαν διώκουσιν εἰς παρανομίας ἐκκαλούμενοι τὸν κόσμιον. ἐνθένδε ἤδη τῆς ἡλικίας τὸ γλεῦκος ὑπερβάλλει τῆς αἰδοῦς τοὺς ὅρους. χρὴ δέ, ὡς ἔνι μάλιστα, κατασβεννύναι πειρᾶσθαι τὰς ὁρμὰς τῶν νέων, ἀφαιροῦντας μὲν τὸ ὑπέκκαυμα, τὸ τῆς ἀπειλῆς βακχικόν, ἐπεισχέοντας δὲ τὸ ἀντιφάρμακον τῆς ἐκζέσεως, ὃ καὶ τὴν ψυχὴν τυφομένην ἤδη καθέξει καὶ τὰ μόρια ἐφέξει διοιδοῦντα καὶ κατακοιμίσει τὸν ἐρεθισμὸν τῆς ἤδη σαλευομένης ἐπιθυμίας.

Οἱ δὲ ἀκμάζοντες μεθ᾿ ἡμέραν μὲν ἀρίστου μεταλαβόντες, οἷς κατάλληλον τὸ ἄριστον, ἄρτου μόνον ἀπογευσάμενοι ἀπεχέσθων πάμπαν τοῦ ποτοῦ πρὸς τὸ ἀναπίνεσθαι τὴν περιττὴν ὑγρότητα αὐτῶν ἀνασφογγιζομένην ξηροφαγίᾳ. καὶ γὰρ τὸ συνεχὲς πτύειν καὶ ἀπομύσσεσθαι καὶ περὶ τὰς ἐκκρίσεις σπεύδειν ἀκρασίας τεκμήριον ἐκ τῆς ἀμέτρου προσφορᾶς ὑπερχεομένων τῶν ὑγρῶν τῷ σώματι. εἰ δὲ καὶ ἐπιγίνοιτο δίψα, ἀκείσθων ὕδατι τὸ πάθος οὐ πολλῷ· οὐδὲ γὰρ ὕδατος ἀνέδην ἐμφορεῖσθαι καθήκει, ὡς μὴ ἐκκλύζοιτο ἡ τροφή, καταλεαίνοιτο δὲ εἰς πέψιν καταταττομένων μὲν εἰς τὸν ὄγκον τῶν σιτίων, ὀλίγων δὲ παντάπασιν εἰς τὰς ἐκκρίσεις χωρούντων. πρέπει δὲ καὶ ἄλλως ταῖς θεϊκαῖς φροντίσιν μὴ οἰνοβαρεῖν· ὁ γὰρ »ἄκρατος« κατὰ τὸν κωμικὸν »ὀλίγα ἀναγκάζει φρονεῖν«, μή τι δὲ οὐδὲ σωφρονεῖν. εἰς δὲ ἑσπέραν τοῦ δείπνου περὶ τὴν ὥραν οἴνῳ χρηστέον, ἐπειδὰν μηκέτι τοῖς ἀναγνώσμασιν σχολάζωμεν τοῖς νηφαλιωτέροις. τὸ τηνίκα δὲ ψυχρότερον καὶ τὸ περιέχον παρὰ τὸ μεθ᾿ ἡμέραν γίγνεται, ὡς δεῖν ὑποτρέφειν τὴν ἐκλείπουσαν ἔμφυτον ἀλέαν ἐπεισάκτῳ θερμότητι, ὀλίγῳ δὲ τῷ οἴνῳ κἀνταῦθα· οὐ γὰρ μέχρι τῶν ὕβρεως προϊτέον κρατήρων.

Τοῖς δὲ ἤδη παρηβηκόσιν ἱλαρώτερον ἐπιτρεπτέον μεταλαμβάνειν τοῦ ποτοῦ, τὸ καταψυχόμενον τῆς ἡλικίας, οἷον μαραινόμενον ὑπὸ χρόνου, ἀναζωπυροῦντας ἀβλαβῶς τῷ τῆς ἀμπέλου φαρμάκῳ· οὐδὲ γὰρ ὡς ἐπὶ πλεῖστον ἐγκυμαίνονται ἔτι τῶν πρεσβυτέρων αἱ ὀρέξεις περὶ τὰ τῆς μέθης ναυάγια· καθωρμισμένοι μὲν οἷον ἀγκύραις τῷ λόγῳ καὶ τῶ χρόνῳ τὴν ζάλην τῶν ἐπιθυμιῶν τὴν καταιγίζουσαν ἐκ μέθης ῥᾷον φέρουσιν, οἷς ἴσως καὶ χαριεντίσασθαί τι ἔξεστι παρὰ τὰς εὐωχίας. ἀλλὰ καὶ τούτοις ὅρος ἔστω τοῦ ποτοῦ μέχρις οὗ τὸν λογισμὸν ἄσειστον διατηρήσωσιν καὶ τὴν μνήμην ἐνεργὸν καὶ τὸ σῶμα ἀσάλευτον οἴνῳ καὶ ἀκράδαντον· ἀκροθώρακα τοῦτον καλοῦσιν οἱ περὶ ταῦτα δεινοί. καλὸν οὖν τὸ προκαταλήγειν διὰ τὸν ὄλισθον.

Ἀρτώριος δέ τις ἐν τῷ Περὶ μακροβιοτίας, μέμνημαι γάρ, ἐφ᾿ ὅσον βρέξαι τὰ σιτία μόνον οἴεται δεῖν προάγειν, ἵνα μακροτέραν κτησώμεθα τὴν ζωήν. ἁρμόδιον τοίνυν τὸν οἶνον τοὺς μὲν ἐν θεραπείας μέρει προσφέρεσθαι διὰ τὴν ὑγείαν μόνην, τοὺς δὲ ἐπ᾿ ἀνέσει καὶ διαχύσει. οἶνος γὰρ πρῶτον μὲν αὐτὸν αὑτῷ ἵλεω ποιεῖ τὸν πιόντα μᾶλλον ἢ πρότερον καὶ τοῖς συμπόταις μειλίχιον καὶ τοῖς οἰκέταις πραΰτερον καὶ προσηνέστερον τοῖς φίλοις, παροινηθεὶς δὲ ἀμείβεται τὴν ὕβριν· θερμὸς γὰρ ὢν καὶ χυμοὺς ἔχων ἡδεῖς, κεκραμένος ἐμμελῶς τὰ μὲν γλίσχρα τῶν περιττωμάτων διατήκει θερμότητι, τοὺς δὲ δριμεῖς καὶ φαύλους ταῖς εὐωδίαις κεράννυσι χυμούς. εὖ γοῦν ἐκεῖνο εἴρηται· »ἀγαλλίαμα ψυχῆς καὶ καρδίας οἶνος ἔκτισται ἀπ᾿ ἀρχῆς πινόμενος αὐτάρκης.« κίρνασθαι δὲ ἄριστον ὕδατι ὡς πλείστῳ τὸν οἶνον καὶ [μὴ ὡς ὕδωρ ἐπιζητεῖσθαι καὶ] ἀπαμβλύνεσθαι πρὸς τὴν μέθην καὶ μὴ ὡς ὕδωρ ἐπεγχεῖσθαι διὰ τὴν φιλοινίαν· ἄμφω μὲν γὰρ τοῦ θεοῦ ποιήματα, καὶ ταύτῃ πρὸς ὑγείαν συνερεῖ ἡ κρᾶσις ἡ ἀμφοῖν, ὕδατός τε καὶ οἴνου, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ ἀναγκαίου καὶ τοῦ χρησίμου ὁ βίος συνέστηκεν. τῷ μὲν οὖν ἀναγκαίῳ τῷ ὕδατι ὡς ὅτι πλείστῳ ἐγκαταμικτέον καὶ τοῦ χρησίμου· οἴνῳ δὲ ἀμέτρῳ ἡ μὲν γλῶττα παραποδίζεται, παρίεται δὲ τὰ χείλη, ὀφθαλμοὶ δὲ παρατρέπονται, οἷον κολυμβώσης τῆς ὄψεως ὑπὸ τοῦ πλήθους τῆς ὑγρότητος, καὶ ψεύδεσθαι βεβιασμένοι κύκλῳ μὲν ἡγοῦνται περιφέρεσθαι τὰ πάντα, ἀριθμεῖν δὲ οὐ δύνανται τὰ πόρρω ὡς ἔστι μόνα· καὶ μὴν ὁρᾶν μοι δύο μὲν ἡλίους δοκῶ, μεθύων ὁ Θηβαῖος ἔλεγεν γέρων· κινουμένη μὲν γὰρ ὑπὸ τῆς τοῦ οἴνου θερμότητος ἡ ὄψις πυκνότερον πολλαπλασίονα τοῦ ἑνὸς φαντάζεται τὴν οὐσίαν· διαφέρει δ᾿ οὐδὲν ἢ τὴν ὄψιν κινεῖν ἢ τὸ ὁρώμενον· ταὐτὸν γὰρ ἐξ ἀμφοῖν ἡ ὄψις πέπονθεν τῆς τοῦ ὑποκειμένου καταλήψεως διὰ τὸν σάλον ἀκριβῶς ἐφικέσθαι μὴ δυναμένη. καὶ αἱ βάσεις καθάπερ ῥεύματι ὑποφέρονται λυγμοί τε καὶ ἔμετοι καὶ παραφροσύναι ἐπεισεκώμασαν.

πᾶς γὰρ οἰνωθεὶς ἀνὴρ κατὰ τὴν τραγῳδίαν ἥσσων μὲν ὀργῆς ἐστιν, τοῦ δὲ νοῦ κενός, φιλεῖ τε πολλὴν γλῶτταν ἐκχέας μάτην ἄκων ἀκούειν ἅπερ ἑκὼν εἶπεν κακῶς. καὶ πρό γε τῆς τραγῳδίας ἡ σοφία κέκραγεν· »οἶνος πινόμενος πολὺς ἐν ἐρεθισμῷ καὶ παντὶ πτώματι πληθύνει.«

Διὸ οἱ μὲν πλεῖστοι ἀνίεσθαί φασιν δεῖν παρὰ τοὺς πότους καὶ τὰ σπουδαῖα εἰς ἕω ὑπερτίθεσθαι. ἐγὼ δὲ τότε μάλιστα τὸν λόγον συνευωχησόμενον ἀξιῶ παρεισάγειν παιδαγωγήσοντα τὴν οἰνοφλυγίαν, μὴ λάθῃ παραπεσοῦσα εἰς μέθην ἡ εὐωχία· ὡς γὰρ ὀφθαλμοὺς οὐκ ἄν τις εὖ φρονῶν πρὶν ἢ ἐπὶ τὸν ὕπνον ἰέναι ἀξιώσειε μύειν, οὕτως οὐδὲ τὸν λόγον ἀπεῖναι τοῦ συμποσίου ὀρθῶς ἄν τις βουληθείη οὐδὲ προκατακοιμίζειν αὐτὸν τῶν πράξεων ἐπιτηδεύσαι ἂν καλῶς. ἀλλ᾿ οὐδὲ ἀφίστασθαί ποτε δυνήσεται τῶν οἰκείων ὁ λόγος αὐτῷ, οὐδ᾿ ἂν καθεύδωμεν· καὶ γὰρ ἐπὶ τὸν ὕπνον παρακλητέον. τελεία γὰρ ἡ σοφία θείων οὖσα καὶ ἀνθρωπίνων πραγμάτων ἐπιστήμη ἐμπεριλαβοῦσα τὰ ὅλα, κατ᾿ ἐκεῖνο, καθ᾿ ὃ ἂν ἐπισκοπῇ τὴν ἀνθρώπων ἀγέλην, τέχνη γίνεται περὶ βίον, καὶ ταύτῃ πάντῃ συμπάρεστιν ἐφ᾿ ὅσον βιοῦμεν, ἀεὶ τὸ ἴδιον ἔργον ἐκτελοῦσα, τὴν εὐζωΐαν. οἱ δὲ κακοδαίμονες οἱ ἀπελαύνοντες σωφροσύνην εὐωχίας μακαριστὸν ἡγοῦνται βίον τὴν ἀκοσμίαν τὴν περὶ τὰ συμπόσια, ὧν ἐστι τὸ ζῆν οὐδὲν ἀλλ᾿ ἢ κῶμος, κραιπάλη, βαλανεῖα, ἄκρατος, ἀμίδες, ἀργία, πότος. ὁρᾶν γοῦν ἔστιν αὐτῶν τινας ἡμιμεθεῖς, σφαλλομένους, περὶ τοῖς τραχήλοις ἔχοντας στεφάνους ὥσπερ τοὺς ἀμφορεῖς, διαπυτίζοντας ἀλλήλοις τὸν ἄκρατον φιλοτησίας ὀνόματι, ἄλλους δὲ πλήρεις κραιπάλης, αὐχμῶντας, ὠχριῶντας, τὰ πρόσωπα πελιδνοὺς καὶ ἔτι ἐπὶ τῇ χθιζῇ μέθῃ ἄλλην ἕωθεν αὖθις ἀναντλοῦντας μέθην. καλόν, ὦ φίλοι, καλὸν καταμαθόντας ὅτι μάλιστα πόρρωθεν τὴν εἰκόνα ταύτην τὴν γελοίαν ἅμα καὶ ἐλεεινὴν σφᾶς αὐτοὺς πρὸς τὸ ἄμεινον σχηματίζειν, ὀρρωδοῦντας μὴ ἄρα πῃ καὶ ἡμεῖς παραπλήσιον θέαμα ἄλλοις καὶ γέλως γενώμεθα. ἀστείως ἄρα εἴρηται· »ὡς ἄρα κάμινος μὲν δοκιμάζει στόμωμα ἐν βαφῇ, οἶνος δὲ καρδίαν ὑπερηφάνων ἐν μέθῃ.« μέθη μὲν οὖν ἐστιν ἀκράτου χρῆσις σφοδροτέρα, παροινία δὲ ἡ ἐκ τῆς χρήσεως ἀκοσμία, κραιπάλη δὲ ἡ ἐπὶ τῇ μέθῃ δυσαρέστησις καὶ ἀηδία ἀπὸ τοῦ τὸ κάρα πάλλειν ὠνομασμένη. τοῦτον τὸν βίον, εἰ βίον καλεῖν χρή, ῥᾴθυμον ὄντα καὶ περὶ τὰς ἡδυπαθείας κεκινημένον καὶ περὶ τὴν οἰνοφλυγίαν ἐπτοημένον ἡ θεία σοφία ὑφορωμένη παραγγέλλει τοῖς αὑτῆς τέκνοις· »μὴ ἴσθι οἰνοπότης μηδὲ ἐκτείνου συμβολαῖς, κρεῶν ἀγορασμοῖς, πᾶς γὰρ μέθυσος καὶ πορνοκόπος πτωχεύσει καὶ ἐνδύσεται διερρηγμένα πᾶς ὑπνώδης.« ὑπνώδης γὰρ πᾶς ὁ μὴ εἰς σοφίαν ἐγρηγορῶν, ἀλλὰ ὑπὸ μέθης βαπτιζόμενος εἰς ὕπνον. καὶ διερρωγότα, φησίν, ἐνδύσεται ὁ πάροινος, ἐπαισχυνθήσεται τῇ μέθῃ διὰ τοὺς κατοπτεύοντας. ὀπαὶ γὰρ ἁμαρτωλοῦ τὰ διερρωγότα τοῦ ὕφους τοῦ σαρκικοῦ φιληδονίαις κατατετρημένα, δι᾿ ὧν ἡ αἰσχύνη ἔνδοθεν τῆς ψυχῆς ἐπιθεωρεῖται, ἡ ἁμαρτία, δι᾿ ἣν οὐδὲ σωθήσεται ῥᾳδίως τὸ ὕφος τὸ ἀπεσπασμένον πάντοθεν εἰς πολλὰς κατασηπόμενον ἐπιθυμίας, τὸ ἀπεσχισμένον τῆς σωτηρίας. ταύτῃ νουθετικώτατα ἐπιφέρει· »τίνι οὐαί; τίνι θόρυβος; τίνι κρίσις; τίνι ἀηδεῖς λέσχαι; τίνι συντρίμματα διακενῆς;« ὁρᾶτε ὅλον διερρωγότα τὸν φίλοινον, ὃς παρορᾷ μὲν τὸν λόγον αὐτόν, ἔκδοτον δὲ αὑτὸν συνεχώρησεν τῇ μέθῃ, ὅσα τούτῳ ἠπείλησεν ἡ γραφή· καὶ πάλιν ἐπιφέρει τῇ ἀπειλῇ· »τίνος πελιδνοὶ οἱ ὀφθαλμοί; οὐ τῶν ἐγχρονιζόντων ἐν οἴνοις; οὐ τῶν ἰχνευόντων ποῦ πότοι γίνονται;« ἐνταῦθα μὲν καὶ νεκρὸν ἤδη τῷ λόγῳ τὸν φιλοπότην ἀποφαίνεται, διὰ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν τῶν πελιδνῶν, ὃ τοῖς νεκροῖς σημεῖον ἐπιφαίνεται, τὸν ἐν κυρίῳ θάνατον αὐτῷ καταγγείλασα· ἡ γὰρ ἀμνηστία τῶν εἰς τὴν ἀληθῆ συντεινόντων ζωὴν ἐπὶ τὴν φθορὰν ῥέπει. εἰκότως οὖν στερρότατα ὁ παιδαγωγὸς ἀπαγορεύει τῆς ἡμετέρας κηδόμενος σωτηρίας· »μὴ πίνετε οἶνον ἐπὶ μέθῃ.« διὰ τί, πεύσῃ; »ὅτι«, φησί, »τὸ στόμα σου τότε λαλήσει σκολιά, κατακείσῃ δὲ ὥσπερ ἐν καρδίᾳ θαλάσσης καὶ ὥσπερ κυβερνήτης ἐν πολλῷ κλύδωνι.« ἐντεῦθεν καὶ ἡ ποιητικὴ ὠφελημένη λέγει· οἶνός τε, ὃς πυρὶ ἶσον ἔχει μένος, εὖτ᾿ ἂν ἐς ἄνδρας ἔλθῃ, κυμαίνει δ᾿ οἷα Λίβυσσαν ἅλα βορέης ἠὲ νότος, τὰ δὲ κεκρυμμένα πάντα φαίνει, ἁμαρτοεπής· οἶνος μεθύουσιν ὄλισθος, οἶνος ψυχαπάτης καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς. ὁρᾶτε τοῦ ναυαγίου τὸν κίνδυνον; περικλύζεται μὲν ἡ καρδία πολυποσίᾳ, τὸ δὲ πλῆθος τῆς οἰνοφλυγίας θαλάττης εἴκασεν ἀπειλῇ, ἐν ᾗ βεβυθισμένον τὸ σῶμα ὥσπερ ναῦς δέδυκεν εἰς βυθὸν ἀκοσμίας ταῖς τοῦ οἴνου τρικυμίαις ἐπικεχωσμένον, ὁ δὲ κυβερνήτης, ὁ νοῦς ὁ ἀνθρώπινος, περιφέρεται τῷ κλύδωνι ὑπερεχούσης τῆς μέθης, ἐνθαλαττεύων τε ἰλιγγιᾷ τῷ ζόφῳ τῆς καταιγίδος, τοῦ τῆς ἀληθείας ἀστοχήσας λιμένος, ἕως ἂν περιπεσὼν ὑφάλοις πέτραις αὐτὸς αὑτὸν ἐξοκείλας εἰς ἡδονὰς διαφθείρῃ.

Εἰκότως οὖν καὶ ὁ ἀπόστολος παραγγέλλει· »μὴ μεθύσκεσθε ἐν οἴνῳ, ᾧ ἐστιν ἀσωτία πολλή«, τὸ ἄσωστον τῆς μέθης διὰ τῆς ἀσωτίας αἰνιξάμενος. εἰ γὰρ καὶ τὸ ὕδωρ οἶνον ἐν τοῖς γάμοις πεποίηκεν, οὐκ ἐπέτρεψεν μεθύειν, τὸ δὲ ὑδαρὲς τοῦ φρονήματος ἐζωοποίησεν, τοῦ νόμου † τὴν ἐργάτιν ἐξ Ἀδάμ, τὸν κόσμον ὅλον αἵματι πληρώσας ἀμπέλου, ποτὸν ἀληθείας, τὸ κρᾶμα τοῦ νόμου τοῦ παλαιοῦ καὶ τοῦ λόγου τοῦ νέου, εἰς συμπλήρωσιν τοῦ χρόνου τοῦ προκατηλλαγμένου θεοσεβείᾳ παρασχών. μυστικὸν ἄρα σύμβολον ἡ γραφὴ αἵματος ἁγίου οἶνον ὠνόμασεν, τὴν δὲ ἐκ τοῦ οἴνου ἑωλοκρασίαν διελέγχουσα »ἀκόλαστον οἶνος« φησὶν »καὶ ὑβριστικὸν μέθη«. ἀρέσκει τοίνυν τῷ λόγῳ τῷ ὀρθῷ χειμῶνος μὲν διὰ τὸ κρύος πίνειν μέχρι τοῦ μὴ ῥιγοῦν, οἷς εὐχερὲς τὸ ῥιγοῦν, τοῦ δὲ ἄλλου καιροῦ διὰ τὴν τῶν ἐντοσθιδίων θεραπείαν. ὡς γὰρ τροφαῖς ἐπὶ τὸ μὴ πεινῆν, οὕτως καὶ ποτῷ ἐπὶ τὸ μὴ διψῆν χρηστέον, παραφυλάττοντας τὸν ὄλισθον ἀκριβῶς· ἀκροσφαλὴς γὰρ ἡ τοῦ οἴνου παρείσδυσις. οὕτω δ᾿ ἂν καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ ἡμῶν ὑπάρξαι καθαρὰ καὶ ξηρὰ καὶ φωτοειδής, »αὐγὴ δὲ ψυχὴ ξηρὰ σοφωτάτη καὶ ἀρίστη«. ταύτῃ δὲ καὶ ἐποπτική, οὐδέ ἐστιν κάθυγρος ταῖς ἐκ τοῦ οἴνου ἀναθυμιάσεσιν νεφέλης δίκην σωματοποιουμένη.

Οὐ πολυπραγμονητέον τοίνυν τὸν οἶνον τὸν Δῖον, ἂν ἀπῇ, οὐδὲ τὸν Ἀριούσιον, ὅταν μὴ παρῇ. δίψα γὰρ ἐνδείας τινός ἐστι πάθος καὶ τὸ κατάλληλον ἐπιζητεῖ βοήθημα πρὸς ἀναπλήρωσιν, οὐ τετυφωμένον ποτόν. πλαδώσης δὲ ὀρέξεως δι᾿ ἀκρασίαν αἱ διαπόντιοι οἰνηγίαι, παραφρονούσης καὶ πρὸ τῆς μέθης περὶ τὰς ἐπιθυμίας τῆς ψυχῆς. Θάσιός τε γὰρ ὁ εὐώδης καὶ ὁ εὔπνους Λέσβιος καὶ Κρής τις γλυκὺς καὶ Συρακούσσιος ἡδὺς καὶ Μενδήσιός τις Αἰγύπτιος καὶ ὁ νησιώτης Νάξιος καὶ ἀνθοσμίας τις ἄλλος τῆς Ἰταλῶν γῆς, πολλὰ ταῦτα ὀνόματα· σώφρονι συμπότῃ οἶνος εἷς, ἑνὸς γεώργιον θεοῦ. τί γὰρ οὐκ ἀπόχρη ὁ ἐπιχώριος ἀποπληρῶσαι τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν; εἰ μή τι καὶ τὸ ὕδωρ ἐποίσονται, ὡς οἱ βασιλεῖς οἱ ἀνόητοι [Χόασπις ποταμὸς οὕτω λεγόμενος τῆς Ἰνδικῆς, οὗ κάλλιστον ὕδωρ εἰς πόσιν] τὸ Χοάσπειον, καθάπερ καὶ τοὺς φίλους, οὕτω δὲ καὶ τὸ ὕδωρ ἐπαγόμενοι. ταλανίζει τοὺς πλουσίους εἰς τρυφὴν κἀνταῦθα τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα διὰ τοῦ Ἀμὼς ἐκφωνῆσαν· »οἱ πίνοντες τὸν διυλισμένον οἶνον καὶ ἐπὶ κλίνης ἐλεφαντίνης«, φησί, »κατακείμενοι«, καὶ ὅσα τούτοις ἀκόλουθα ἐν ὀνείδους ἐπήγαγεν μέρει.

Προνοητέον δὲ μάλιστα τῆς εὐσχημοσύνης (καὶ τὴν Ἀθηνᾶν φησιν ὁ μῦθος, ἥτις ποτὲ ἦν, προμηθουμένην αὑτῆς τῶν αὐλῶν ἀπορρῖψαι τὸ ἐπιτερπὲς διὰ τὸ ἀπρεπὲς τῆς ὄψεως), ὡς ἀδιαστρόφῳ τῶ προσώπῳ πιεῖν, μὴ ἄδην σπάσαντας μηδὲ πρὸς πόσεως τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ἀσχημονεῖν ἀναγκάζοντας, ἀμυστὶ ἕλκοντας ὑπὸ ἀκρασίας, μηδὲ περιχεῖν τὸ γένειον ἢ τὴν ἐσθῆτα καταβρέχειν, ἀθρόου τοῦ ποτοῦ ἐπεισχεομένου, μονονουχὶ ἐμπλύνοντας καὶ ἐναποκλυζομένους ταῖς φιάλαις τὸ πρόσωπον τὸ αὑτῶν. καὶ γὰρ ὁ κελαρυσμὸς ῥαγδαίου τοῦ ποτοῦ φερομένου σὺν πολλῷ τῷ πνεύματι ἐπισπωμένου, ὥσπερ εἰς κεραμεοῦν ἄγγος ἐγχεομένου, ἠχοῦντος τοῦ λαιμοῦ διὰ τὸν ῥοώδη καταβροχθισμόν, αἰσχρόν, καὶ ἀπρεπὲς τὸ θέαμα τῆς ἀκρασίας, πρὸς δὲ καὶ ἐπιβλαβὲς [τὸ] ἐπιτήδευμα τῷ μεταλαμβάνοντι ἡ φιλοποσία. μὴ σπεύσῃς εἰς βλάβην, ὦ οὗτος. οὐχ ἁρπάζεταί σου τὸ ποτόν· σοὶ δέδοται καὶ ἀναμένει σε. μὴ διαρραγῆναι σπουδάσῃς, χανδὸν ἑλκύσας· πίμπλαταί σου ἡ δίψα, κἂν βράδιον πίῃς, τὸ κόσμιον προσλαβοῦσα, κοσμίως καταμεριζομένου τοῦ ποτοῦ· οὐ γὰρ ἀφαιρεῖται τῶ χρόνῳ ὃ προαρπάζει ἡ ἀκρασία. »ἐν οἴνῳ δέ«, φησί, »μὴ ἀνδρίζου, πολλοὺς γὰρ ἠχρείωσεν ὁ οἶνος.«

»Μέθῃ δὲ μάλιστα οἱ Σκύθαι χρῶνται Κελτοί τε καὶ Ἴβηρες καὶ Θρᾷκες, πολεμικὰ ξύμπαντα ὄντα ταῦτα γένη, καὶ καλὸν καὶ εὔδαιμον ἐπιτήδευμα ἐπιτηδεύειν νενομίκασιν·« ἡμεῖς δὲ τὸ εἰρηνικὸν γένος εἰς ἀπόλαυσιν, οὐκ εἰς ὕβριν ἑστιώμενοι νηφαλίους πίνωμεν φιλοτησίας, ἵνα δὴ τῷ ὄντι οἰκείως τῷ ὀνόματι δειχθῶσιν φιλότητες. πῶς οἴεσθε πεπωκέναι τὸν κύριον, ὁπηνίκα δι᾿ ἡμᾶς ἄνθρωπος ἐγένετο; οὕτως ἀναισχύντως ὡς ἡμεῖς; οὐχὶ ἀστείως; οὐχὶ κοσμίως; οὐκ ἐπιλελογισμένως; εὖ γὰρ ἴστε, μετέλαβεν οἴνου καὶ αὐτός· καὶ γὰρ ἄνθρωπος καὶ αὐτός· καὶ εὐλόγησέν γε τὸν οἶνον, εἰπών· »λάβετε, πίετε· τοῦτό μού ἐστιν τὸ αἷμα·« αἷμα τῆς ἀμπέλου τὸν λόγον τὸν »περὶ πολλῶν ἐκχεόμενον εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν«, εὐφροσύνης ἅγιον ἀλληγορεῖ νᾶμα. καὶ ὅτι μὲν σωφρονεῖν τὸν πίνοντα δεῖ, δι᾿ ὧν ἐδίδασκεν παρὰ τὰς εὐωχίας ἔδειξεν σαφῶς· οὐ γὰρ μεθύων ἐδίδασκεν. ὅτι δὲ οἶνος ἦν τὸ εὐλογηθέν, ἀπέδειξε πάλιν πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς λέγων· »οὐ μὴ πίω ἐκ τοῦ γενήματος τῆς ἀμπέλου ταύτης, μέχρις ἂν πίω αὐτὸ μεθ᾿ ὑμῶν ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τοῦ πατρός μου.« ἀλλ᾿ ὅτι γε οἶνος ἦν τὸ πινόμενον πρὸς τοῦ κυρίου, πάλιν αὐτὸς περὶ ἑαυτοῦ λέγει τὴν Ἰουδαίων ἐπονειδίζων σκληροκαρδίαν· »ἦλθεν γάρ«, φησίν, »ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, καὶ λέγουσιν· ἰδοὺ ἄνθρωπος φάγος καὶ οἰνοπότης, τελωνῶν φίλος.« τουτὶ μὲν ἡμῖν καὶ πρὸς τοὺς Ἐγκρατητὰς καλουμένους παραπεπαίχθω.

Αἱ δὲ γυναῖκες, τὸ εὔσχημον ἐπαναιρούμεναι δῆθεν, ὡς μὴ ταῖς πλατείαις κύλιξιν διαχέουσαι τὰ χείλη περιρραγεῖς γένωνται πλατυνομένου τοῦ στόματος, στεναῖς κομιδῇ κατὰ τὸ στόμιον ἀλαβάστροις ἀσχημόνως πίνουσαι ἀνακλῶσι μὲν τὰς κεφαλάς, γυμνοῦσι δὲ τοὺς τραχήλους, οὐ κοσμίως, ἐμοὶ δοκεῖν, καὶ τὸν λάρυγγα διατείνουσαι περὶ τὴν κατάποσιν βροχθίζουσιν, οἷον ἀπογυμνούμεναι τοῖς συμπόταις ἃ δύνανται, ἐρυγάς τε ἀνδρώδεις ἐπισπώμεναι, μᾶλλον δὲ ἀνδραποδώδεις, προσεπιθρύπτονται σπαταλῶσαι· οὐδεὶς γὰρ ψόφος οἰκεῖος ἀνδρὶ λογικῷ, ἔτι δὲ μᾶλλον γυναικί, ᾗ καὶ τὸ συνειδέναι αὐτὴν ἑαυτῇ, ἥτις εἴη, μόνον αἰσχύνην φέρει. »ὀργὴ δέ«, φησίν, »μεγάλη γυνὴ μέθυσος«, οἱονεὶ χόλος θεοῦ οἰνομάχλη γυνή. διὰ τί; ὅτι »ἀσχημοσύνην αὐτῆς οὐ συγκαλύπτει«. ταχὺ γὰρ εἰς ἀταξίαν ὑποσύρεται γυνή, κἂν μόνον ἐπιδῷ τὴν προαίρεσιν εἰς ἡδονάς. καὶ οὐχὶ ἀλαβάστροις πίνειν κεκωλύκαμεν· ἀλλὰ τὸ ἐπιτηδεύειν ἐν τούτοις μόνον πίνειν ὡς ἀλαζονικὸν περικόπτομεν, τοῖς παρατυχοῦσιν ἀπροσπαθῶς χρῆσθαι συμβουλεύοντες, πόρρωθεν ἄνωθεν ὀλισθανούσας ἀνακόπτοντες αὐταῖς τὰς ὀρέξεις. ἡ δ᾿ οὖν πρὸς ἐρυγὴν ἀναπλωτάζουσα τοῦ ἀέρος ἔφελξις ἡσυχῇ παραπεμπτέα. κατ᾿ οὐδένα δὲ τρόπον ταῖς γυναιξὶν ἐπιτρεπτέον παραγυμνούσας τι τοῦ σώματος καταφαίνεσθαι, μὴ σφαλεῖεν ἄμφω, οἳ μὲν ἐρεθιζόμενοι κατασκοπεῖν, αἳ δὲ τῶν ἀνδρῶν ἐφ᾿ ἑαυτὰς ἐπισπώμεναι τὰς ὄψεις. ἀεὶ δὲ ὡς παρόντος τοῦ κυρίου κοσμίως ἀναστρεπτέον ἡμῖν, μή πῃ ἄρα καὶ ἡμῖν ὡς Κορινθίοις ὁ ἀπόστολος χαλεπήνας εἴπῃ· »συνερχομένων ὑμῶν οὐκ ἔστι κυριακὸν δεῖπνον φαγεῖν.«

Ἐμοὶ δοκεῖ ὁ ἀκέφαλος πρὸς τῶν μαθηματικῶν καλούμενος ὁ πρὸ τοῦ ἀστέρος τοῦ † πλανωμένου καταριθμούμενος συνιζηκυίας τῆς κεφαλῆς εἰς τὸ στῆθος τοὺς ὀψοφάγους καὶ ἡδονικοὺς καὶ τοὺς ἑτοίμους εἰς μέθην αἰνίττεσθαι. καὶ γὰρ οὖν κἀν τούτοις τὸ λογιστικὸν ἵδρυται οὐκ ἐν τῇ κεφαλῇ, ἀλλ᾿ ἐν τοῖς ἐντοσθιδίοις, πάθεσιν ἐπιθυμίᾳ τε καὶ θυμῷ δεδουλωμένον. ὥστε ὅτῳ τρόπῳ Ἐλπήνωρ »ἀστραγάλων ἐάγη« καταπεσὼν ὑπὸ μέθης, οὕτω τούτων ὁ ἐγκέφαλος ἄνωθεν ἰλιγγιάσας ὑπὸ μέθης ἐπὶ τὸ ἧπαρ καὶ τὴν καρδίαν, τουτέστιν ἐπὶ τὴν φιληδονίαν καὶ τὸν θυμόν, καταπίπτει πτῶμα μεῖζον ἤ φασι ποιητῶν παῖδες πρὸς τοῦ Διὸς τὸν Ἥφαιστον οὐρανόθεν ἐρρίφθαι χαμαί. »πόνος δὲ ἀγρυπνίας«, φησί, »καὶ χολέρα καὶ στρόφος μετὰ ἀνδρὸς ἀπλήστου.« διὰ τοῦτό τοι καὶ ἡ τοῦ Νῶε παροινία ἀνάγραπτος γεγένηται, ἵνα ὡς ὅτι μάλιστα τὴν μέθην φυλαττώμεθα, ἐμφανῆ καὶ ἔγγραπτον τὴν εἰκόνα τοῦ παραπτώματος ἔχοντες, δι᾿ ἣν οἱ σκεπάσαντες τὴν ἀσχημοσύνην τῆς μέθης εὐλογοῦνται παρὰ κυρίῳ. συντομώτατα τοίνυν ἐμπεριλαβοῦσα ἡ γραφὴ ἅπαντα ἐν ἑνὶ λόγῳ εἴρηκεν· »τὸ ἱκανὸν ἀνθρώπῳ πεπαιδευμένῳ οἶνος, καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς κοίτης αὐτοῦ ἀναπαύσεται.«

2.3 Chapter III.—On Costly Vessels

And so the use of cups made of silver and gold, and of others inlaid with precious stones, is out of place, being only a deception of the vision. For if you pour any warm liquid into them, the vessels becoming hot, to touch them is painful. On the other hand, if you pour in what is cold, the material changes its quality, injuring the mixture, and the rich potion is hurtful. Away, then, with Thericleian cups and Antigonides, and Canthari, and goblets, and Lepastæ, and the endless shapes of drinking vessels, and wine-coolers, and wine-pourers also. For, on the whole, gold and silver, both publicly and privately, are an invidious possession when they exceed what is necessary, seldom to be acquired, difficult to keep, and not adapted for use. The elaborate vanity, too, of vessels in glass chased, more apt to break on account of the art, teaching us to fear while we drink, is to be banished from our well-ordered constitution. And silver couches, and pans and vinegar-saucers, and trenchers and bowls; and besides these, vessels of silver and gold, some for serving food, and others for other uses which I am ashamed to name, of easily cleft cedar and thyine wood, and ebony, and tripods fashioned of ivory, and couches with silver feet and inlaid with ivory, and folding-doors of beds studded with gold and variegated with tortoise-shell, and bed-clothes of purple and other colours difficult to produce, proofs of tasteless luxury, cunning devices of envy and effeminacy,—are all to be relinquished, as having nothing whatever worth our pains. “For the time is short,” as says the apostle. This then remains that we do not make a ridiculous figure, as some are seen in the public spectacles outwardly anointed strikingly for imposing effect, but wretched within. Explaining this more clearly, he adds, “It remains that they that have wives be as though they had none, and they that buy as though they possessed not.” And if he speaks thus of marriage, in reference to which God says, “Multiply,” how do you not think that senseless display is by the Lord’s authority to be banished? Wherefore also the Lord says, “Sell what thou hast, and give to the poor; and come, follow me.”

Follow God, stripped of arrogance, stripped of fading display, possessed of that which is thine, which is good, what alone cannot be taken away—faith towards God, confession towards Him who suffered, beneficence towards men, which is the most precious of possessions. For my part, I approve of Plato, who plainly lays it down as a law, that a man is not to labour for wealth of gold or silver, nor to possess a useless vessel which is not for some necessary purpose, and moderate; so that the same thing may serve for many purposes, and the possession of a variety of things may be done away with. Excellently, therefore, the Divine Scripture, addressing boasters and lovers of their own selves, says, “Where are the rulers of the nations, and the lords of the wild beasts of the earth, who sport among the birds of heaven, who treasured up silver and gold, in whom men trusted, and there was no end of their substance, who fashioned silver and gold, and were full of care? There is no finding of their works. They have vanished, and gone down to Hades.” Such is the reward of display. For though such of us as cultivate the soil need a mattock and plough, none of us will make a pickaxe of silver or a sickle of gold, but we employ the material which is serviceable for agriculture, not what is costly. What prevents those who are capable of considering what is similar from entertaining the same sentiments with respect to household utensils, of which let use, not expense, be the measure? For tell me, does the table-knife not cut unless it be studded with silver, and have its handle made of ivory? Or must we forge Indian steel in order to divide meat, as when we call for a weapon for the fight? What if the basin be of earthenware? will it not receive the dirt of the hands? or the footpan the dirt of the foot? Will the table that is fashioned with ivory feet be indignant at bearing a three-halfpenny loaf? Will the lamp not dispense light because it is the work of the potter, not of the goldsmith? I affirm that truckle-beds afford no worse repose than the ivory couch; and the goatskin coverlet being amply sufficient to spread on the bed, there is no need of purple or scarlet coverings. Yet to condemn, notwithstanding, frugality, through the stupidity of luxury, the author of mischief, what a prodigious error, what senseless conceit! See. The Lord ate from a common bowl, and made the disciples recline on the grass on the ground, and washed their feet, girded with a linen towel—He, the lowly-minded God, and Lord of the universe. He did not bring down a silver foot-bath from heaven. He asked to drink of the Samaritan woman, who drew the water from the well in an earthenware vessel, not seeking regal gold, but teaching us how to quench thirst easily. For He made use, not extravagance His aim. And He ate and drank at feasts, not digging metals from the earth, nor using vessels of gold and silver, that is, vessels exhaling the odour of rust—such fumes as the rust of smoking metal gives off.

For in fine, in food, and clothes, and vessels, and everything else belonging to the house, I say comprehensively, that one must follow the institutions of the Christian man, as is serviceable and suitable to one’s person, age, pursuits, time of life. For it becomes those that are servants of one God, that their possessions and furniture should exhibit the tokens of one beautiful life; and that each individually should be seen in faith, which shows no difference, practising all other things which are conformable to this uniform mode of life, and harmonious with this one scheme.

What we acquire without difficulty, and use with ease, we praise, keep easily, and communicate freely. The things which are useful are preferable, and consequently cheap things are better than dear. In fine, wealth, when not properly governed, is a stronghold of evil, about which many casting their eyes, they will never reach the kingdom of heaven, sick for the things of the world, and living proudly through luxury. But those who are in earnest about salvation must settle this beforehand in their mind, “that all that we possess is given to us for use, and use for sufficiency, which one may attain to by a few things.” For silly are they who, from greed, take delight in what they have hoarded up. “He that gathereth wages,” it is said, “gathereth into a bag with holes.” Such is he who gathers corn and shuts it up; and he who giveth to no one, becomes poorer.

It is a farce, and a thing to make one laugh outright, for men to bring in silver urinals and crystal vases de nuit, as they usher in their counsellors, and for silly rich women to get gold receptacles for excrements made; so that being rich, they cannot even ease themselves except in superb way. I would that in their whole life they deemed gold fit for dung.

But now love of money is found to be the stronghold of evil, which the apostle says “is the root of all evils, which, while some coveted, they have erred from the faith, and pierced themselves through with many sorrows.”

But the best riches is poverty of desires; and the true magnanimity is not to be proud of wealth, but to despise it. Boasting about one’s plate is utterly base. For it is plainly wrong to care much about what any one who likes may buy from the market. But wisdom is not bought with coin of earth, nor is it sold in the market-place, but in heaven. And it is sold for true coin, the immortal Word, the regal gold.

Ἐκπωμάτων τοίνυν ἀργυρίου καὶ χρυσίου πεποιημένων λιθοκολλήτων τε ἄλλων ἄθετος ἡ χρῆσις, ὄψεως ἀπάτη μόνον· εἴτε γὰρ αὐτοῖς ἐγχέαι τις θερμοῦ κράματος, διαπυρουμένων τῶν σκευῶν ἐπώδυνος ἡ λῆψις, εἴτε αὖ ψυχρὸν πάλιν ἐγχέαι, μεταδίδωσι τῆς ποιότητος ἡ ὕλη λυμαινομένη τὸ κρᾶμα καὶ ἔστιν ἐπιβλαβὴς ἡ πόσις ἡ πλουσία. ἐρρέτων τοίνυν Θηρίκλειοί τινες κύλικες καὶ Ἀντιγονίδες κάνθαροί τε καὶ λαβρώνιοι καὶ λεπασταὶ καὶ τῶν ἐκπωμάτων εἴδη τὰ μυρία ψυκτῆρές τε ἐπὶ τούτοις καὶ οἰνοχόαι· » χρυσός τε γὰρ ἁπαξαπλῶς καὶ ἄργυρος ἰδίᾳ τε καὶ δημοσίᾳ ἐστὶν ἐπίφθονον κτῆμα« τὴν χρείαν ὑπερβεβηκὸς κτήσασθαί τε σπάνιον καὶ τηρῆσαι δύσκολον καὶ οὐκ ἐπιτήδειον χρήσασθαι. ναὶ μὴν καὶ τορευτῶν περίεργος ἐφ᾿ ὑέλῳ κενοδοξία εἰς θραῦσιν διὰ τέχνης ἑτοιμοτέρᾳ δεδιέναι τε ἅμα καὶ πίνειν διδάσκουσα περιοριστέα τῆς εὐνομίας ἡμῶν· κλιντῆρες δὲ ἀργυροῖ καὶ λεκάναι καὶ ὀξύβαφα καὶ πινακίσκοι καὶ τρύβλια, πρὸς ἐπὶ τούτοις σκεύη ἀργυρᾶ τε καὶ χρυσᾶ, τὰ μὲν εἰς διακονίαν τροφῆς, τὰ δὲ καὶ εἰς ἄλλας τινάς, ἃς αἰσχύνομαι καὶ λέγειν, χρείας, κέδρου τε εὐκεάτοιο καὶ θύου καὶ ἐβένου καὶ ἐλέφαντος τρίποδες ἠσκημένοι κλῖναί τε ἀργυρόποδες καὶ ἐλεφαντοκόλλητοι χρυσόστικτοί τε καὶ χελώνης πεποικιλμέναι κύτει κλισιάδες στρωμναί τε ἁλουργεῖς καὶ ἄλλων χρωμάτων δυσπορίστων, ἀπειροκάλου τρυφῆς τεκμήρια, φθόνου καὶ βλακείας ἐπίβουλα πλεονεκτήματα, παραπεμπτέα ἅπαντα, οὐδ᾿ ἡντινοῦν ἀξιόλογον ἔχοντα σπουδήν. »ὁ γὰρ καιρὸς συνεσταλμένος ἐστίν«, ὥς φησιν ὁ ἀπόστολος. * * τοῦτο ὑπολείπεται μὴ γελοίως σχηματισθῆναι, καθάπερ ἐν ταῖς πομπαῖς ὁρῶνταί τινες ἔξωθεν κεχρισμέναι καταπληκτικῶς εἰς σεμνότητα, τὰ ἔνδον ἄθλιοι. τοῦτο δὴ διασαφῶν ἀκριβέστερον ἐπήγαγεν· »λοιπόν ἐστιν ἵνα καὶ οἱ ἔχοντες γυναῖκας ὡς μὴ ἔχοντες ὦσιν καὶ οἱ ἀγοράζοντες ὡς μὴ κατέχοντες.« εἰ δὲ ἐπὶ γάμου ταῦτα, ἐφ᾿ οὗ φησιν ὁ θεὸς »πληθύνεσθε«, πῶς οἴεσθε τὴν ἀπειροκαλίαν ἐξ αὐθεντείας κυριακῆς ἐξοριστέαν; διὰ τοῦτο καὶ »πώλησόν σου τὰ ὑπάρχοντα«, λέγει κύριος, »καὶ πτωχοῖς δός, καὶ δεῦρο ἀκολούθει μοι·« ἕπου τῷ θεῷ γυμνὸς ἀλαζονείας, γυμνὸς ἐπικήρου πομπῆς, τὸ σόν, τὸ ἀγαθὸν τὸ ἀναφαίρετον μόνον,τὴν εἰς τὸν θεὸν πίστιν, τὴν εἰς τὸν παθόντα ὁμολογίαν, τὴν εἰς ἀνθρώπους εὐεργεσίαν κεκτημένος, κτῆμα τιμαλφέστατον. ἐγὼ δὲ καὶ Πλάτωνα ἀποδέχομαι ἄντικρυς νομοθετοῦντα, »ὡς οὔτε ἀργυροῦν δεῖ πλοῦτον οὔτε χρυσοῦν« [ἀσκεῖν] ἔχειν, ἀλλὰ μηδὲ σκεῦος ἀχρεῖον, ὃ μὴ μετὰ τῆς ἀναγκαίας χρήσεως καὶ μέτριόν ἐστιν, ὡς εἰς πολλὰ τὸ αὐτὸ εὔθετον εἴη, καθαιροῖτο δὲ ἡ πολυκτημοσύνη. παγκάλως γοῦν ἡ θεία που λέγει γραφή, πρὸς τοὺς φιλαύτους καὶ ἀλαζόνας ἀποτεινομένη· »ποῦ εἰσιν οἱ ἄρχοντες τῶν ἐθνῶν καὶ οἱ κυριεύοντες τῶν θηρίων τῶν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, οἱ ἐν τοῖς ὀρνέοις τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἐμπαίζοντες, οἱ τὸ ἀργύριον θησαυρίζοντες καὶ τὸ χρυσίον, ᾧ ἐπεποίθεισαν ἄνθρωποι, καὶ οὐκ ἔστι τέλος τῆς κτήσεως αὐτῶν, οἱ τὸ ἀργύριόν τε καὶ τὸ χρυσίον τεκταίνοντες καὶ μεριμνῶντες; οὐκ ἔστιν ἐξεύρεσις τῶν ἔργων αὐτῶν· ἠφανίσθησαν καὶ εἰς Ἅιδου κατέβησαν.« οὗτος τῆς ἀπειροκαλίας ὁ μισθός. εἰ γάρ τοι γεωργοῦσιν ἡμῖν δικέλλης ἐστὶν χρεία καὶ ἀρότρου, μάκελλαν δ᾿ οὐκ ἄν τις ἀργυρᾶν οὐδὲ ἄμην χρυσῆν χαλκεύοι, τῷ δὲ εὐεργῷ τῆς ὕλης, οὐ τῷ πλουσίῳ, εἰς γεηπονίαν συγχρώμεθα, τί κωλύει καὶ περὶ τὰ σκεύη τὰ ἐνοικίδια τὴν αὐτὴν ἔχειν διάνοιαν τοὺς τοῦ ὁμοίου θεωρητικούς; ὧν μέτρον ἡ χρεία, μὴ ἡ πολυτέλεια γινέσθω. τί γάρ; εἰπέ μοι· τὸ μαχαίριον τὸ ἐπιτραπέζιον, ἢν μὴ ἀργυρόηλον ᾖ ἢ ἐξ ἐλέφαντος πεποιημένον τὴν λαβήν, οὐ τέμνει; ἢ ἐπὶ τὴν μοῖραν τοῦ κρέως Ἰνδικὸν σίδηρον χαλκευτέον, καθάπερ συμμαχικόν τι παρακαλοῦντας; τί δέ; εἰ κεραμεοῦν εἴη τὸ χερνίβιον, οὐ δέξεται τὸ ἀπόνιμμα τῆς χειρός; οὐδὲ ὁ ποδονιπτὴρ τὸ ἀπόνιμμα τοῦ ποδός; ἀναξιοπαθήσει δὲ ἄρα καὶ ἡ τράπεζα ἡ ἐξ ἐλέφαντος τοὺς πόδας ἐσκευασμένη ὀβολιαῖον ἄρτον βαστάσασα, οὐδὲ μὴν ὁ λύχνος διακονήσει τὸ φῶς, ὅτι κεραμέως, οὐ χρυσοχόου ἔργον ἐστίν. ἐγὼ δέ φημι καὶ τοῦ σκίμποδος οὐδὲν κακίω παρεχομένου κατάκλισιν τῆς ἐλεφαντίνης κλίνης, τῆς δὲ σισύρας ἱκανωτάτης οὔσης ὑπεστρῶσθαι, ὥστε μὴ δεῖσθαι πορφυρίδων ἢ φοινικίδων, κατεγνῶσθαι ὅμως τῆς εὐτελείας δι᾿ ἀβελτερίαν ἀρχεκάκου τρυφῆς.

Τίς ἡ τοσαύτη πλάνη, τίς ἡ δοξοκαλία, ὁρᾶτε. ὁ κύριος τρυβλίῳ ἐπωψᾶτο εὐτελεῖ καὶ κατέκλινεν τοὺς μαθητὰς ἐπὶ τῆς πόας χαμαὶ καὶ τοὺς πόδας ἔνιπτεν αὐτῶν σαβάνῳ περιζωσάμενος, ὁ ἄτυφος θεὸς καὶ κύριος τῶν ὅλων, οὐκ ἀργυροῦν δὴ ποδονιπτῆρα περιφέρων ἀπ᾿ οὐρανοῦ. καὶ τὴν Σαμαρῖτιν ᾔτει πιεῖν σκεύει κεραμεῷ τοῦ φρέατος ἀνιμῶσαν, οὐκ ἐπιζητῶν τὸ βασιλικὸν χρυσίον, σβεννύναι δὲ τὸ δίψος εὐκόλως διδάσκων· σκοπὸν γὰρ τὴν χρείαν ἐτίθετο, οὐ τὴν ἀπειραγαθίαν. ἤσθιεν δὲ καὶ ἔπινεν παρὰ τὰς εὐωχίας, οὐ γῆς ἐξορύττων μέταλλα, οὐδὲ ἀργύρου καὶ χρυσοῦ, τοῦτ᾿ ἔστιν ἰοῦ, προσόζουσιν σκευαρίοις χρώμενος, οἷον ἀναπνεῖ τῆς τετυφωμένης ὕλης [ὁ ἰός]. καθόλου γὰρ καὶ τὰς τροφὰς καὶ τὰς ἐσθῆτας καὶ τὰ σκεύη καὶ τἄλλα πάντα τὰ κατὰ τὸν οἶκον συλλήβδην λέγω ἀκόλουθα εἶναι ταῖς ἐνστάσεσιν τοῦ Χριστιανοῦ δεῖ, κατὰ τὸ πρόσφορον οἰκειούμενα τῷ προσώπῳ, τῇ ἡλικίᾳ, τῇ ἐπιτηδεύσει, τῷ καιρῷ. ἑνὸς γὰρ ὄντας θεράποντας θεοῦ χρὴ καὶ τὰ κτήματα καὶ τὰ ἐπ᾿ αὐτοῖς ἔπιπλα ἑνὸς ἐπιδείκνυσθαι σύμβολα βίου καλοῦ, καὶ τὸν καθ᾿ ἕνα τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἀδιακρίτῳ πίστει, τῇ μονοπροσώπῳ ταύτῃ ἐνστάσει, τὰ ἐξῆς ἀκόλουθα καὶ σύμφωνα τῇ διαθέσει τῇ μιᾷ φαίνεσθαι ποιοῦντα. ἅ δὲ καὶ κτώμεθα μὴ χαλεπῶς καὶ χρώμενοι εὐκόλως ἐπαινοῦμεν καὶ φυλάττομεν ῥᾳδίως καὶ κοινωνοῦμεν εὐκόλως αὐτῶν, ἀμείνω. ἀμείνω δὴ τὰ χρήσιμα, βελτίω δὲ δήπουθεν τὰ εὐτελέστερα τῶν πλουσίων. τὸ δὲ ὅλον ὁ πλοῦτος οὐκ ὀρθῶς κυβερνώμενος ἀκρόπολίς ἐστι κακίας, περὶ ὅν ὀφθαλμιῶντες οἱ πολλοὶ οὐκ ἄν ποτε εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν παρεισέλθοιεν τῶν οὐρανῶν, νοσοῦντες μὲν περὶ τὰ κοσμικά, ὑπερηφάνως δὲ ζῶντες διὰ τὰς τρυφάς. χρὴ δὲ προειληφέναι τοὺς ἐπὶ σωτηρίᾳ σπεύδοντας ὡς ἄρα χρήσεως μὲν ἕνεκεν ἡ πᾶσα ἡμῖν κτίσις, αὐταρκείας δὲ χάριν ἡ κτῆσις, ἥν καὶ ἐξ ὀλίγων ἄν τις περιποιήσαιτο. μάταιοι γὰρ οἱ δι᾿ ἀπληστίαν ἐπ᾿ αὐτοῖς χαίροντες κειμηλίοις· »ὁ δὲ συνάγων τοὺς μισθούς«, φησίν, »συνήγαγεν εἰς δεσμὸν τετρυπημένον.« οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ συνάγων καὶ ἀποκλείων τὸν σπόρον καὶ ἐλαττούμενος, ὁ μηδενὶ μεταδιδούς. χλεύη δὲ καὶ γέλως πλατὺς οὐροδόχας ἀργυρᾶς καὶ ἀμίδας ὑελᾶς ἐπιφέρεσθαι τοὺς ἄνδρας, καθάπερ ἐπάγονται τοὺς συμβούλους τοὺς ἑαυτῶν, καὶ τὰς πλουτούσας ταύτας ἀλόγως γυναῖκας χρυσοῦ ποιεῖσθαι τῶν ἐκκρίσεων τὰ ἐκδοχεῖα, ὡς μηδὲ ἀποτρίψασθαι ἐξὸν ταῖς πλουσίας μὴ τετυφωμένως· ηὐξάμην δ᾿ ἂν αὐτοῖς παρ᾿ ὅλον τὸν βίον σκυβάλων ἄξιον κρίνεσθαι τὸ χρυσίον. νυνὶ δὲ ἡ ἀκρόπολις τῆς κακίας ἡ φιλαργυρία εὕρηται, ἣν ὁ ἀπόστολος ῥίζαν ἁπάντων εἶναι τῶν κακῶν φησίν, »ἧς τινες ὀρεγόμενοι ἀπεπλανήθησαν τῆς πίστεως καὶ ἑαυτοὺς περιέπειραν ὀδύναις πολλαῖς«. πλοῦτος δὲ ἄριστος ἡ τῶν ἐπιθυμιῶν πενία καὶ ἡ μεγαλοφροσύνη ἡ ἀληθής, οὐ τὸ ἐπὶ πλούτῳ μεγαλοφρονεῖν, τούτου δὲ καταφρονεῖν· τὸ δὲ ἐπὶ τοῖς σκεύεσι μεγαλαυχεῖν αἰσχρὸν κομιδῇ· οὐ γὰρ σπουδάζειν ἔτι περὶ τούτων πάνυ δίκαιον, ἃ καὶ ἐξ ἀγορᾶς τῷ βουλομένῳ ἔξεστιν ὠνήσασθαι, σοφία δὲ οὐκ ὠνητὴ νομίσματι γηΐνῳ οὐδ᾿ ἐν ἀγορᾷ, ἀλλ᾿ ἐν οὐρανῷ πιπράσκεται καὶ πιπράσκεται νομίσματι δικαίῳ, τῷ λόγῳ τῷ ἀφθάρτῳ, τῷ βασιλικῷ χρυσίῳ.

2.4 Chapter IV.—How to Conduct Ourselves at Feasts

Let revelry keep away from our rational entertainments, and foolish vigils, too, that revel in intemperance. For revelry is an inebriating pipe, the chain of an amatory bridge, that is, of sorrow. And let love, and intoxication, and senseless passions, be removed from our choir. Burlesque singing is the boon companion of drunkenness. A night spent over drink invites drunkenness, rouses lust, and is audacious in deeds of shame. For if people occupy their time with pipes, and psalteries, and choirs, and dances, and Egyptian clapping of hands, and such disorderly frivolities, they become quite immodest and intractable, beat on cymbals and drums, and make a noise on instruments of delusion; for plainly such a banquet, as seems to me, is a theatre of drunkenness. For the apostle decrees that, “putting off the works of darkness, we should put on the armour of light, walking honestly as in the day, not spending our time in rioting and drunkenness, in chambering and wantonness.” Let the pipe be resigned to the shepherds, and the flute to the superstitious who are engrossed in idolatry. For, in truth, such instruments are to be banished from the temperate banquet, being more suitable to beasts than men, and the more irrational portion of mankind. For we have heard of stags being charmed by the pipe, and seduced by music into the toils, when hunted by the huntsmen. And when mares are being covered, a tune is played on the flute—a nuptial song, as it were. And every improper sight and sound, to speak in a word, and every shameful sensation of licentiousnes—which, in truth, is privation of sensation—must by all means be excluded; and we must be on our guard against whatever pleasure titillates eye and ear, and effeminates. For the various spells of the broken strains and plaintive numbers of the Carian muse corrupt men’s morals, drawing to perturbation of mind, by the licentious and mischievous art of music.

The Spirit, distinguishing from such revelry the divine service, sings, “Praise Him with the sound of trumpet;” for with sound of trumpet He shall raise the dead. “Praise Him on the psaltery;” for the tongue is the psaltery of the Lord. “And praise Him on the lyre.” By the lyre is meant the mouth struck by the Spirit, as it were by a plectrum. “Praise with the timbrel and the dance,” refers to the Church meditating on the resurrection of the dead in the resounding skin. “Praise Him on the chords and organ.” Our body He calls an organ, and its nerves are the strings, by which it has received harmonious tension, and when struck by the Spirit, it gives forth human voices. “Praise Him on the clashing cymbals.” He calls the tongue the cymbal of the mouth, which resounds with the pulsation of the lips. Therefore He cried to humanity, “Let every breath praise the Lord,” because He cares for every breathing thing which He hath made. For man is truly a pacific instrument; while other instruments, if you investigate, you will find to be warlike, inflaming to lusts, or kindling up amours, or rousing wrath.

In their wars, therefore, the Etruscans use the trumpet, the Arcadians the pipe, the Sicilians the pectides, the Cretans the lyre, the Lacedæmonians the flute, the Thracians the horn, the Egyptians the drum, and the Arabians the cymbal. The one instrument of peace, the Word alone by which we honour God, is what we employ. We no longer employ the ancient psaltery, and trumpet, and timbrel, and flute, which those expert in war and contemners of the fear of God were wont to make use of also in the choruses at their festive assemblies; that by such strains they might raise their dejected minds. But let our genial feeling in drinking be twofold, in accordance with the law. For “if thou shalt love the Lord thy God,” and then “thy neighbour,” let its first manifestation be towards God in thanksgiving and psalmody, and the second toward our neighbour in decorous fellowship. For says the apostle, “Let the Word of the Lord dwell in you richly.” And this Word suits and conforms Himself to seasons, to persons, to places.

In the present instance He is a guest with us. For the apostle adds again, “Teaching and admonishing one another in all wisdom, in psalms, and hymns, and spiritual songs, singing with grace in your heart to God.” And again, “Whatsoever ye do in word or deed, do all in the name of the Lord Jesus, giving thanks to God and His Father.” This is our thankful revelry. And even if you wish to sing and play to the harp or lyre, there is no blame. Thou shalt imitate the righteous Hebrew king in his thanksgiving to God. “Rejoice in the Lord, ye righteous; praise is comely to the upright,” says the prophecy. “Confess to the Lord on the harp; play to Him on the psaltery of ten strings. Sing to Him a new song.” And does not the ten-stringed psaltery indicate the Word Jesus, who is manifested by the element of the decad? And as it is befitting, before partaking of food, that we should bless the Creator of all; so also in drinking it is suitable to praise Him on partaking of His creatures. For the psalm is a melodious and sober blessing. The apostle calls the psalm “a spiritual song.”

Finally, before partaking of sleep, it is a sacred duty to give thanks to God, having enjoyed His grace and love, and so go straight to sleep. “And confess to Him in songs of the lips,” he says, “because in His command all His good pleasure is done, and there is no deficiency in His salvation.”

Further, among the ancient Greeks, in their banquets over the brimming cups, a song was sung called a skolion, after the manner of the Hebrew psalms, all together raising the pæan with the voice, and sometimes also taking turns in the song while they drank healths round; while those that were more musical than the rest sang to the lyre. But let amatory songs be banished far away, and let our songs be hymns to God. “Let them praise,” it is said, “His name in the dance, and let them play to Him on the timbrel and psaltery.” And what is the choir which plays? The Spirit will show thee: “Let His praise be in the congregation (church) of the saints; let them be joyful in their King.” And again he adds, “The Lord will take pleasure in His people.” For temperate harmonies are to be admitted; but we are to banish as far as possible from our robust mind those liquid harmonies, which, through pernicious arts in the modulations of tones, train to effeminacy and scurrility. But grave and modest strains say farewell to the turbulence of drunkenness. Chromatic harmonies are therefore to be abandoned to immodest revels, and to florid and meretricious music.

Ἀπέστω δὲ ἡμῖν τῆς λογικῆς εὐωχίας ὁ κῶμος, ἀλλὰ καὶ αἱ παννυχίδες αἱ μάταιοι ἐπὶ παροινίᾳ κομῶσαι· ὅ μὲν γάρ ἐστι μεθυστικὸς [αὐλός] ἄλυς, ἐρωτικῆς σχεδιαστὴς ἀδημονίας, ὁ κῶμος· ἔρως δὲ καὶ μέθη, τὰ ἀλόγιστα πάθη, μακρὰν ἀπῴκισται τοῦ ἡμεδαποῦ χοροῦ· σύγκωμος δὲ παροινία τίς ἐστιν ἡ παννυχὶς [δὲ] ἐπὶ πότῳ, μέθης ἐκκλητικὴ καὶ συνουσίας ἐρεθιστική, τόλμα αἰσχροποιός. οἱ δὲ ἐν αὐλοῖς καὶ ψαλτηρίοις καὶ χοροῖς καὶ ὀρχήμασιν καὶ κροτάλοις Αἰγυπτίων καὶ τοιαύταις ῥᾳθυμίαις σάλοι ἄτακτοι καὶ ἀπρεπεῖς καὶ ἀπαίδευτοι κομιδῇ γίγνοιντο ἄν κυμβάλοις καὶ τυμπάνοις ἐξηχούμενοι καὶ τοῖς τῆς ἀπάτης ὀργάνοις περιψοφούμενοι· ἀτεχνῶς γὰρ, ὡς ἐμοὶ δοκεῖ, θέατρον μέθης τὸ τοιοῦτον γίνεται συμπόσιον. »ἀποθεμένους γὰρ ἡμᾶς τὰ ἔργα τοῦ σκότους ἐνδύσασθαι τὰ ὅπλα τοῦ φωτὸς« ἀξιοῖ ὁ ἀπόστολος, »ὡς ἐν ἡμέρᾳ εὐσχημόνως περιπατοῦντας, μὴ κώμοις καὶ μέθαις, μὴ κοίταις καὶ ἀσελγείαις« σχολάζοντας.

Σῦριγξ μὲν οὖν ποιμέσιν ἀπονενεμήσθω, αὐλὸς δὲ ἀνθρώποις δεισιδαίμοσιν εἰς εἰδωλολατρείας σπεύδουσιν. καὶ γὰρ ὡς ἀληθῶς ἀποπεμπτέα τὰ ὄργανα ταῦτα νηφαλίου συμποσίου, θηρίοις μᾶλλον ἢ ἀνθρώποις κατάλληλα καὶ ἀνθρώπων τοῖς ἀλογωτέροις. τὰς μὲν γὰρ ἐλάφους ταῖς σύριγξι κηλεῖσθαι παρειλήφαμεν καὶ ἐπὶ τὰς ποδάγρας πρὸς τῶν κυνηγῶν θηρευομένας ἄγεσθαι τῷ μέλει, ταῖς δὲ ἵπποις μιγνυμέναις οἷον ὑμέναιος ἐπαυλεῖται νόμος αὐλῳδίας· ἱππόθορον τοῦτον κεκλήκασιν οἱ μουσικοί. πᾶσαν δὲ ἁπαξαπλῶς ἀνελεύθερον ὄψιν τε καὶ ἀκοὴν καὶ συνελόντι φάναι αἴσθησιν ἀκρασίας αἰσχράν, τὴν ὡς ἀληθῶς ἀναισθησίαν, ἐκκοπτέον εὖ μάλα, τὴν ἐν ὄμμασιν καὶ ἐν ὠσὶν γαργαλίζουσαν καὶ ἀποθηλύνουσαν ἡδονὴν εὐλαβουμένους· μελῶν γάρ τοι κατεαγότων καὶ ῥυθμῶν γοερῶν τῆς μούσης τῆς Καρικῆς αἱ ποικίλαι φαρμακεῖαι διαφθείρουσιν τοὺς τρόπους ἀκολάστῳ καὶ κακοτέχνῳ μουσικῇ εἰς πάθος ὑποσύρουσαι. τοῦ κώμου τούτου τὴν λειτουργίαν τὴν θεϊκὴν διαχωρίζον ψάλλει τὸ πνεῦμα »αἰνεῖτε αὐτὸν ἐν ἤχῳ σάλπιγγος«, καὶ γὰρ ἐν ἤχῳ σάλπιγγος ἀναστήσει τοὺς νεκρούς· »αἰνεῖτε αὐτὸν ἐν ψαλτηρίῳ«, ὅτι ἡ γλῶττα τὸ ψαλτήριον κυρίου· »καὶ ἐν κιθάρᾳ αἰνεῖτε αὐτόν«, κιθάρα νοείσθω τὸ στόμα, οἱονεὶ πλήκτρῳ κρουόμενον τῷ πνεύματι· »ἐν τυμπάνῳ καὶ χορῷ αἰνεῖτε αὐτόν«, τὴν ἐκκλησίαν λέγει τὴν μελετήσασαν τῆς σαρκὸς τὴν ἀνάστασιν ἐν ἠχοῦντι τῷ δέρματι· »ἐν χορδαῖς καὶ ὀργάνῳ αἰνεῖτε αὐτόν«, ὄργανον τὸ σῶμα λέγει τὸ ἡμέτερον καὶ χορδὰς τὰ νεῦρα αὐτοῦ, δι᾿ ὧν ἐναρμόνιον εἴληφε τὴν τάσιν, καὶ χορδὰς τὰ νεῦρα αὐτοῦ, δι᾿ ὧν ἐναρμόνιον εἴληφε τὴν τάσιν, καὶ κρουόμενον τῷ πνεύματι τοὺς φθόγγους ἀποδίδωσι τοὺς ἀνθρωπίνους· »αἰνεῖτε αὐτὸν ἐν κυμβάλοις ἀλαλαγμοῦ«, κύμβαλον τοῦ στόματος τὴν γλῶτταν λέγει, ἣ τοῖς κρουομένοις ἐπηχεῖ χείλεσιν. διὰ τοῦτο ἐπεφώνησεν τῇ ἀνθρωπότητι »πᾶσα πνοὴ αἰνεσάτω τὸν κύριον«, ὅτι πᾶσαν, ἣν ἐποίησεν, ἐπεσκέψατο πνοήν. εἰρηνικὸν γὰρ ὡς ἀληθῶς ὄργανον ὁ ἄνθρωπός ἐστιν, τὰ δ᾿ ἄλλα ἢν πολυπραγμονῇ τις, ὄργανα εὑρήσει πολεμικά, ἢ τὰς ἐπιθυμίας ἐκφλέγοντα ἢ τοὺς ἔρωτας ἐκκαίοντα ἢ ἐξαγριαίνοντα τοὺς θυμούς. χρῶνται γοῦν παρὰ τοὺς πολέμους αὐτῶν Τυρρηνοὶ μὲν τῇ σάλπιγγι, σύριγγι δὲ Ἀρκάδες, Σικελοὶ δὲ πηκτίσιν καὶ Κρῆτες λύρᾳ καὶ Λακεδαιμόνιοι αὐλῷ καὶ κέρατι Θρᾷκες καὶ Αἰγύπτιοι τυμπάνῳ καὶ Ἄραβες κυμβάλῳ· ἑνὶ δὲ ἄρα ὀργάνῳ, τῷ λόγῳ μόνῳ τῷ εἰρηνικῷ, ἡμεῖς κεχρήμεθα, ᾧ γεραίρομεν τὸν θεόν, οὐκέτι τῷ ψαλτηρίῳ τῷ παλαιῷ καὶ τῇ σάλπιγγι καὶ τυμπάνῳ καὶ αὐλῷ, οἷς ἔθος ἦν τοὺς ἐν πολέμῳ ἀσκητὰς καὶ τοῦ θείου καταπεφρονηκότας φόβου ἀνὰ τὰς πανηγύρεις [χορδαῖς] συγχρῆσθαι, ὡς δὴ τὸ ἔκλυτον αὐτῶν τοῦ φρονήματος διὰ τῶν τοιούτων ἐπανίστασθαι ῥυθμῶν.

Ἔστω δὲ ἡμῶν ἡ παρὰ πότον φιλοφροσύνη διττὴ κατὰ τὸν νόμον· εἰ γὰρ »ἀγαπήσεις κύριον τὸν θεόν σου«, ἔπειτα »τὸν πλησίον σου«, προτέρα μὲν ἡ εἰς θεὸν δι᾿ εὐχαριστίας καὶ ψαλμῳδίας γενέσθω φιλοφροσύνη, δευτέρα δὲ εἰς τὸν πλησίον διὰ τῆς ὁμιλίας τῆς σεμνῆς· »ὁ γὰρ λόγος ὁ τοῦ κυρίου ἐνοικείτω ἐν ὑμῖν πλουσίως«, ὁ ἀπόστολός φησιν. ὁ δὲ λόγος οὗτος συναρμόζεται καὶ συσχηματίζεται καιροῖς, προσώποις, τόποις, συμποτικὸς δέ ἐστι νῦν· ἐπιφέρει γὰρ ὁ ἀπόστολος πάλιν· »ἐν πάσῃ σοφίᾳ διδάσκοντες καὶ νουθετοῦντες ἑαυτοὺς ψαλμοῖς, ὕμνοις, ᾠδαῖς πνευματικαῖς ἐν τῇ χάριτι, ᾄδοντες ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ ὑμῶν τῷ θεῷ· καὶ πᾶν ὅ τι ἂν ποιῆτε ἢ ἐν λόγῳ ἢ ἐν ἔργῳ, πάντα ἐν ὀνόματι κυρίου Ἰησοῦ, εὐχαριστοῦντες τῷ θεῷ καὶ πατρὶ αὐτοῦ.« οὗτος ἡμῶν ὁ κῶμος ὁ εὐχάριστος, κἂν πρὸς κιθάραν ἐθελήσῃς ἢ λύραν ᾄδειν τε καὶ ψάλλειν, μῶμος οὐκ ἔστιν, Ἑβραῖον μιμήσῃ δίκαιον βασιλέα εὐχάριστον τῷ θεῷ. »ἀγαλλιᾶσθε, δίκαιοι, ἐν τῷ κυρίῳ, τοῖς εὐθέσι πρέπει αἴνεσις«, φησὶν ἡ προφητεία, »ἐξομολογεῖσθε τῷ κυρίῳ ἐν κιθάρᾳ, ἐν ψαλτηρίῳ δεκαχόρδῳ ψάλατε αὐτῷ, ᾄσατε αὐτῷ ᾆσμα καινόν.« καὶ μή τι τὸ δεκάχορδον ψαλτήριον τὸν λόγον τὸν Ἰησοῦν μηνύει, τῷ στοιχείῳ τῆς δεκάδος φανερούμενον. ὡς δὲ ἁρμόδιον πρὶν ἡμᾶς μεταλαβεῖν τροφῆς τῶν συμπάντων εὐλογεῖν τὸν ποιητήν, οὕτως καὶ παρὰ πότον καθήκει ψάλλειν αὐτῷ τῶν αὐτοῦ μεταλαμβάνοντας κτισμάτων· καὶ γὰρ ὁ ψαλμὸς ἐμμελής ἐστιν εὐλογία καὶ σώφρων· »ᾠδὴν πνευματικὴν« ὁ ἀπόστολος εἴρηκε τὸν ψαλμόν. ἐπὶ πᾶσίν τε πρὶν ὕπνου λαχεῖν εὐχαριστεῖν ὅσιον τῷ θεῷ τῆς αὐτοῦ χάριτος καὶ φιλανθρωπίας ἀπολαύσαντας, ὡς καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν ὕπνον ἰέναι ἡμᾶς ἐνθέως. »καὶ ἐξομολογήσασθε αὐτῷ ἐν ᾠδαῖς χειλέων«, φησίν· »ὅτι ἐν προστάγματι αὐτοῦ πᾶσα εὐδοκία γίνεται, καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐλάττωσις εἰς τὸ σωτήριον αὐτοῦ.« ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν τοῖς παλαιοῖς Ἕλλησι παρὰ τὰς συμποτικὰς εὐωχίας καὶ τὰς ἐπιψεκαζούσας κύλικας Ἑβραϊκῶν κατ᾿ εἰκόνα ψαλμῶν ᾆσμα τὸ καλούμενον σκολιὸν ᾔδετο, κοινῶς ἁπάντων μιᾷ φωνῇ παιανιζόντων, ἔσθ᾿ ὅτε δὲ καὶ ἐν μέρει περιελιττόντων τὰς προπόσεις τῆς ᾠδῆς· οἱ δὲ μουσικώτεροι αὐτῶν καὶ πρὸς λύραν ᾖδον. ἀλλ᾿ αἱ μὲν ἐρωτικαὶ μακρὰν ἐρρόντων ᾠδαί, ὕμνοι δὲ ἔστων τοῦ θεοῦ αἱ ᾠδαί. »αἰνεσάτωσαν«, φησίν, »τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ ἐν χορῷ, ἐν τυμπάνῳ καὶ ψαλτηρίῳ ψαλάτωσαν αὐτῷ.« καὶ τίς ὁ ψάλλων χορός, αὐτό σοι διηγήσεται τὸ πνεῦμα· »ἡ αἴνεσις αὐτοῦ ἐν ἐκκλησίᾳ ὁσίων, ἀγαλλιάσθωσαν ἐπὶ τῷ βασιλεῖ αὐτῶν.« καὶ πάλιν ἐπιφέρει· »ὅτι εὐδοκεῖ κύριος ἐν τῷ λαῷ αὐτοῦ.« καὶ γὰρ ἁρμονίας παραδεκτέον τὰς σώφρονας, ἀπωτάτω ὅτι μάλιστα ἐλαύνοντας τῆς ἐρρωμένης ἡμῶν διανοίας τὰς ὑγρὰς ὄντως ἁρμονίας, αἳ περὶ τὰς καμπὰς τῶν φθόγγων κακοτεχνοῦσαι εἰς θρύψιν καὶ βωμολοχίαν ἐκδιαιτῶνται· τὰ δὲ αὐστηρὰ καὶ σωφρονικὰ μέλη ἀποτάσσεται ταῖς τῆς μέθης ἀγερωχίαις. καταλειπτέον οὖν τὰς χρωματικὰς ἁρμονίας ταῖς ἀχρώμοις παροινίαις καὶ τῇ ἀνθοφορούσῃ καὶ ἑταιρούσῃ μουσικῇ.

2.5 Chapter V.—On Laughter

People who are imitators of ludicrous sensations, or rather of such as deserve derision, are to be driven from our polity.

For since all forms of speech flow from mind and manners, ludicrous expressions could not be uttered, did they not proceed from ludicrous practices. For the saying, “It is not a good tree which produces corrupt fruit, nor a corrupt tree which produces good fruit,” is to be applied in this case. For speech is the fruit of the mind. If, then, wags are to be ejected from our society, we ourselves must by no manner of means be allowed to stir up laughter. For it were absurd to be found imitators of things of which we are prohibited to be listeners; and still more absurd for a man to set about making himself a laughing-stock, that is, the butt of insult and derision. For if we could not endure to make a ridiculous figure, such as we see some do in processions, how could we with any propriety bear to have the inner man made a ridiculous figure of, and that to one’s face? Wherefore we ought never of our own accord to assume a ludicrous character. And how, then, can we devote ourselves to being and appearing ridiculous in our conversation, thereby travestying speech, which is the most precious of all human endowments? It is therefore disgraceful to set one’s self to do this; since the conversation of wags of this description is not fit for our ears, inasmuch as by the very expressions used it familiarizes us with shameful actions.

Pleasantry is allowable, not waggery. Besides, even laughter must be kept in check; for when given vent to in the right manner it indicates orderliness, but when it issues differently it shows a want of restraint.

For, in a word, whatever things are natural to men we must not eradicate from them, but rather impose on them limits and suitable times. For man is not to laugh on all occasions because he is a laughing animal, any more than the horse neighs on all occasions because he is a neighing animal. But as rational beings, we are to regulate ourselves suitably, harmoniously relaxing the austerity and over-tension of our serious pursuits, not inharmoniously breaking them up altogether.

For the seemly relaxation of the countenance in a harmonious manner—as of a musical instrument—is called a smile. So also is laughter on the face of well-regulated men termed. But the discordant relaxation of countenance in the case of women is called a giggle, and is meretricious laughter; in the case of men, a guffaw, and is savage and insulting laughter. “A fool raises his voice in laughter,” says the Scripture; but a clever man smiles almost imperceptibly. The clever man in this case he calls wise, inasmuch as he is differently affected from the fool. But, on the other hand, one needs not be gloomy, only grave. For I certainly prefer a man to smile who has a stern countenance than the reverse; for so his laughter will be less apt to become the object of ridicule.

Smiling even requires to be made the subject of discipline. If it is at what is disgraceful, we ought to blush rather than smile, lest we seem to take pleasure in it by sympathy; if at what is painful, it is fitting to look sad rather than to seem pleased. For to do the former is a sign of rational human thought; the other infers suspicion of cruelty.

We are not to laugh perpetually, for that is going beyond bounds; nor in the presence of elderly persons, or others worthy of respect, unless they indulge in pleasantry for our amusement. Nor are we to laugh before all and sundry, nor in every place, nor to every one, nor about everything. For to children and women especially laughter is the cause of slipping into scandal. And even to appear stern serves to keep those about us at their distance. For gravity can ward off the approaches of licentiousness by a mere look. All senseless people, to speak in a word, wine

“Commands both to laugh luxuriously and to dance,”

changing effeminate manners to softness. We must consider, too, how consequently freedom of speech leads impropriety on to filthy speaking.

“And he uttered a word which had been better unsaid.”

Especially, therefore, in liquor crafty men’s characters are wont to be seen through, stripped as they are of their mask through the caitiff licence of intoxication, through which reason, weighed down in the soul itself by drunkenness, is lulled to sleep, and unruly passions are roused, which overmaster the feebleness of the mind.

Μιμηλοὺς δὲ ἀνθρώπους γελοίων, μᾶλλον δὲ καταγελάστων παθῶν τῆς ἡμετέρας ἐξελαστέον πολιτείας. πάντων γὰρ τῶν λόγων ἀπὸ διανοίας καὶ ἤθους ῥεόντων οὐχ οἷόν τέ ἐστι γελοίους τινὰς προέσθαι λόγους, μὴ οὐχὶ ἀπὸ γελοίου ἤθους φερομένους. τὸ γὰρ »οὐκ ἔστι δένδρον καλὸν ποιοῦν καρπὸν σαπρὸν οὐδὲ μὴν δένδρον σαπρὸν ποιοῦν καρπὸν καλὸν« κἀνταῦθ᾿ ἂν ἁρμόσαι· καρπὸς διανοίας ὁ λόγος ἐστίν. εἰ τοίνυν τοὺς γελωτοποιοὺς ἐξοικιστέον τῆς ἡμεδαπῆς πολιτείας, πολλοῦ γε καὶ δεῖ ἡμῖν αὐτοῖς ἐπιτρέπειν γελωτοποιεῖν. ἄτοπον γάρ, ὧν ἀκροατὰς γενέσθαι κεκώλυται, τούτων εὑρίσκεσθαι μιμητάς· πολλῷ δὲ ἔτι ἀτοπώτερον γελοῖον αὐτὸν σπουδάζειν γενέσθαι, τοῦτ᾿ ἔστιν ἐφύβριστον καὶ καταγέλαστον. εἰ γὰρ γελοίως σχηματισθῆναι, καθάπερ ἐν ταῖς πομπαῖς ὁρῶνταί τινες, οὐκ ἂν ὑπομείναιμεν, πῶς ἂν εἰκότως τὸν ἐντὸς ἄνθρωπον ἐπὶ τὸ γελοιότερον σχηματιζόμενον ἀνασχοίμεθα; καὶ εἰ τὸ πρόσωπον οὐκ ἄν ἑκόντες ἐπὶ τὸ γελοιότερον μεταστρέψαιμέν [ἄν] ποτε, [καὶ] πῶς ἂν κατὰ τοὺς λόγους ἐπιτηδεύσαιμεν εἶναί τε καὶ φαίνεσθαι γελοῖοι, τὸ τιμιώτατον πάντων τῶν ἐν ἀνθρώποις κτημάτων καταμωκώμενοι, τὸν λόγον; χλεύη μὲν οὖν ἐπιτηδεύειν ταῦτα, ἐπεὶ μηδὲ ὁ τῶν γελοίων λόγος [τοῖος] ἀκροάσεως ἄξιος, διὰ τῶν ὀνομάτων αὐτῶν ἐπὶ τὰ αἰσχρὰ τῶν ἔργων ἐθίζων, χαριεντιστέον τε, οὐ γελωτοποιητέον. ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐτὸν τὸν γέλωτα ἐπιστομιστέον. καὶ γὰρ αὖ καὶ αὐτὸς ὃν μὲν δεῖ τρόπον ἐξαγόμενος ἐμφαίνει κοσμιότητα, μὴ ταύτῃ δὲ χωρῶν ἀκολασίαν ἐνδείκνυται. ἁπλῶς γὰρ ὁπόσα φυσικὰ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἐστίν, ταῦτα οὐκ ἀναιρεῖν ἐξ αὐτῶν δεῖ, μᾶλλον δὲ μέτρον αὐτοῖς καὶ καιρὸν ἐπιτιθέναι πρέποντα. οὐ γὰρ ἐπειδὴ γελαστικὸν ζῷον ὁ ἄνθρωπος, γελαστέον τὰ πάντα, ἐπειδὴ οὐδὲ ὁ ἵππος χρεμετιστικὸς ὢν χρεμετίζει τὰ πάντα· ὡς δὲ ζῷα λογικὰ σφᾶς αὐτοὺς ἁρμοστέον εὐκράτως, τὸ αὐστηρὸν τῆς σπουδῆς ἡμῶν καὶ τὸ ὑπέρτονον χαλῶντας ἐμμελῶς, οὐκ ἐκλύοντας ἐκμελῶς. ἡ μὲν γὰρ καθ᾿ ἁρμονίαν τοῦ προσώπου, καθάπερ ὀργάνου, κόσμιος ἄνεσις μειδίαμα κέκληται (διάχυσις οὕτως ἀνακλᾶται κατὰ πρόσωπον), σωφρονούντων [ὁ] γέλως· ἡ δὲ ἐκμελὴς τοῦ προσώπου ἔκλυσις, εἰ μὲν ἐπὶ γυναικῶν γίνοιτο, κιχλισμὸς προσαγορεύεται, γέλως δέ ἐστι πορνικός, εἰ δὲ ἐπὶ ἀνδρῶν, καγχασμός, γέλως ἐστὶν οὗτος μνηστηριώδης κἀξυβρίζων· »μωρὸς δὲ ἐν γέλωτι ἀνυψοῖ φωνὴν αὐτοῦ«, φησὶν ἡ γραφή, »ἀνὴρ δὲ πανοῦργος μόγις ἡσυχῇ μειδιάσει.« φρόνιμον λέγει τὸν πανοῦργον νῦν, τὸν ἐναντίως τῷ μωρῷ διακείμενον. ἀλλ᾿ οὐδ᾿ ἔμπαλιν εἶναι δεῖ σκυθρωπόν, ἀλλὰ σύννουν· ἀποδέχομαι γὰρ εὖ μάλα ἐκεῖνον [προσώποις μειδιῶντα] ὃς ἐφαίνετο μειδιόων βλοσυροῖσι προσώπασι [τὸν τοῖς βλοσυροῖς]· »ἧττον« γὰρ »ἂν καταγέλαστος ὁ γέλως αὐτῷ εἴη«. χρὴ δὲ καὶ τὸ μειδίαμα παιδαγωγεῖσθαι, καὶ εἰ μὲν ἐπ᾿ αἰσχροῖς εἴη, ἐρυθριῶντας μᾶλλον ἢ μειδιῶντας φαίνεσθαι, μὴ συνήδεσθαι διὰ συμπάθειαν δοκῶμεν, εἰ δὲ ἐπὶ λυπηροῖς, κατηφεστέρους ἁρμόζει βλέπεσθαι ἢ ἐφήδεσθαι δοκεῖν· τὸ μὲν γὰρ ἀνθρωπίνου λογισμοῦ τεκμήριον, τὸ δὲ ὠμότητος ὑπόληψιν ἐνδείκνυται. οὔτε γὰρ ἀεὶ γελαστέον (ἄμετρον γὰρ) οὔτε πρεσβυτέρων ἤ τινων ἑτέρων ἐντροπῆς ἀξίων παρόντων, εἰ μὴ ἄρα τι αὐτοὶ εἰς τὸ διαχέαι ἡμᾶς χαριεντίσαιντο, οὐδὲ πρὸς τοὺς τυχόντας γελαστέον οὐδ᾿ ἐν παντὶ τόπῳ οὐδὲ μὴν πᾶσιν οὐδὲ ἐπὶ πᾶσιν. μάλιστα γὰρ μειρακίοις καὶ γυναιξὶν ὄλισθος εἰς διαβολὰς ὁ γέλως ἐστίν. τὸ δὲ καὶ φαίνεσθαι καταπληκτικὸν πόρρωθεν τῶν πειρώντων ἐστὶ φυγαδευτικόν· δυνατὴ γὰρ ἀποκρούσασθαι τῆς ἀσελγείας τὰς προσβολὰς καὶ ἐκ μόνης τῆς προσόψεως ἡ σεμνότης· πάντας δέ, ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν, τοὺς ἀνοήτους ὁ οἶνος καί θ᾿ ἁπαλὸν γελάσαι καὶ ὀρχήσασθαι ἀνώγει, εἰς μαλακίαν ἐκτρέπων τὸ ἀνδρόγυνον ἦθος. καὶ σκοπεῖν δεῖ πῶς ἐντεῦθεν ἡ παρρησία τὴν ἀκοσμίαν εἰς αἰσχρολογίαν αὔξει· καί τι ἔπος προέηκεν, ὅπερ τ᾿ ἄρρητον ἄμεινον. μάλιστα γοῦν ἐν οἴνῳ καθορᾶσθαι τὰ ἤθη τῶν ὑπούλων συμβέβηκεν τῆς ὑποκρίσεως ἀπογυμνούμενα διὰ τὴν ἀνελεύθερον παρρησίαν τῆς παροινίας, δι᾿ ἣν κατακοιμίζεται μὲν ὁ λόγος ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ψυχῇ καρηβαρήσας τῇ μέθῃ, τὰ δὲ ἐκτράπελα ἐπεγείρεται πάθη καταδυναστεύοντα τῆς ἀσθενείας τοῦ λογισμοῦ.

2.6 Chapter VI.—On Filthy Speaking

From filthy speaking we ourselves must entirely abstain, and stop the mouths of those who practice it by stern looks and averting the face, and by what we call making a mock of one: often also by a harsher mode of speech. “For what proceedeth out of the mouth,” He says, “defileth a man,”—shows him to be unclean, and heathenish, and untrained, and licentious, and not select, and proper, and honourable, and temperate.

And as a similar rule holds with regard to hearing and seeing in the case of what is obscene, the divine Instructor, following the same course with both, arrays those children who are engaged in the struggle in words of modesty, as ear-guards, so that the pulsation of fornication may not penetrate to the bruising of the soul; and He directs the eyes to the sight of what is honourable, saying that it is better to make a slip with the feet than with the eyes. This filthy speaking the apostle beats off, saying, “Let no corrupt communication proceed out of your mouth, but what is good.” And again, “As becometh saints, let not filthiness be named among you, nor foolish talking, nor jesting, which things are not seemly, but rather giving of thanks.” And if “he that calls his brother a fool be in danger of the judgment,” what shall we pronounce regarding him who speaks what is foolish? Is it not written respecting such: “Whosoever shall speak an idle word, shall give an account to the Lord in the day of judgment?” And again, “By thy speech thou shalt be justified,” He says, “and by thy speech thou shalt be condemned.” What, then, are the salutary ear-guards, and what the regulations for slippery eyes? Conversations with the righteous, preoccupying and forearming the ears against those that would lead away from the truth.

“Evil communications corrupt good manners,”

says Poetry. More nobly the apostle says, “Be haters of the evil; cleave to the good.” For he who associates with the saints shall be sanctified. From shameful things addressed to the ears, and words and sights, we must entirely abstain. And much more must we keep pure from shameful deeds: on the one hand, from exhibiting and exposing parts of the body which we ought not; and on the other, from beholding what is forbidden. For the modest son could not bear to look on the shameful exposure of the righteous man; and modesty covered what intoxication exposed—the spectacle of the transgression of ignorance. No less ought we to keep pure from calumnious reports, to which the ears of those who have believed in Christ ought to be inaccessible.

It is on this account, as appears to me, that the Instructor does not permit us to give utterance to aught unseemly, fortifying us at an early stage against licentiousness. For He is admirable always at cutting out the roots of sins, such as, “Thou shalt not commit adultery,” by “Thou shalt not lust.” For adultery is the fruit of lust, which is the evil root. And so likewise also in this instance the Instructor censures licence in names, and thus cuts off the licentious intercourse of excess. For licence in names produces the desire of being indecorous in conduct; and the observance of modesty in names is a training in resistance to lasciviousness. We have shown in a more exhaustive treatise, that neither in the names nor in the members to which appellations not in common use are applied, is there the designation of what is really obscene.

For neither are knee and leg, and such other members, nor are the names applied to them, and the activity put forth by them, obscene. And even the pudenda are to be regarded as objects suggestive of modesty, not shame. It is their unlawful activity that is shameful, and deserving ignominy, and reproach, and punishment. For the only thing that is in reality shameful is wickedness, and what is done through it. In accordance with these remarks, conversation about deeds of wickedness is appropriately termed filthy [shameful] speaking, as talk about adultery and pæderasty and the like. Frivolous prating, too, is to be put to silence. “For,” it is said, “in much speaking thou shalt not escape sin.” “Sins of the tongue, therefore, shall be punished.” “There is he who is silent, and is found wise; and there is he that is hated for much speech.” But still more, the prater makes himself the object of disgust. “For he that multiplieth speech abominates his own soul.”

Αἰσχρολογίας δὲ παντελῶς αὐτοῖς τε ἡμῖν ἀφεκτέον καὶ τοὺς χρωμένους αὐτῇ ἐπιστομιστέον καὶ ὄψει δριμυτέρᾳ καὶ προσώπου ἀποστροφῇ καὶ τῷ ἀπομυκτηρισμῷ καλουμένῳ, πολλάκις δὲ καὶ λόγῳ τραχυτέρῳ. »τὰ γὰρ ἐξιόντα«, φησίν, »ἐκ τοῦ στόματος κοινοῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον«, κοινὸν καὶ ἐθνικὸν καὶ ἀπαίδευτον καὶ ἀσελγῆ δείκνυσιν αὐτόν, οὐχὶ δὲ ἴδιον καὶ κόσμιον καὶ σώφρονα. πρὸς δὲ τὴν ἀκοὴν τῶν αἰσχρῶν καὶ τὴν θέαν τῶν ὁμοίως ἐχόντων ὁ θεῖος παιδαγωγὸς κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ τοῖς παλαίουσι τῶν παιδίων, ὡς μὴ τὰ ὦτα θραύοιτο αὐτῶν, τοὺς σώφρονας περιτίθησι λόγους καθάπερ ἀντωτίδας, ὡς μὴ δύνασθαι ἐξικνεῖσθαι εἰς θραῦσιν τῆς ψυχῆς τὸ κροῦμα τῆς πορνείας· τοὺς δὲ ὀφθαλμοὺς κατευθύνει ἐπὶ τὴν θέαν τῶν καλῶν, ἄμεινον εἶναι λέγων τοῖς ποσὶν ἢ τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς ὀλισθαίνειν. ταύτην ἀποκρουόμενος τὴν αἰσχρολογίαν ὁ ἀπόστολος »πᾶς λόγος σαπρὸς ἐκ τοῦ στόματος ὑμῶν« φησὶν »μὴ ἐκπορευέσθω, ἀλλ᾿ εἴ τις ἀγαθός«. πάλιν τε αὖ· »καθὼς πρέπει ἁγίοις, μὴ ὀνομαζέσθω ἐν ὑμῖν αἰσχρότης καὶ μωρολογία ἢ εὐτραπελία, ἃ οὐκ ἀνῆκεν, ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον εὐχαριστία.« εἰ δὲ ὁ μωρὸν εἰπὼν τὸν ἀδελφὸν ἔνοχος εἰς κρίσιν, τί περὶ τοῦ μωρολογοῦντος ἀποφανούμεθα; ᾗ καὶ περὶ τούτου γέγραπται· »ὃς ἂν λαλήσῃ λόγον ἀργόν, ἀποδώσει λόγον κυρίῳ ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως.« αὖθίς τε »ἐκ τοῦ λόγου σου δικαιωθήσῃ« φησίν, »καὶ ἐκ τοῦ λόγου σου καταδικασθήσῃ«. τίνες οὖν αἱ ἀντωτίδες αἱ σωτήριοι; καὶ τίνες αἱ τῶν ὀλισθηρῶν ὀφθαλμῶν παιδαγωγήσεις; αἱ μετὰ τῶν δικαίων συναναστροφαὶ προλαμβάνουσαι καὶ προεμφράττουσαι τὰ ὦτα τοῖς ἀπάγειν τῆς ἀληθείας βουλομένοις. φθείρουσιν ἤθη χρηστὰ ὁμιλίαι κακαί, ἡ ποιητικὴ λέγει. γενναιότερον δὲ ὁ ἀπόστολος »γίνεσθε« φησὶν »ἀποστυγοῦντες τὸ πονηρὸν κολλώμενοι τῷ ἀγαθῷ·« ὁ γὰρ μετὰ τῶν ἁγίων ἀναστρεφόμενος ἁγιασθήσεται. πάντῃ οὖν ἀφεκτέον τῶν αἰσχρῶν ἀκουσμάτων καὶ ῥημάτων καὶ θεαμάτων, πολὺ δὲ μᾶλλον ἔργων αἰσχρῶν καθαρευτέον, τοῦτο μὲν ἐν ἐπιδείξεσι καὶ παραγυμνώσεσι μερῶν τινων τοῦ σώματος, ὧν οὐ χρή, τοῦτο· δὲ ἐν ταῖς ἐπιθεωρήσεσι τῶν ἀπορρητοτέρων μερῶν· οὐδὲ γὰρ ἠνέσχετο τοῦ δικαίου τὴν γύμνωσιν αἰσχρὰν οὖσαν ἐπιδεῖν σώφρων υἱός, ἐσκέπασε δὲ ἡ σωφροσύνη, ὃ ἐγύμνωσεν ἡ μέθη, τὸ περίοπτον τῆς ἀγνοίας παράπτωμα. καθαρευτέον δὲ οὐδὲν ἧττον κἀν ταῖς προφοραῖς τῶν φωνῶν, αἷς ἄβατα εἶναι χρὴ τὰ ὦτα τῶν ἐν Χριστῷ πεπιστευκότων. ταύτῃ μοι δοκεῖ ὁ παιδαγωγὸς μηδὲ φθέγξασθαί τι τῶν τῆς ἀσχημοσύνης ἐφιέναι ἡμῖν, πόρρωθεν διαβάλλων πρὸς τὴν ἀκολασίαν. δεινὸς γὰρ ἀεὶ τὰς ῥίζας τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων ἐκκόπτειν, τὸ »οὐ μοιχεύσεις« διὰ τοῦ »οὐκ ἐπιθυμήσεις«· καρπὸς γὰρ τῆς ἐπιθυμίας ἡ μοιχεία τῆς ῥίζης τῆς κακῆς. ὁμοίως οὖν κἀνταῦθα ὁ παιδαγωγὸς τὴν ἀδεᾶ τῶν ὀνομάτων χρῆσιν διαβέβληκεν, τὴν ἀδεᾶ τῆς ἀκολασίας ἐπιμιξίαν ἐκκόπτων. τὸ γὰρ ἐν τοῖς ὀνόμασιν ἀτακτεῖν μελέτην ἐμποιεῖ τοῦ καὶ εἰς τὰ ἔργα ἀκοσμεῖν, τὸ δὲ περὶ τὴν φωνὴν σωφρονεῖν ἀσκεῖν ἐστι λαγνείας καρτερεῖν. διειλήφαμεν δὲ βαθυτέρῳ λόγῳ ὡς ἄρα οὔτε ἐν τοῖς ὀνόμασιν οὐδὲ μὴν ἐν τοῖς συνουσιαστικοῖς μορίοις καὶ τῇ κατὰ γάμον συμπλοκῇ, καθ᾿ ὧν κεῖται τὰ ὀνόματα τὰ περὶ τὴν συνήθειαν οὐ τετριμμένα, ἡ τοῦ ὄντως αἰσχροῦ προσηγορία τάττεται· οὐδὲ γὰρ γόνυ καὶ κνήμη τὰ μέλη ταῦτα οὐδὲ μὴν τὰ ἐπ᾿ αὐτοῖς ὀνόματα καὶ ἡ δι᾿ αὐτῶν ἐνέργεια αἰσχρά ἐστιν (μέλη δὲ καὶ τὰ αἰδοῖα τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, αἰδοῦς, οὐκ αἰσχύνης κατηξιωμένα)· αἰσχρὸν δὲ ἡ παράνομος αὐτῶν ἐνέργεια, αἴσχους καὶ ὀνείδους διὰ τοῦτο καὶ κολάσεως ἀξία· μόνον γὰρ τῷ ὄντι αἰσχρὸν ἡ κακία καὶ τὰ κατὰ ταύτην ἐνεργούμενα. τούτοις δὲ ἀναλόγως αἰσχρολογία εἰκότως ἂν καλοῖτο ἡ περὶ τῶν τῆς κακίας ἔργων λογοποιία· οἷον τὸ περὶ μοιχείας διαλέγεσθαι ἢ παιδεραστίας καὶ τὰ παραπλήσια. ναὶ μὴν καὶ τὴν φλύαρον ἀδολεσχίαν κατασιγαστέον. »ἐκ γάρ τοι πολυλογίας οὐκ ἐκφεύξῃ«, φησίν, » ἁμαρτίαν·« δίκην ἄρα ὑφέξει ἡ γλωσσαργία· »ἔστι γὰρ σιωπῶν εὑρισκόμενος σοφός, καὶ ἔστι μισητὸς ἀπὸ πολλῆς λαλιᾶς.« ἤδη καὶ αὐτὸς αὑτῷ ὁ ἀδολέσχης προσκορής· »πλεονάζων γὰρ λόγον βδελύττεται τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ.«

2.7 Chapter VII.—Directions for Those Who Live Together

Let us keep away from us jibing, the originator of insult, from which strifes and contentions and enmities burst forth. Insult, we have said, is the servant of drunkenness. A man is judged, not from his deeds alone, but from his words. “In a banquet,” it is said, “reprove not thy neighbour, nor say to him a word of reproach.” For if we are enjoined especially to associate with saints, it is a sin to jibe at a saint: “For from the mouth of the foolish,” says the Scripture, “is a staff of insult,”—meaning by staff the prop of insult, on which insult leans and rests. Whence I admire the apostle, who, in reference to this, exhorts us not to utter “scurrilous nor unsuitable words.” For if the assemblies at festivals take place on account of affection, and the end of a banquet is friendliness towards those who meet, and meat and drink accompany affection, how should not conversation be conducted in a rational manner, and puzzling people with questions be avoided from affection? For if we meet together for the purpose of increasing our good-will to each other, why should we stir up enmity by jibing? It is better to be silent than to contradict, and thereby add sin to ignorance. “Blessed,” in truth, “is the man who has not made a slip with his mouth, and has not been pierced by the pain of sin;” or has repented of what he has said amiss, or has spoken so as to wound no one. On the whole, let young men and young women altogether keep away from such festivals, that they may not make a slip in respect to what is unsuitable. For things to which their ears are unaccustomed, and unseemly sights, inflame the mind, while faith within them is still wavering; and the instability of their age conspires to make them easily carried away by lust. Sometimes also they are the cause of others stumbling, by displaying the dangerous charms of their time of life. For Wisdom appears to enjoin well: “Sit not at all with a married woman, and recline not on the elbow with her;” that is, do not sup nor eat with her frequently. Wherefore he adds, “And do not join company with her in wine, lest thy heart incline to her, and by thy blood slide to ruin.” For the licence of intoxication is dangerous, and prone to deflower. And he names “a married woman,” because the danger is greater to him who attempts to break the connubial bond.

But if any necessity arises, commanding the presence of married women, let them be well clothed—without by raiment, within by modesty. But as for such as are unmarried, it is the extremest scandal for them to be present at a banquet of men, especially men under the influence of wine. And let the men, fixing their eyes on the couch, and leaning without moving on their elbows, be present with their ears alone; and if they sit, let them not have their feet crossed, nor place one thigh on another, nor apply the hand to the chin. For it is vulgar not to bear one’s self without support, and consequently a fault in a young man. And perpetually moving and changing one’s position is a sign of frivolousness. It is the part of a temperate man also, in eating and drinking, to take a small portion, and deliberately, not eagerly, both at the beginning and during the courses, and to leave off betimes, and so show his indifference. “Eat,” it is said, “like a man what is set before you. Be the first to stop for the sake of regimen; and, if seated in the midst of several people, do not stretch out your hand before them.” You must never rush forward under the influence of gluttony; nor must you, though desirous, reach out your hand till some time, inasmuch as by greed one shows an uncontrolled appetite. Nor are you, in the midst of the repast, to exhibit yourselves hugging your food like wild beasts; nor helping yourselves to too much sauce, for man is not by nature a sauce-consumer, but a bread-eater. A temperate man, too, must rise before the general company, and retire quietly from the banquet. “For at the time for rising,” it is said, “be not the last; haste home.” The twelve, having called together the multitude of the disciples, said, “It is not meet for us to leave the word of God and serve tables.” If they avoided this, much more did they shun gluttony. And the apostles themselves, writing to the brethren at Antioch, and in Syria and Cilicia, said: “It seemed good to the Holy Ghost, and to us, to lay upon you no other burden than these necessary things, to abstain from things offered to idols, and from blood, and from things strangled, and from fornication, from which, if you keep yourselves, ye shall do well.” But we must guard against drunkenness as against hemlock; for both drag down to death. We must also check excessive laughter and immoderate tears. For often people under the influence of wine, after laughing immoderately, then are, I know not how, by some impulse of intoxication moved to tears; for both effiminacy and violence are discordant with the word. And elderly people, looking on the young as children, may, though but very rarely, be playful with them, joking with them to train them in good behaviour. For example, before a bashful and silent youth, one might by way of pleasantry speak thus: “This son of mine (I mean one who is silent) is perpetually talking.” For a joke such as this enhances the youth’s modesty, by showing the good qualities that belong to him playfully, by censure of the bad quantities, which do not. For this device is instructive, confirming as it does what is present by what is not present. Such, certainly, is the intention of him who says that a water-drinker and a sober man gets intoxicated and drunk. But if there are those who like to jest at people, we must be silent, and dispense with superfluous words like full cups. For such sport is dangerous. “The mouth of the impetuous approaches to contrition.” “Thou shalt not receive a foolish report, nor shalt thou agree with an unjust person to be an unjust witness,” neither in calumnies nor in injurious speeches, much less evil practices. I also should think it right to impose a limit on the speech of rightly regulated persons, who are impelled to speak to one who maintains a conversation with them. “For silence is the excellence of women, and the safe prize of the young; but good speech is characteristic of experienced, mature age. Speak, old man, at a banquet, for it is becoming to you. But speak without embarrassment, and with accuracy of knowledge. Youth, Wisdom also commands thee. Speak, if you must, with hesitation, on being twice asked; sum up your discourse in a few words.” But let both speakers regulate their discourse according to just proportion. For loudness of utterance is most insane; while an inaudible utterance is characteristic of a senseless man, for people will not hear: the one is the mark of pusillanimity, the other of arrogance. Let contentiousness in words, for the sake of a useless triumph, be banished; for our aim is to be free from perturbation. Such is the meaning of the phrase, “Peace to thee.” Answer not a word before you hear. An enervated voice is the sign of effeminacy. But modulation in the voice is characteristic of a wise man, who keeps his utterance from loudness, from drawling, from rapidity, from prolixity. For we ought not to speak long or much, nor ought we to speak frivolously. Nor must we converse rapidly and rashly. For the voice itself, so to speak, ought to receive its just dues; and those who are vociferous and clamorous ought to be silenced. For this reason, the wise Ulysses chastised Thersites with stripes:—

“Only Thersites, with unmeasured words, Of which he had good store, to rate the chiefs, Not over-seemly, but wherewith he thought To move the crowd to laughter, brawled aloud.”

“For dreadful in his destruction is a loquacious man.” And it is with triflers as with old shoes: all the rest is worn away by evil; the tongue only is left for destruction. Wherefore Wisdom gives these most useful exhortations: “Do not talk trifles in the multitude of the elders.” Further, eradicating frivolousness, beginning with God, it lays down the law for our regulation somewhat thus: “Do not repeat your words in your prayer.” Chirruping and whistling, and sounds made through the fingers, by which domestics are called, being irrational signs, are to be given up by rational men. Frequent spitting, too, and violent clearing of the throat, and wiping one’s nose at an entertainment, are to be shunned. For respect is assuredly to be had to the guests, lest they turn in disgust from such filthiness, which argues want of restraint. For we are not to copy oxen and asses, whose manger and dunghill are together. For many wipe their noses and spit even whilst supping.

If any one is attacked with sneezing, just as in the case of hiccup, he must not startle those near him with the explosion, and so give proof of his bad breeding; but the hiccup is to be quietly transmitted with the expiration of the breath, the mouth being composed becomingly, and not gaping and yawning like the tragic masks. So the disturbance of hiccup may be avoided by making the respirations gently; for thus the threatening symptoms of the ball of wind will be dissipated in the most seemly way, by managing its egress so as also to conceal anything which the air forcibly expelled may bring up with it. To wish to add to the noises, instead of diminishing them, is the sign of arrogance and disorderliness. Those, too, who scrape their teeth, bleeding the wounds, are disagreeable to themselves and detestable to their neighbours. Scratching the ears and the irritation of sneezing are swinish itchings, and attend unbridled fornication. Both shameful sights and shameful conversation about them are to be shunned. Let the look be steady, and the turning and movement of the neck, and the motions of the hands in conversation, be decorous. In a word, the Christian is characterized by composure, tranquillity, calmness, and peace.

Ἀπέστω δέ, ἀπέστω ἡμῶν καὶ τὸ σκώπτειν ὕβρεως προκατάρχον, ἐξ ὧν ἔριδες καὶ μάχαι καὶ ἔχθραι διοιδαίνουσιν. ὕβριν δὲ ἔφαμεν μέθης εἶναι διάκονον. οὐκ ἐκ μόνων δὲ τῶν ἔργων, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐκ λόγων ἄνθρωπος κρίνεται. »ἐν συμποσίῳ δέ«, φησί, »μὴ ἐλέγξῃς τὸν πλησίον καὶ λόγον ὀνειδισμοῦ μὴ εἴπῃς αὐτῷ.« εἰ γὰρ καὶ τὰ μάλιστα παραγγέλλεται ἁγίοις συνεῖναι, σκώπτειν τὸν ἅγιον ἁμαρτία· »ἐκ στόματος γὰρ ἀφρόνων«, φησὶν ἡ γραφή, »βακτηρία ὕβρεως«, ἐπιβάθραν ὕβρεως βακτηρίαν λέγουσα, ᾗ ἐπερείδεται καὶ ἐπαναπαύεται ἡ ὕβρις. ὅθεν ἄγαμαι τὸν ἀπόστολον κἀνταῦθα παραινοῦντα μηδὲ τὰ εὐτράπελα μηδὲ τὰ μὴ ἀνήκοντα προΐεσθαι ἡμᾶς ῥήματα. εἰ γὰρ δι᾿ ἀγάπην αἱ ἐπὶ τὰς ἑστιάσεις συνελεύσεις, συμποσίου δὲ τὸ τέλος ἡ πρὸς τοὺς συνόντας φιλοφροσύνη, παρεπόμενα δὲ τῇ ἀγάπῃ ἡ βρῶσις καὶ ἡ πόσις, πῶς οὐ λογικῶς ἀναστρεπτέον; οὐδὲ διὰ τὴν ἀγάπην ἀπορητέον· εἰ γὰρ ὡς ἐπιτείνοντες τὴν πρὸς ἀλλήλους εὔνοιαν σύνιμεν, πῶς ἔχθρας διὰ τοῦ σκώπτειν σκαλεύομεν; σιωπᾶν δὲ κρεῖττον ἢ ἀντιλέγειν ἁμαρτίαν ἀμαθίᾳ προσφερομένους. »μακάριος« ὡς ἀληθῶς »ἀνήρ, ὃς οὐκ ὠλίσθησεν ἐν στόματι αὐτοῦ καὶ οὐ κατενύγη ἐν λύπῃ ἁμαρτίας«, ἤτοι μετανοήσας ἐφ᾿ οἷς λαλήσας ἥμαρτεν ἢ ἐν τῷ μηδένα λυπῆσαι λαλήσας. καθόλου μὲν οὖν νέοι μὲν καὶ νεάνιδες ὡς ἐπίπαν τῶν τοιῶνδε ἀπεχέσθων εὐωχιῶν, ὡς μὴ σφάλλοιντο περὶ ἃ μὴ προσῆκεν· καὶ γὰρ ἀκούσματα ἀήθη καὶ θεάματα ἀπρεπῆ κυμαινομένης ἔτι ἐν αὐτοῖς τῆς πίστεως ἐκριπίζει τὴν διάνοιαν, συνεργεῖ δὲ αὐτοῖς τὸ ἄστατον τῆς ἡλικίας πρὸς τὸ εὐκατάφορον τῆς ἐπιθυμίας· ἔσθ᾿ ὅτε δὲ καὶ ἄλλοις παραίτιοι γίνονται σφαλμάτων, τὸ ἐπικίνδυνον τῆς ὥρας ἐπιδεικνύμενοι. εὖ γάρ τοι παραγγέλλειν ἡ σοφία φαίνεται· »μετὰ ὑπάνδρου γυναικὸς μὴ κάθου τὸ σύνολον καὶ μὴ συμμετακλιθῇς ἐπ᾿ ἀγκῶνα μετ᾿ αὐτῆς.« τοῦτ᾿ ἔστι μὴ συνδείπνει πυκνότερον, μηδὲ ἔσθιε μετ᾿ αὐτῆς. διὸ καὶ ἐπιφέρει· »μηδὲ συμβολὰς ποίει μετ᾿ αὐτῆς ἐν οἴνῳ, μή ποτε ἐκκλίνῃ ἡ καρδία σου ἐπ᾿ αὐτήν, καὶ τῷ αἵματί σου ὀλισθήσῃ εἰς ἀπώλειαν·« σφαλερὰ γὰρ ἡ πάροινος ἐλευθερία παρανθεῖν δυναμένη· ὕπανδρον δὲ ὠνόμασεν, ἐπεὶ μείζων ὁ κίνδυνος τῷ λῦσαι τὴν δέσιν τῆς συμβιώσεως πειρωμένῳ. εἰ δὲ καὶ ἀνάγκη τις περιτύχοι παριέναι κελεύουσα, αἳ μὲν κεκαλύφθων ἄγαν ἀμπεχόνῃ ἔκτοσθεν, ἔνδοθεν δὲ αἰδοῖ· ὅσαι δὲ μὴ ὕπανδροι, ἐσχάτη ταύταις διαβολὴ εἰς ἀνδρῶν παρεῖναι συμπόσιον καὶ ταῦτα οἰνωμένων. οἳ δὲ ἐπὶ τὴν κλισίαν τὰς ὄψεις πήξαντες ἀμετασάλευτοι τοῖς ἀγκῶσιν ἐρηρεισμένοι μόνοις παρέστων τοῖς ὠσίν· εἰ δὲ καὶ καθέζοιντο, μὴ ἐναλλὰξ τὼ πόδε ἐχόντων μηδὲ μὴν θάτερον τοῖν μηροῖν θατέρῳ ἐπιφερόντων ἢ τὴν χεῖρα τῷ γενείῳ ὑπερειδόντων· ἀγεννὲς γὰρ μὴ φέρειν αὑτόν, καὶ τοῦτο κατηγόρημα τοῦ νέου. συνεχὲς δὲ καὶ τὸ μετακινούμενον ἐναλλάττειν τὸ σχῆμα, κουφότητος σύμβολον. σώφρονος δὲ εὐθέως ἐν πόσει καὶ ἐν βρώσει τὸ ἔλαττον αἱρεῖσθαι καὶ τὸ σχολαίτερον, οὐ τὸ προπετέστερον, κἀν τῷ κατάρχεσθαι κἀν τοῖς διαλείμμασι, καὶ τὸ προκαταλήγειν δὲ καὶ τὸ ἀπροσπαθές. »φάγε«, φησίν, »ὡς ἄνθρωπος τὰ παρακείμενα, παῦσαι πρῶτος χάριν παιδείας, καὶ εἰ ἀνὰ μέσον πλειόνων ἐκάθισας, πρότερος αὐτῶν μὴ ἐκτείνῃς χεῖρα.« οὔκουν προεκπηδητέον ὑπὸ λαιμαργίας ἀναπειθομένους ποτὲ οὐδὲ μὴν ἐπιγλιχομένους παρεκτείνειν μέχρι πολλοῦ χρή, τῇ ἐφυστερήσει τὴν ἀκρασίαν ὁμολογοῦντας, ἀλλ᾿ οὐδὲ ἐν τῷ μεταξὺ προσκειμένους φαίνεσθαι καθάπερ τὰ θηρία τῇ βορᾷ οὐδὲ μὴν πλείονος ὄψου προσφέρεσθαι· οὐ γὰρ ὀψοφάγος φύσει, ἀλλὰ σιτοφάγος ἄνθρωπος. προανίστασθαι δὲ τῶν πολλῶν καὶ τοῦ συμποσίου ὑπεξιέναι ἐπιεικῶς ἀνδρὸς σώφρονος· »ἐν ὥρᾳ γάρ«, φησίν, »ἀναστάσεως μὴ οὐράγει καὶ ἀπότρεχε εἰς οἶκόν σου.« ἔλεγον δὲ οἱ δώδεκα προσκαλεσάμενοι τὸ πλῆθος τῶν μαθητῶν· »οὐκ ἀρεστόν ἐστιν ἡμᾶς καταλείψαντας τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ διακονεῖν τραπέζαις.« εἰ δὴ τοῦτο ἐφυλάξαντο, πολλῷ μᾶλλον γαστριμαργίαν ἔφευγον. οἱ δὲ αὐτοὶ οὗτοι ἀπόστολοι »τοῖς κατὰ τὴν Ἀντιόχειαν καὶ Συρίαν καὶ Κιλικίαν ἀδελφοῖς« ἐπιστέλλοντες »ἔδοξεν« ἔφασαν »τῷ πνεύματι τῷ ἁγίῳ καὶ ἡμῖν μηδὲν πλέον ἐπιθέσθαι ὑμῖν βάρος πλὴν τῶν ἐπάναγκες, ἀπέχεσθαι εἰδωλοθύτων καὶ αἵματος καὶ πνικτῶν καὶ τῆς πορνείας, ἐξ ὧν διατηροῦντες ἑαυτοὺς εὖ πράξετε«. φυλάττεσθαι δὲ τὰς παροινίας ὥσπερ καὶ τὸ κώνειον δεῖ· ἄμφω γὰρ ὑποσύρουσιν εἰς θάνατον. »χρὴ δὲ καὶ γελώτων εἴργεσθαι ἐξαισίων καὶ δακρύων« ὑπερμέτρων· πολλάκις γὰρ οἱ οἰνωμένοι καγχάσαντες ἐπὶ πλεῖστον, εἶτα μέντοι ὑπήχθησαν οὐκ οἶδ᾿ ὅπως παροινίᾳ τινὶ παραπειθόμενοι εἰς δάκρυα· ἀπᾴδει γὰρ τοῦ λόγου καὶ τὸ ἐκθηλύνεσθαι καὶ τὸ ἐξυβρίζειν. πρεσβῦται δὲ ὡς τέκνα ἀφορῶντες τοὺς νέους σπανιαίτατα μέν, ἴσως δ᾿ ἄν που καὶ παίξαιεν πρὸς αὐτούς, εἰς τοῦτο ἐπισκώπτοντες, ὃ παιδαγωγήσει τὸ εὔσχημον αὐτῶν. ἀμέλει πρὸς τὸν αἰσχυντηλὸν καὶ σιωπηλὸν ἔστι χαριεντίσασθαι ὧδέ πως· ὁ δὲ ἐμὸς υἱός, ἐκεῖνον λέγω τὸν σιωπῶντα, οὐ παύεται λαλῶν. ἐπιτείνει γὰρ τοῦ νέου τὴν αἰδῶ ἡ τοιαύτη ἐπίσκωψις ἐμφαίνουσα χαριέντως τὰ προσόντα αὐτῷ χρηστὰ διὰ τῆς τῶν φαύλων, ἃ μὴ πρόσεστιν αὐτῷ, διαβολῆς· ἐπίνοια γὰρ καὶ αὐτὴ διδασκαλικὴ διὰ τοῦ μὴ προσόντος κυροῦσα τὸ προσόν. ἀμέλει τοιοῦτόν τι ἐπικρίνει ὁ τὸν ὑδροπότην καὶ σώφρονα παροινεῖν καὶ μεθύειν λέγων. εἰ δὲ καὶ εἶέν τινες οἱ φιλοσκώμμονες, σιωπητέον ἡμῖν καὶ παραπεμπτέον τοὺς λόγους τοὺς περιττούς, ὥσπερ τὰς κύλικας τὰς πεπλρωμένας· ἐπισφαλὴς γὰρ ἡ τοιαύτη παιδιά· »στόμα δὲ προπετοῦς ἐγγίζει συντριβῇ·« »οὐ παραδέξῃ δὲ ἀκοὴν ματαίαν οὐδὲ συγκαταθήσῃ μετὰ τοῦ ἀδίκου γενέσθαι μάρτυς ἄδικος« οὔτε εἰς διαβολὰς οὔτε εἰς βλασφημίας, ἀλλ᾿ οὐδ᾿ εἰς κακοηθείας. ἐγὼ δ᾿ ἄν μοι δοκῶ καὶ μέτρον ἐπιθεῖναι φωνῆς τοῖς σώφροσιν, οἷς γε ἐφεῖται λαλεῖν, τὸν ἀντιδιαλεγόμενον. σιγὴ μὲν γὰρ ἀρετὴ γυναικῶν ἐστιν, ἀκίνδυνον δὲ τῶν νέων γέρας, λόγος δὲ ἀγαθὸς ἡλικίας δεδοκιμασμένης. »λάλησον, πρεσβύτερε, ἐν συμποσίῳ· πρέπει γάρ σοι· ἀλλ᾿ ἀπαραποδίστως λάλησον καὶ ἐν ἀκριβείᾳ ἐπιστήμης. νεανίσκε«, καὶ σοὶ ἐπιτρέπει ἡ σοφία, »λάλησον, εἰ χρεία σου, μόλις δὶς ἐπερωτηθεὶς κεφαλαίωσον λόγον ἐν ὀλίγοις.« ἄμφω δὲ οἱ διαλεγόμενοι τὸ φθέγμα τὸ σφῶν τῇ συμμετρίᾳ παραμετρούντων· τό τε γὰρ γεγωνὸς τῆς προφορᾶς μανιωδέστατον, τό τε ἀνήκουστον πρὸς τοὺς πέλας φθέγγεσθαι ἀναισθήτου· οὐ γὰρ ἀκούσονται. καὶ τὸ μὲν ἀγεννείας, τὸ δὲ αὐθαδείας τεκμήριον. ἀπέστω δὲ καὶ ἡ φιλονεικία κενῆς νίκης ἕνεκεν λόγων, ἐπεὶ τέλος ἡμῖν ἡ ἀταραξία, καὶ τοῦτο ἄρα ἐστὶν τὸ »εἰρήνη σοι«· »πρίν τε ἀκοῦσαί σε μὴ ἀποκρίνου ῥῆμα.« ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ τεθρυμμένον τῆς φωνῆς θηλυδρίου, σώφρονος δὲ καὶ τὸ ἐν τῇ φωνῇ μεμετρημένον, μεγέθους τε ἅμα καὶ μήκους καὶ τάχους καὶ πλήθους εἴργοντος τὸ φθέγμα τὸ αὐτοῦ. οὔτε γὰρ μακρολογητέον ποτὲ οὔτε πολυλογητέον οὔτε ἀδολεσχητέον, ἀλλ᾿ οὐδὲ τροχαλῶς καὶ συνδιωκομένως ὁμιλητέον. καὶ γὰρ αὐτῇ τῇ φωνῇ, ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν, δικαιοσύνης μεταδοτέον τούς τε ἀκαιροβόας καὶ τοὺς κεκράκτας ἐπιστομιστέον. ταύτῃ γὰρ αὖ τὸν Θερσίτην πληγαῖς ᾐκίσατο ὁ σώφρων Ὀδυσσεύς, ὅτι μόνος ἀμετροεπὴς ἐκολῴα, ὅς ῥ᾿ ἔπεα φρεσὶν ᾗσιν ἄκοσμά τε πολλά τε ᾔδει, μάψ, ἀτὰρ οὐ κατὰ κόσμον. »φοβερὸς ἐν ἀπωλείᾳ αὐτοῦ ἀνὴρ γλωσσώδης.« τῶν γοῦν φλυάρων, καθάπερ τῶν παλαιῶν ὑποδημάτων, τὰ μὲν ἄλλα ὑπὸ τῆς κακίας κατατέτριπται, μόνη δὲ ἡ γλῶττα περιλείπεται εἰς βλάβην. ταύτῃ τοι βιωφελέστατα ἡ σοφία παραινεῖ »μὴ ἀδολεσχεῖν ἐν πλήθει πρεσβυτέρων«, ἄνωθεν δὲ ἡμῶν τὴν φλυαρίαν ἐκκόπτουσα, θεόθεν ἄρχουσα, μετριάζειν νομοθετοῦσα ὧδέ πως· »μὴ δευτερώσῃς λόγον ἐν προσευχῇ σου.« ποππυσμοὶ δὲ καὶ συριγμοὶ καὶ οἱ διὰ τῶν δακτύλων ψόφοι τῶν οἰκετῶν οἱ προκλητικοί, ἄλογοι σημασίαι οὖσαι λογικοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἐκκλιτέοι· παραιτητέον δὲ καὶ τὸ συνεχὲς ἀποπτύειν καὶ τὸ χρέμπτεσθαι βιαιότερον. μηδὲ ἀπομύττεσθαι παρὰ πότον· στοχαστέον γὰρ ἁμῇ γέ πῃ τῶν συνευωχουμένων, μὴ ἀποστέρξωσιν ἀπὸ ναυτίας τὴν τοιάνδε ἀκοσμίαν, ἣ κατήγορός ἐστιν ἀκρασίας· οὐ γὰρ κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ τοῖς βουσὶν καὶ τοῖς ὄνοις ἡ φάτνη ἅμα καὶ ὁ κοπρών· καὶ γὰρ οἱ πολλοὶ ἀπομύττονται καὶ πτύουσιν ἅμα ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ καὶ δειπνοῦσι. πταρμὸς δὲ εἴ τῳ ἐπιγένοιτο, ὥσπερ ἀμέλει καὶ ἡ ἐρυγή, οὐκ ἐξηχεῖν δεήσει τοὺς πλησίον τῷ ψόφῳ τῆς αὐτῶν καταμαρτυροῦντας ἀπαιδευσίας, ἀλλ᾿ ἣ μὲν παραπεμπτέα, ἡ ἐρυγή, ἡσυχῇ σὺν τῷ ἐκπνεομένῳ ἀέρι σχηματιζομένῳ κοσμίως τῷ στόματι, οὐχὶ δὲ τραγικῶν δίκην προσωπείων διελκομένῳ καὶ κεχηνότι. πταρμοῦ δὲ τὸ ταρακτικὸν ἀφαιρετέον ἀπολαβομένοις πράως τὰς ἀναπνοάς· ταύτῃ γὰρ εὐσχημονέστατα τὴν ἀθρόαν τοῦ πνεύματος ἀπειλὴν ἐναποσβεστέον οἰκονομοῦντα τὴν διέξοδον, ὡς καὶ λαθεῖν πειρᾶσθαι, ἤν τι καὶ συνεξάξῃ ἐκβιαζόμενος ὁ ἀὴρ περίττωμα. ἀγερωχίας δὲ καὶ ἀταξίας σύμβολον τὸ προσθεῖναι τοῖς ἤχοις ἐθέλειν, μὴ οὐχὶ ἀφαιρεῖν. οἱ δὲ διαγλύφοντες τοὺς ὀδόντας αἱμάσσοντες τὰ οὖλα σφίσι τε αὐτοῖς εἰσὶν ἀηδεῖς καὶ τοῖς πλησίον ἀπεχθεῖς. ναὶ μὴν καὶ τῶν ὤτων οἱ γαργαλισμοὶ καὶ τῶν πταρμῶν οἱ ἐρεθισμοὶ ὑώδεις εἰσὶ κνησμοί, πορνείας ἀκολάστου μελετητικοί. καὶ τὰς ὑπ᾿ ὄψιν δὲ ἀσχημοσύνας παραιτητέον καὶ τὰς αἰσχρολογίας αὐτῶν. καθεστὼς δὲ καὶ τὸ βλέμμα ἔστω, καὶ ἡ τοῦ τραχήλου ἐπιστροφὴ καὶ ἡ κίνησις εὐσταθὴς καὶ ἡ τῶν χειρῶν κατὰ τὰς ὁμιλίας προφορά. καθόλου γὰρ ὁ Χριστιανὸς ἠρεμίας καὶ ἡσυχίας καὶ γαλήνης καὶ εἰρήνης οἰκεῖός ἐστιν.

2.8 Chapter VIII.—On the Use of Ointments and Crowns

The use of crowns and ointments is not necessary for us; for it impels to pleasures and indulgences, especially on the approach of night. I know that the woman brought to the sacred supper “an alabaster box of ointment,” and anointed the feet of the Lord, and refreshed Him; and I know that the ancient kings of the Hebrews were crowned with gold and precious stones. But the woman not having yet received the Word (for she was still a sinner), honoured the Lord with what she thought the most precious thing in her possession—the ointment; and with the ornament of her person, with her hair, she wiped off the superfluous ointment, while she expended on the Lord tears of repentance: “wherefore her sins are forgiven.”

This may be a symbol of the Lord’s teaching, and of His suffering. For the feet anointed with fragrant ointment mean divine instruction travelling with renown to the ends of the earth. “For their sound hath gone forth to the ends of the earth.” And if I seem not to insist too much, the feet of the Lord which were anointed are the apostles, having, according to prophecy, received the fragrant unction of the Holy Ghost. Those, therefore, who travelled over the world and preached the Gospel, are figuratively called the feet of the Lord, of whom also the Holy Spirit foretells in the psalm, “Let us adore at the place where His feet stood,” that is, where the apostles, His feet, arrived; since, preached by them, He came to the ends of the earth. And tears are repentance; and the loosened hair proclaimed deliverance from the love of finery, and the affliction in patience which, on account of the Lord, attends preaching, the old vainglory being done away with by reason of the new faith.

Besides, it shows the Lord’s passion, if you understand it mystically thus: the oil (ἔλαιον) is the Lord Himself, from whom comes the mercy (ἔλεος) which reaches us. But the ointment, which is adulterated oil, is the traitor Judas, by whom the Lord was anointed on the feet, being released from His sojourn in the world. For the dead are anointed. And the tears are we repentant sinners, who have believed in Him, and to whom He has forgiven our sins. And the dishevelled hair is mourning Jerusalem, the deserted, for whom the prophetic lamentations were uttered. The Lord Himself shall teach us that Judas the deceitful is meant: “He that dippeth with Me in the dish, the same shall betray Me.” You see the treacherous guest, and this same Judas betrayed the Master with a kiss. For he was a hypocrite, giving a treacherous kiss, in imitation of another hypocrite of old. And He reproves that people respecting whom it was said, “This people honour Me with their lips; but their heart is far from Me.” It is not improbable, therefore, that by the oil He means that disciple to whom was shown mercy, and by the tainted and poisoned oil the traitor.

This was, then, what the anointed feet prophesied—the treason of Judas, when the Lord went to His passion. And the Saviour Himself washing the feet of the disciples, and despatching them to do good deeds, pointed out their pilgrimage for the benefit of the nations, making them beforehand fair and pure by His power. Then the ointment breathed on them its fragrance, and the work of sweet savour reaching to all was proclaimed; for the passion of the Lord has filled us with sweet fragrance, and the Hebrews with guilt. This the apostle most clearly showed, when he said, “thanks be to God, who always makes us to triumph in Christ, and maketh manifest the savour of His knowledge by us in every place. For we are to God a sweet savour of the Lord, in them that are saved, and them that are lost; to one a savour of death unto death, to the other a savour of life unto life.” And the kings of the Jews using gold and precious stones and a variegated crown, the anointed ones wearing Christ symbolically on the head, were unconsciously adorned with the head of the Lord. The precious stone, or pearl, or emerald, points out the Word Himself. The gold, again, is the incorruptible Word, who admits not the poison of corruption. The Magi, accordingly, brought to Him on His birth, gold, the symbol of royalty. And this crown, after the image of the Lord, fades not as a flower.

I know, too, the words of Aristippus the Cyrenian. Aristippus was a luxurious man. He asked an answer to a sophistical proposition in the following terms: “A horse anointed with ointment is not injured in his excellence as a horse, nor is a dog which has been anointed, in his excellence as a dog; no more is a man,” he added, and so finished. But the dog and horse take no account of the ointment, whilst in the case of those whose perceptions are more rational, applying girlish scents to their persons, its use is more censurable. Of these ointments there are endless varieties, such as the Brenthian, the Metallian, and the royal; the Plangonian and the Psagdian of Egypt. Simonides is not ashamed in Iambic lines to say,—

“I was anointed with ointments and perfumes, And with nard.”

For a merchant was present. They use, too, the unguent made from lilies, and that from the cypress. Nard is in high estimation with them, and the ointment prepared from roses and the others which women use besides, both moist and dry, scents for rubbing and for fumigating; for day by day their thoughts are directed to the gratification of insatiable desire, to the exhaustless variety of fragrance. Wherefore also they are redolent of an excessive luxuriousness. And they fumigate and sprinkle their clothes, their bed-clothes, and their houses. Luxury all but compels vessels for the meanest uses to smell of perfume.

There are some who, annoyed at the attention bestowed on this, appear to me to be rightly so averse to perfumes on account of their rendering manhood effeminate, as to banish their compounders and vendors from well-regulated states, and banish, too, the dyers of flower-coloured wools. For it is not right that ensnaring garments and unguents should be admitted into the city of truth; but it is highly requisite for the men who belong to us to give forth the odour not of ointments, but of nobleness and goodness. And let woman breathe the odour of the true royal ointment, that of Christ, not of unguents and scented powders; and let her always be anointed with the ambrosial chrism of modesty, and find delight in the holy unguent, the Spirit. This ointment of pleasant fragrance Christ prepares for His disciples, compounding the ointment of celestial aromatic ingredients.

Wherefore also the Lord Himself is anointed with an ointment, as is mentioned by David: “Wherefore God, thy God, hath anointed thee with the oil of gladness above thy fellows; myrrh, and stacte, and cassia from thy garments.” But let us not unconsciously abominate unguents, like vultures or like beetles (for these, they say, when smeared with ointment, die); and let a few unguents be selected by women, such as will not be overpowering to a husband. For excessive anointings with unguents savour of a funeral and not of connubial life. Yet oil itself is inimical to bees and insects; and some men it benefits, and some it summons to the fight; and those who were formerly friends, when anointed with it, it turns out to deadly combat.

Ointment being smooth oil, do you not think that it is calculated to render noble manners effeminate? Certainly. And as we have abandoned luxury in taste, so certainly do we renounce voluptuousness in sights and odours; lest through the senses, as through unwatched doors, we unconsciously give access into the soul to that excess which we have driven away. If, then, we say that the Lord the great High Priest offers to God the incense of sweet fragrance, let us not imagine that this is a sacrifice and sweet fragrance of incense; but let us understand it to mean, that the Lord lays the acceptable offering of love, the spiritual fragrance, on the altar.

To resume: oil itself suffices to lubricate the skin, and relax the nerves, and remove any heavy smell from the body, if we require oil for this purpose. But attention to sweet scents is a bait which draws us in to sensual lust. For the licentious man is led on every hand, both by his food, his bed, his conversation, by his eyes, his ears, his jaws, and by his nostrils too. As oxen are pulled by rings and ropes, so is the voluptuary by fumigations and unguents, and the sweet scents of crowns. But since we assign no place to pleasure which is linked to no use serviceable to life, come let us also distinguish here too, selecting what is useful. For there are sweet scents which neither make the head heavy nor provoke love, and are not redolent of embraces and licentious companionship, but, along with moderation, are salutary, nourishing the brain when labouring under indisposition, and strengthening the stomach. One must not therefore refrigerate himself with flowers when he wishes to supple his nerves. For their use is not wholly to be laid aside, but ointment is to be employed as a medicine and help in order to bring up the strength when enfeebled, and against catarrhs, and colds, and ennui, as the comic poet says:—

“The nostrils are anointed; it being A most essential thing for health to fill the brain with good odours.”

The rubbing of the feet also with the fatness of warming or cooling unguents is practiced on account of its beneficial effects; so consequently, in the case of those who are thus saturated, an attraction and flow take place from the head to the inferior members. But pleasure to which no utility attaches, induces the suspicion of meretricious habits, and is a drug provocative of the passions. Rubbing one’s self with ointment is entirely different from anointing one’s self with ointment. The former is effeminate, while anointing with ointment is in some cases beneficial. Aristippus the philosopher, accordingly, when anointed with ointment, said “that the wretched Cinœdi deserved to perish miserably for bringing the utility of ointment into bad repute.” “Honour the physician for his usefulness,” says the Scripture, “for the Most High made him; and the art of healing is of the Lord.” Then he adds, “And the compounder of unguents will make the mixture,” since unguents have been given manifestly for use, not for voluptuousness. For we are by no means to care for the exciting properties of unguents, but to choose what is useful in them, since God hath permitted the production of oil for the mitigation of men’s pains.

And silly women, who dye their grey hair and anoint their locks, grow speedily greyer by the perfumes they use, which are of a drying nature. Wherefore also those that anoint themselves become drier, and the dryness makes them greyer. For if greyness is an exsiccation of the hair, or defect of heat, the dryness drinking up the moisture which is the natural nutriment of the hair, and making it grey, how can we any longer retain a liking for unguents, through which ladies, in trying to escape grey hair, become grey? And as dogs with fine sense of smell track the wild beasts by the scent, so also the temperate scent the licentious by the superfluous perfume of unguents.

Such a use of crowns, also, has degenerated to scenes of revelry and intoxication. Do not encircle my head with a crown, for in the springtime it is delightful to while away the time on the dewy meads, while soft and many-coloured flowers are in bloom, and, like the bees, enjoy a natural and pure fragrance. But to adorn one’s self with “a crown woven from the fresh mead,” and wear it at home, were unfit for a man of temperance. For it is not suitable to fill the wanton hair with rose-leaves, or violets, or lilies, or other such flowers, stripping the sward of its flowers. For a crown encircling the head cools the hair, both on account of its moisture and its coolness. Accordingly, physicians, determining by physiology that the brain is cold, approve of anointing the breast and the points of the nostrils, so that the warm exhalation passing gently through, may salutarily warm the chill. A man ought not therefore to cool himself with flowers. Besides, those who crown themselves destroy the pleasure there is in flowers: for they enjoy neither the sight of them, since they wear the crown above their eyes; nor their fragrance, since they put the flowers away above the organs of respiration. For the fragrance ascending and exhaling naturally, the organ of respiration is left destitute of enjoyment, the fragrance being carried away. As beauty, so also the flower delights when looked at; and it is meet to glorify the Creator by the enjoyment of the sight of beautiful objects. The use of them is injurious, and passes swiftly away, avenged by remorse. Very soon their evanescence is proved; for both fade, both the flower and beauty. Further, whoever touches them is cooled by the former, inflamed by the latter. In one word, the enjoyment of them except by sight is a crime, and not luxury. It becomes us who truly follow the Scripture to enjoy ourselves temperately, as in Paradise. We must regard the woman’s crown to be her husband, and the husband’s crown to be marriage; and the flowers of marriage the children of both, which the divine husbandman plucks from meadows of flesh. “Children’s children are the crown of old men.” And the glory of children is their fathers, it is said; and our glory is the Father of all; and the crown of the whole church is Christ. As roots and plants, so also have flowers their individual properties, some beneficial, some injurious, some also dangerous. The ivy is cooling; nux emits a stupefying effluvium, as the etymology shows. The narcissus is a flower with a heavy odour; the name evinces this, and it induces a torpor (νάρκην) in the nerves. And the effluvia of roses and violets being mildly cool, relieve and prevent headaches. But we who are not only not permitted to drink with others to intoxication, but not even to indulge in much wine, do not need the crocus or the flower of the cypress to lead us to an easy sleep. Many of them also, by their odours, warm the brain, which is naturally cold, volatilizing the effusions of the head. The rose is hence said to have received its name (ῥόδον) because it emits a copious stream (ῥεῦμα) of odour (ὀδωδή). Wherefore also it quickly fades.

But the use of crowns did not exist at all among the ancient Greeks; for neither the suitors nor the luxurious Phæacians used them. But at the games there was at first the gift to the athletes; second, the rising up to applaud; third, the strewing with leaves; lastly, the crown, Greece after the Median war having given herself up to luxury.

Those, then, who are trained by the Word are restrained from the use of crowns; and do not think that this Word, which has its seat in the brain, ought to be bound about, not because the crown is the symbol of the recklessness of revelry, but because it has been dedicated to idols. Sophocles accordingly called the narcissus “the ancient coronet of the great gods,” speaking of the earth-born divinities; and Sappho crowns the Muses with the rose:—

“For thou dost not share in roses from Pieria.”

They say, too, that Here delights in the lily, and Artemis in the myrtle. For if the flowers were made especially for man, and senseless people have taken them not for their own proper and grateful use, but have abused them to the thankless service of demons, we must keep from them for conscience sake. The crown is the symbol of untroubled tranquillity. For this reason they crown the dead, and idols, too, on the same account, by this fact giving testimony to their being dead. For revellers do not without crowns celebrate their orgies; and when once they are encircled with flowers, at last they are inflamed excessively. We must have no communion with demons. Nor must we crown the living image of God after the manner of dead idols. For the fair crown of amaranth is laid up for those who have lived well. This flower the earth is not able to bear; heaven alone is competent to produce it. Further, it were irrational in us, who have heard that the Lord was crowned with thorns, to crown ourselves with flowers, insulting thus the sacred passion of the Lord. For the Lord’s crown prophetically pointed to us, who once were barren, but are placed around Him through the Church of which He is the Head. But it is also a type of faith, of life in respect of the substance of the wood, of joy in respect of the appellation of crown, of danger in respect of the thorn, for there is no approaching to the Word without blood. But this platted crown fades, and the plait of perversity is untied, and the flower withers. For the glory of those who have not believed on the Lord fades. And they crowned Jesus raised aloft, testifying to their own ignorance. For being hard of heart, they understood not that this very thing, which they called the disgrace of the Lord, was a prophecy wisely uttered: “The Lord was not known by the people” which erred, which was not circumcised in understanding, whose darkness was not enlightened, which knew not God, denied the Lord, forfeited the place of the true Israel, persecuted God, hoped to reduce the Word to disgrace; and Him whom they crucified as a malefactor they crowned as a king. Wherefore the Man on whom they believed not, they shall know to be the loving God the Lord, the Just. Whom they provoked to show Himself to be the Lord, to Him when lifted up they bore witness, by encircling Him, who is exalted above every name, with the diadem of righteousness by the ever-blooming thorn. This diadem, being hostile to those who plot against Him, coerces them; and friendly to those who form the Church, defends them. This crown is the flower of those who have believed on the glorified One, but covers with blood and chastises those who have not believed. It is a symbol, too, of the Lord’s successful work, He having borne on His head, the princely part of His body, all our iniquities by which we were pierced. For He by His own passion rescued us from offences, and sins, and such like thorns; and having destroyed the devil, deservedly said in triumph, “O Death, where is thy sting?” And we eat grapes from thorns, and figs from thistles; while those to whom He stretched forth His hands—the disobedient and unfruitful people—He lacerates into wounds. I can also show you another mystic meaning in it. For when the Almighty Lord of the universe began to legislate by the Word, and wished His power to be manifested to Moses, a godlike vision of light that had assumed a shape was shown him in the burning bush (the bush is a thorny plant); but when the Word ended the giving of the law and His stay with men, the Lord was again mystically crowned with thorn. On His departure from this world to the place whence He came, He repeated the beginning of His old descent, in order that the Word beheld at first in the bush, and afterwards taken up crowned by the thorn, might show the whole to be the work of one power, He Himself being one, the Son of the Father, who is truly one, the beginning and the end of time.

But I have made a digression from the pædagogic style of speech, and introduced the didactic. I return accordingly to my subject.

To resume, then: we have showed that in the department of medicine, for healing, and sometimes also for moderate recreation, the delight derived from flowers, and the benefit derived from unguents and perfumes, are not to be overlooked. And if some say, What pleasure, then, is there in flowers to those that do not use them? let them know, then, that unguents are prepared from them, and are most useful. The Susinian ointment is made from various kinds of lilies; and it is warming, aperient, drawing, moistening, abstergent, subtle, antibilious, emollient. The Narcissinian is made from the narcissus, and is equally beneficial with the Susinian. The Myrsinian, made of myrtle and myrtle berries, is a styptic, stopping effusions from the body; and that from roses is refrigerating. For, in a word, these also were created for our use. “Hear me,” it is said, “and grow as a rose planted by the streams of waters, and give forth a sweet fragrance like frankincense, and bless the Lord for His works.” We should have much to say respecting them, were we to speak of flowers and odours as made for necessary purposes, and not for the excesses of luxury. And if a concession must be made, it is enough for people to enjoy the fragrance of flowers; but let them not crown themselves with them. For the Father takes great care of man, and gives to him alone His own art. The Scripture therefore says, “Water, and fire, and iron, and milk, and fine flour of wheat, and honey, the blood of the grape, and oil, and clothing,—all these things are for the good of the godly.”

Στεφάνων δὲ ἡμῖν καὶ μύρων χρῆσις οὐκ ἀναγκαία. ἐξοκέλλει γὰρ εἰς ἡδονὰς καὶ ῥᾳθυμίας, μάλιστα γειτνιώσης τῆς νυκτός. οἶδ᾿ ὅτι »ἀλάβαστρον μύρου« παρὰ τὸ δεῖπνον τὸ ἅγιον κομίσασα ἡ γυνὴ τοὺς πόδας ἤλειφεν τοῦ κυρίου καὶ ἧσεν αὐτόν. οἶδα δὲ καὶ χρυσῷ καὶ λίθῳ τιμίῳ τοὺς παλαιοὺς τῶν Ἑβραίων ἀναδουμένους βασιλεῖς.

Ἀλλ᾿ ἡ μὲν γυνὴ μηδέπω τοῦ λόγου μεταλαβοῦσα (ἔτι γὰρ ἦν ἁμαρτωλός), ὅπερ ἡγεῖτο τὸ κάλλιστον εἶναι παρ᾿ αὐτῇ, τὸ μύρον, τούτῳ τετίμηκε τὸν δεσπότην· ἀμέλει καὶ τῷ κόσμῳ τοῦ σώματος, ταῖς θριξὶ ταῖς ἑαυτῆς, ἀπεψᾶτο τὸ περιττὸν τοῦ μύρου, ἐπισπένδουσα τῷ κυρίῳ μετανοίας δάκρυα. διὰ τοῦτο »ἀφέωνται αὐτῆς αἱ ἁμαρτίαι«. δύναται δὲ τοῦτο σύμβολον εἶναι τῆς διδασκαλίας τῆς κυριακῆς καὶ τοῦ πάθους αὐτοῦ· μύρῳ γὰρ εὐώδει ἀλειφόμενοι οἱ πόδες θεϊκὴν αἰνίττονται διδασκαλίαν ἐπὶ τὰ πέρατα τῆς γῆς μετ᾿ εὐκλείας ὁδεύουσαν· »ἐξῆλθεν γὰρ ὁ φθόγγος αὐτῶν ἐπὶ τὰ πέρατα τῆς γῆς.« καὶ εἰ μὴ φορτικὸς εἶναι δοκῶ, οἱ πόδες οἱ τοῦ κυρίου οἱ μεμυρισμένοι ἀπόστολοί εἰσιν προφητείᾳ τῆς εὐωδίας τοῦ χρίσματος ἁγίου μεταλαβόντες πνεύματος. οἱ γοῦν περινοστήσαντες τὴν οἰκουμένην ἀπόστολοι καὶ τὸ εὐαγγέλιον κηρύξαντες πόδες ἀλληγοροῦνται κυρίου, περὶ ὧν καὶ διὰ τοῦ ψαλμῳδοῦ προθεσπίζει τὸ πνεῦμα· »προσκυνήσωμεν εἰς τὸν τόπον, οὗ ἔστησαν οἱ πόδες αὐτοῦ«, τοῦτ᾿ ἔστιν, οὗ ἔφθασαν οἱ πόδες αὐτοῦ οἱ ἀπόστολοι, δι᾿ ὧν κηρυσσόμενος ἐπὶ τὰ πέρατα ἧκεν τῆς γῆς. δάκρυα δὲ ἡ μετάνοιά ἐστι, καὶ λελυμέναι τρίχες φιλοκοσμίας ἐκήρυσσον ἀπαλλαγὴν καὶ τὴν μετὰ τοῦ κηρύγματος διὰ τὸν κύριον θλίψιν ἐν ὑπομοναῖς, τῆς παλαιᾶς ἐκείνης διὰ τὴν πίστιν τὴν νέαν λελυμένης κενοδοξίας. ἀλλὰ καὶ πάθος ἐμφαίνει δεσποτικὸν μυστικῶς ταύτῃ νοοῦσι· τὸ ἔλαιον αὐτός ἐστιν ὁ κύριος, ἀφ᾿ οὗ τὸ ἔλεος τὸ ἐφ᾿ ἡμᾶς· τὸ δὲ μύρον, δεδολωμένον ἔλαιον, ἐστὶν ὁ Ἰούδας ὁ προδότης, ᾧ τοὺς πόδας ἐχρίσθη κύριος τῆς ἐν κόσμῳ ἀναστροφῆς ἀπαλλαττόμενος· μυρίζονται γὰρ οἱ νεκροί· δάκρυα δέ ἐσμεν οἱ ἁμαρτωλοὶ μετανενοηκότες, οἱ εἰς αὐτὸν πεπιστευκότες, οἷς ἀφῆκεν τὰς ἁμαρτίας, καὶ αἱ τρίχες αἱ λελυμέναι πενθοῦσα Ἱερουσαλὴμ ἡ καταλελειμμένη, δι᾿ ἣν οἱ θρῆνοι οἱ προφητικοί. διδάξει δὲ ἡμᾶς αὐτὸς ὁ κύριος, ὅτι δεδολωμένος ὁ Ἰούδας ἐστίν, »ὃς ἂν ἐμβάψηται μετ᾿ ἐμοῦ« λέγων »εἰς τὸ τρύβλιον, οὗτός με παραδώσει«. ὁρᾷς τὸν συμπότην τὸν δόλιον; καὶ αὐτὸς οὗτος ὁ Ἰούδας φιλήματι προὔδωκε τὸν διδάσκαλον· γέγονεν ὁ αὐτὸς ὑποκριτὴς καὶ φίλημα δεδολωμένον ἔχων, ἄλλον παλαιὸν μιμούμενος ὑποκριτήν, καὶ τὸν λαὸν ἐλέγχων ἐκεῖνον· »ὁ λαὸς οὗτος τοῖς χείλεσι φιλοῦσί με, ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πορρωτέρω ἐστὶν ἀπ᾿ ἐμοῦ.« οὐκ ἀπεικὸς οὖν αὐτὸν καταμηνύειν ἔλαιον μὲν ὡς μαθητὴν ἠλεημένον, δολερὸν δὲ ὡς προδότην ἔλαιον πεφαρμαγμένον. τοῦτο ἄρα ἦν ὃ προεφήτευον οἱ μυριζόμενοι πόδες, τὴν Ἰούδα προδοσίαν εἰς πάθος ὁδεύοντος κυρίου. καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ σωτὴρ ἀπονίπτων τοὺς πόδας τῶν μαθητῶν εἰς τὰς καλὰς πράξεις ἀποστέλλων αὐτούς, τὴν ὁδοιπορίαν αὐτῶν τὴν εἰς τὰς εὐεργεσίας τῶν ἐθνῶν ᾐνίξατο εὐπρεπῆ καὶ καθαρὰν προπαρασκευάσας τῇ ἰδίᾳ δυνάμει. ὤζεσέ τε ἐν τούτοις τὸ μύρον καὶ τὸ ἐπὶ πάντας φθάνον τῆς εὐωδίας ἔργον πεφήμισται· καὶ γὰρ πεπλήρωκεν τὸ πάθος τοῦ κυρίου ἡμᾶς μὲν εὐωδίας, Ἑβραίους δὲ ἁμαρτίας. σαφέστατα τοῦτο ἀπέδειξεν ὁ ἀπόστολος εἰπών· »τῷ θεῷ χάρις τῷ πάντοτε θριαμβεύοντι ἡμᾶς ἐν τῷ Χριστῷ καὶ τὴν ὀσμὴν τῆς γνώσεως αὐτοῦ φανεροῦντι δι᾿ ἡμῶν ἐν παντὶ τόπῳ· ὅτι κυρίου εὐωδία ἐσμὲν τῷ θεῷ ἐν τοῖς σῳζομένοις καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἀπολλυμένοις· οἷς μὲν γὰρ ὀσμὴ ἐκ θανάτου εἰς θάνατον, οἷς δὲ ὀσμὴ ἐκ ζωῆς εἰς ζωήν.«

Βασιλεῖς δὲ οἱ Ἰουδαίων χρυσῷ καὶ λίθοις τιμίοις συνθέτῳ καὶ ποικίλῳ χρώμενοι στεφάνῳ, οἱ χριστοί, τὸν Χριστὸν ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς συμβολικῶς ἐπιφερόμενοι λελήθεσαν κεφαλῇ κοσμούμενοι κυρίου. λίθος γέ τοι τίμιος ἢ μαργαρίτης ἢ σμάραγδος αὐτὸν αἰνίττεται τὸν λόγον, χρυσὸς δὲ αὐτὸς πάλιν ὁ ἀδιάφθορος λόγος, ὁ τὸν ἰὸν τῆς φθορᾶς οὐκ ἐπιδεχόμενος. χρυσὸν αὐτῷ γεννηθέντι βασιλείας σύμβολον προσεκόμισαν οἱ μάγοι. μένει δὲ ἀθάνατος ὁ στέφανος οὗτος κατ᾿ εἰκόνα τοῦ κυρίου· οὐ γὰρ μαραίνεται ὡς ἄνθος.

Οἶδα καὶ τὰ Ἀριστίππου τοῦ Κυρηναίου. ἁβροδίαιτος ἦν ὁ Ἀρίστιππος· σοφιστικὸν οὗτος ἐρωτᾷ τινα τοιοῦτον λόγον· ἵππος μύρῳ χριόμενος εἰς τὴν ἵππου ἀρετὴν οὐ βλάπτεται οὐδὲ κύων μυρισθεὶς εἰς τὴν κυνὸς ἀρετήν· οὐδὲ ἄνθρωπος ἄρα, ἐπήγαγεν καὶ συνήγαγεν. ἀλλ᾿ ἵππῳ μὲν καὶ κυνὶ οὐδὲ εἷς λόγος τοῦ μύρου, οἷς δὲ ἡ αἴσθησις λογικωτέρα, τούτοις ἡ ἀπόλαυσις ἐπιψογωτέρα κορασιώδεις ὀδμὰς ἐπιφερομένοις. τούτων δὲ τῶν μύρων ἄπειροι διαφοραί, βρένθιον καὶ μετάλλιον καὶ βασίλειον πλαγγόνιόν τε καὶ ψάγδας Αἰγύπτιος. Σιμωνίδης δὲ ἐν τοῖς ἰάμβοις οὐκ αἰδεῖται λέγων· κἀλειφόμην μύροισι καὶ θυμιάμασιν καὶ βακκάρι· καὶ γάρ τις ἔμπορος παρῆν. ἐπιτηδεύουσι δὲ καὶ τὸ ἀπὸ κρίνων μύρον καὶ τὸ ἀπὸ τῆς κύπρου, καὶ ἡ νάρδος εὐδοκιμεῖ παρ᾿ αὐτοῖς καὶ τὸ ἀπὸ τῶν ῥόδων ἄλειμμα καὶ τὰ ἄλλα, οἷς ἔτι χρῶνται γυναῖκες, ὑγρά τε καὶ ξηρὰ καὶ τὰ ἐπίπαστα καὶ ὑποθυμιώμενα μύρα· ἐπινοεῖται γὰρ αὐτοῖς ὁσημέραι πρὸς τὸ ἄπληστον τῆς ἐπιθυμίας τὸ ἀκόρεστον τῆς εὐωδίας· διὸ καὶ πολλῆς τινος ἀπειροκαλίας ἀποπνέουσιν. αἳ δὲ καὶ τὰς ἐσθῆτας καὶ τὰς στρωμνὰς καὶ τοὺς οἴκους ὑποθυμιῶσί τε καὶ καταρραίνουσιν, μονονουχὶ δὲ καὶ τὰς ἀμίδας ὄζειν ἀναγκάζει τοῦ μύρου ἡ τρυφή. εὖ μοι δοκοῦσι σχετλιάσαντες τῇ περὶ τοῦτο σπουδῇ τοσοῦτο τοῖς μύροις ἀποδιακεῖσθαί τινες τὴν ἀνδρωνῖτιν ἐκθηλύνουσιν, ὡς καὶ τοὺς τεχνίτας αὐτῶν, τοὺς μυρεψούς, τῶν εὐνομουμένων ἀπελαύνειν πόλεων καὶ τῶν ἀνθεινῶν ἐρίων τοὺς βαφεῖς ἀπελαύνειν καὶ αὐτούς· οὐ γὰρ θέμις δολερὰ εἵματα καὶ χρίσματα εἰς τὴν ἀληθείας παρεισιέναι πόλιν. χρὴ δὲ καὶ μάλα τοὺς μὲν ἄνδρας τοὺς παρ᾿ ἡμῖν μὴ μύρων, ἀλλὰ καλοκαγαθίας ὄζειν, γυνὴ δὲ ἀποπνείτω Χριστοῦ, τοῦ ἀλείμματος τοῦ βασιλικοῦ, μὴ διαπασμάτων καὶ μύρων, ἀεὶ δὲ τῷ σωφροσύνης ἀμβροσίῳ χρίσματι συναλειφέσθω, ἁγίῳ τερπομένη μύρῳ τῷ πνεύματι. τοῦτο σκευάζει Χριστὸς ἀνθρώποις γνωρίμοις, εὐωδίας ἄλειμμα, ἐκ τῶν οὐρανίων συντιθεὶς ἀρωμάτων τὸ μύρον. τούτῳ καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ κύριος συναλείφεται τῷ μύρῳ, ὡς διὰ Δαβὶδ μεμήνυται· »διὰ τοῦτο ἔχρισέν σε ὁ θεός, ὁ θεός σου, ἔλαιον ἀγαλλιάσεως παρὰ τοὺς μετόχους σου· σμύρνα καὶ στακτὴ καὶ κασία ἀπὸ τῶν ἱματίων σου.«

Ἀλλὰ γὰρ μὴ λάθωμεν ὥσπερ οἱ γῦπες τὰ μύρα βδελυττόμενοι ἢ οἱ κάνθαροι (τούτους γὰρ ῥοδίνῳ χρισθέντας μύρῳ τελευτᾶν λέγουσιν), καὶ τούτων ἐγκριτέον ὀλίγα τινὰ τῶν μύρων ταῖς γυναιξίν, ὅσα μὴ καρῶσι τὸν ἄνδρα· αἱ γὰρ ὑπέρμετροι χρίσεις τῶν μύρων κηδείας, οὐ συμβιώσεως ἀποπνέουσιν. καίτοι καὶ τὸ ἔλαιον αὐτὸ ταῖς μελίτταις καὶ τοῖς ἐντόμοις ἐστὶ πολέμιον ζῴοις, ἀνθρώπων δὲ τοὺς μὲν ὤνησεν, ἔστιν δὲ οὓς εἰς μάχην ἐξεκαλέσατο, καὶ τοὺς πρότερον δειλοὺς ἀληλιμμένους τοῦτο ἐν τοῖς σταδίοις ἐκτρέπει εἰς τὸ τῆς ἀγωνίας πάμμαχον. μαλθακὸν δὲ ἔλαιον τὸ μύρον ὂν οὐκ οἴεσθε τὰ ἤθη τὰ γεννικὰ ἐκθηλύνειν δύνασθαι; μάλιστα. ὥσπερ δὲ τὴν τρυφὴν καὶ τῆς γεύσεως ἀποκεκλείκαμεν, οὕτως ἀμέλει καὶ τῶν ὄψεων καὶ τῶν ὀσφρήσεων τὴν ἡδυπάθειαν ἐξορίζομεν, μὴ λάθωμεν ἣν ἐφυγαδεύσαμεν ἀκολασίαν, κάθοδον αὐτῇ διδόντες εἰς ψυχὴν διὰ τῶν αἰσθήσεων, οἱονεὶ διὰ θυρῶν ἀφρουρήτων. εἰ γοῦν τῆς εὐωδίας τὸ θυμίαμα τὸν μέγαν ἀρχιερέα, τὸν κύριον, ἀναφέρειν λέγοιεν τῷ θεῷ, μὴ θυσίαν ταύτην καὶ εὐωδίαν θυμιάματος νοούντων, ἀλλὰ γὰρ τὸ τῆς ἀγάπης δεκτὸν ἀναφέρειν τὸν κύριον, τὴν πνευματικὴν εὐωδίαν, εἰς τὸ θυσιαστήριον παραδεχέσθων. αὔταρκες μὲν οὖν τὸ ἔλαιον αὐτὸ λιπᾶναί τε τὴν ἐπιφάνειαν καὶ ἀνεῖναι τὸ νευρῶδες καί τινα τοῦ σώματος ὀσμὴν ἀναστεῖλαι βαρυτέραν, [εἰ] καὶ πρὸς τοῦτο τοῦ ἐλαίου δεοίμεθα ἄν· ἡ δὲ ἐπιτήδευσις τῆς εὐωδίας δέλεάρ ἐστι ῥᾳθυμίας, πόρρωθεν εἰς λίχνον ἐπιθυμίαν ἐπισπωμένης. πάντοθεν γὰρ ἀγώγιμος ὁ ἀκόλαστος καὶ ἀπὸ ἐδωδῆς καὶ ἀπὸ στρωμνῆς καὶ ἀπὸ συναναστροφῆς καὶ ἐκ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν καὶ ἐκ τῶν ὤτων καὶ ἐκ τῶν γνάθων, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐκ τῶν μυκτήρων. καθάπερ οἱ βόες τοῖς κρίκοις καὶ τοῖς σχοίνοις, οὕτω δὲ καὶ ὁ ἀκόλαστος θυμιάμασι καὶ μύροις καὶ ταῖς ἀπὸ τῶν στεφάνων εὐωδίαις περιέλκεται. ἐπεὶ δὲ οὐδεμίαν χώραν ἀπονέμομεν ἡδονῇ πρὸς οὐδεμίαν συμπεπλεγμένῃ λυσιτελῆ τῷ βίῳ χρείαν, φέρε κἀνταῦθα διαστειλώμεθα, τὸ χρειῶδες αἱρούμενοι. εἰσὶ γάρ τινες εὐωδίαι οὐ καρωτικαὶ οὐδὲ ἐρωτικαί, οὔκουν συμπλοκῆς καὶ τῆς ἀκολάστου ἑταιρείας ἀποπνέουσαι, ὑγειναὶ δὲ μετὰ σωφροσύνης καὶ τὸν μὲν ἐγκέφαλον ὑποτρέφουσαι, ὁπηνίκα ἂν καχεκτῇ, ῥωννύουσαι δὲ καὶ τὸν στόμαχον. [πολλοῦ τοίνυν δεῖ τοῖς ἄνθεσιν ἐπιψύχειν αὐτόν, ὁπότε ἀλεαίνεσθαι ἐθέλει τὸ νευρῶδες·] οὐ γὰρ κατὰ πάντα ἀποσκορακιστέον τὴν χρῆσιν αὐτῶν, ἀλλ᾿ ὥσπερ φαρμάκῳ καὶ βοηθήματι χρηστέον τῷ μύρῳ πρός τε τὸ ἐπεγεῖραι τὴν ἀπαυδῶσαν δύναμιν καὶ πρὸς τοὺς κατάρρους καὶ πρὸς τὰς καταψύξεις δυσαρέστησίν τε, καθὰ καὶ ὁ κωμικός φησί που· μύροις ὑπαλείφεται τὰς ῥῖνας· ὑγιείας μέρος μέγιστον ὀδμὰς ἐγκεφάλῳ χρηστὰς ποιεῖν· καὶ ἡ τῶν ποδῶν διὰ τοῦ λίπους τῶν ἀναθερμαινόντων ἢ ἐμψυχόντων μύρων ἀνάτριψις ὠφελείας ἕνεκεν ἐπιτηδεύεται, ὡς δὴ ἀπὸ τῆς κεφαλῆς τοῖς πεπληρωμένοις ὁλκήν τινα καὶ ὑποχώρησιν ἐπὶ τὰ μὴ κύρια τῶν μερῶν γίνεσθαι. ἡδονὴ δέ, ᾗ μὴ πρόσεστι τὸ χρειῶδες, ἤθους ἐστὶν ἑταιρικοῦ διαβολὴ καὶ φάρμακον ἐρεθισμῶν. διαφέρει δὲ ὅλως τὸ μυραλοιφεῖν τοῦ μύρῳ χρίεσθαι· τὸ μὲν γὰρ θηλυδριῶδες, τὸ δὲ χρίεσθαι τῷ μύρῳ καὶ λυσιτελεῖ ἔσθ᾿ ὅτε. Ἀρίστιππος γοῦν ὁ φιλόσοφος χρισάμενος μύρῳ κακοὺς κακῶς ἀπολωλέναι χρῆναι τοὺς κιναίδους ἔφασκεν τοῦ μύρου τὴν ὠφέλειαν εἰς λοιδορίαν διαβεβληκότας. »τίμα δὲ ἰατρὸν πρὸς χρείαν αὐτοῦ«, φησὶν ἡ γραφή· »καὶ γὰρ αὐτὸν ἔκτισεν ὁ ὕψιστος, παρὰ δὲ κυρίου ἐστὶν ἴασις.« εἶτα ἐπάγει· »καὶ μυρεψὸς ποιήσει μίγμα«, ὡς εἰς ὠφέλειαν δηλονότι, οὐκ εἰς ἡδυπάθειαν δεδομένων τῶν μύρων. οὐ γὰρ περὶ τὸ ἐρεθιστικὸν τῶν μύρων σπουδαστέον οὐδαμῶς, ἀλλὰ τὸ ὠφέλιμον ἐκλεκτέον, ὅπου γε καὶ τοῦ ἐλαίου τὴν γένεσιν ἀνῆκεν ὁ θεὸς ἀνθρώποις εἰς πόνων ἀρωγήν. αἱ δὲ ἀφραίνουσαι γυναῖκες βάπτουσαι μὲν τὰς πολιάς, μυρίζουσαι δὲ τὰς τρίχας πολιώτεραι θᾶττον γίνονται διὰ τὰ ἀρώματα ξηραντικὰ ὄντα. διὸ καὶ αὐχμηρότεροι φαίνονται οἱ μυριζόμενοι· ὁ δὲ αὐχμὸς πολιωτέρους ποιεῖ (εἴτε γὰρ αὔανσις τριχὸς ἡ πολιὰ εἴτε ἔνδεια θερμοῦ), τῆς ξηρότητος τὴν οἰκείαν τῆς τριχὸς ἐκπινούσης τροφὴν τὴν ὑγρὰν καὶ πολιοὺς ἀποτελούσης. πῶς οὖν εἰκότως ἔτι ἀγαπῷεν ἂν τὰ μύρα, δι᾿ ἃ αἱ πολιαί, οἱ φεύγοντες πολιάς; καθάπερ δὲ οἱ κύνες ῥινηλατοῦντες ἐκ τῆς ὀδμῆς ἀνιχνεύουσι τὰ θηρία, οὕτως ἐκ τῆς περιέργου τῶν μύρων εὐωδίας θηρῶσιν· οἱ σώφρονες τοὺς ἀσελγεῖς.

Τοιαύτη δὲ καὶ τῶν στεφάνων ἡ χρῆσις, κωμαστικὴ καὶ πάροινος· ἄπερρε· μή μοι στέφανον ἀμφιθῇς κάρᾳ. ἦρος μὲν γὰρ ὥρᾳ λειμῶσιν ἐνδρόσοις καὶ μαλακοῖς, ποικίλοις χλοάζουσιν ἄνθεσιν, ἐνδιαιτᾶσθαι καλόν, αὐτοφυεῖ καὶ εἰλικρινεῖ τινι εὐωδίᾳ καθάπερ τὰς μελίττας τρεφομένους· τὸ δὲ πλεκτὸν στέφανον ἐξ ἀκηράτου λειμῶνος κοσμήσαντας οἴκοι περιφέρειν οὐ σωφρόνων· οὐ γὰρ ἁρμόδιον ῥόδων κάλυξιν ἢ ἴοις ἢ κρίνοις ἢ ἄλλοις τισὶ τοιούτοις ἄνθεσι χαίτην πυκάζεσθαι κωμαστικήν, διανθιζομένους τὴν χλόην. ἐμψύχει γὰρ χαίτην ἄλλως ὁ στέφανος περικείμενος καὶ δι᾿ ὑγρότητά [τε] καὶ διὰ ψυχρότητα. ταύτῃ καὶ οἱ ἰατροὶ ψυχρὸν εἶναι φυσιολογοῦντες τὸν ἐγκέφαλον μύρῳ χρίεσθαι ἀξιοῦσι τὰ στήθη καὶ μυκτῆρας ἄκρους, ὡς δυνηθῆναι τὴν πυρώδη ἀναθυμίασιν ἡσυχῇ διοδεύουσαν εὐρώστως ἀναθάλπειν τὴν ψυχρότητα. πολλοῦ τοίνυν δεῖ τοῖς ἄνθεσιν ἐπιψύχειν αὐτόν, ὁπότε ἀλεαίνεσθαι ἐθέλει τὸ νευρῶδες. ναὶ μὴν καὶ τὸ τερπνὸν τῆς ἀνθήσεως οἱ καταστεφθέντες ἀπολλύουσιν. οὔτε γὰρ ἀπολαύουσι τῆς ὄψεως οἱ ἀναδούμενοι τὸν στέφανον ὑπὲρ τὰς ὄψεις οὐδὲ μὴν τῆς εὐωδίας οἱ ἀπελαύνοντες ὑπὲρ τὰς ἀναπνοὰς τὰ ἄνθη· ἀναδιδούσης γὰρ ἄνω καὶ ἀναθυμιωμένης κατὰ φύσιν τῆς εὐωδίας ὑπὲρ τὴν κεφαλὴν ἔρημος τῆς ἀπολαύσεως ἡ ἀναπνοὴ καταλείπεται, ἀφαρπαζομένης τῆς εὐωδίας. ὥσπερ οὖν τὸ κάλλος, οὕτως καὶ τὸ ἄνθος τέρπει βλεπόμενον, καὶ χρὴ δι᾿ ὄψεως ἀπολαύοντας τῶν καλῶν δοξάζειν τὸν δημιουργόν. ἡ χρῆσις δὲ αὐτῶν ἐπιβλαβής, καὶ θᾶττον παρέρχεται μετανοίᾳ τιμωρουμένη. αὐτίκα δὴ μάλα καὶ διελέγχεται τὸ ἐφήμερον αὐτῶν· ἄμφω γὰρ μαραίνεσθον, καὶ τὸ ἄνθος καὶ τὸ κάλλος. ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς θιγγάνοντας αὐτοῖν τὸ μὲν ἐνέψυξεν, τὸ δὲ ἐξέκαυσεν. ἑνὶ δὲ λόγῳ ἡ παρὰ τὴν ὄψιν ἀπόλαυσις αὐτοῖν ὕβρις ἐστίν, οὐ τρυφή· τρυφᾶν δὲ ἡμῖν, ὡς ἐν παραδείσῳ, προσῆκεν σωφρόνως τῷ ὄντι παρεπομένοις τῇ γραφῇ. στέφανον μὲν γυναικὸς τὸν ἄνδρα ὑποληπτέον, ἀνδρὸς δὲ τὸν γάμον, ἄνθη δὲ τοῦ γάμου τὰ τέκνα ἀμφοῖν, ἃ δὴ τῶν σαρκικῶν λειμώνων ὁ θεῖος δρέπεται γεωργός. »στέφανος δὲ γερόντων τέκνα τέκνων, δόξα δὲ παισὶν οἱ πατέρες«, φησίν· ἡμῖν δὲ δόξα ὁ πατὴρ τῶν ὅλων, καὶ τῆς συμπάσης ἐκκλησίας στέφανος ὁ Χριστός.

Καθάπερ δὲ αἱ ῥίζαι καὶ αἱ βοτάναι, οὕτως δὲ καὶ τὰ ἄνθη ἰδίας ἔχει ποιότητας καὶ τὰς μὲν ἐπωφελεῖς, τὰς δὲ ἐπιβλαβεῖς, ἔστι δὲ ἃς καὶ ἐπισφαλεῖς. ὁ γοῦν κιττὸς ἐμψύχει, ἡ δὲ καρύα πνεῦμα ἀφίησιν καρωτικόν, ὡς ἐμφαίνει καὶ τοὔνομα ἐτυμολογούμενον. νάρκισσος δὲ βαρύοδμόν ἐστιν ἄνθος, ἐλέγχει δὲ αὐτὸ ἡ προσηγορία νάρκαν ἐμποιοῦν τοῖς νεύροις. αἱ δὲ τῶν ῥόδων καὶ τῶν ἴων ἀποφοραὶ ἡσυχῇ οὖσαι ψυχραὶ συστέλλουσι καὶ ἐπιστύφουσι τὰς καρηβαρίας· ἡμῖν δὲ οὐχ ὁπωστιοῦν συμμεθύειν, ἀλλ᾿ οὐδὲ οἰνοῦσθαι ἐπιτέτραπται. ναὶ μὴν ὁ κρόκος καὶ τῆς κύπρου τὸ ἄνθος εἰς ὕπνον ἄλυπον ὑπάγετον. πολλὰ δὲ αὐτῶν φύσει ψυχρὸν ὄντα τὸν ἐγκέφαλον ἀναθάλπει ταῖς ἀποφοραῖς λεπτύνοντα τῆς κεφαλῆς τὰ περιττεύματα. ἐντεῦθεν καὶ τὸ ῥόδον ἐπωνόμασται, φασίν, ὅτι πάμπολυ τῆς ὀδωδῆς ἀφίησι ῥεῦμα· διὸ καὶ θᾶττον μαραίνεται.

Ἀλλ᾿ οὐδὲ παρὰ τοῖς ἀρχαίοις τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἡ χρῆσίς πω τῶν στεφάνων ἦν. οὔτε γὰρ οἱ μνήστορες οὔθ᾿ οἱ ἁβροδίαιτοι κέχρηνται Φαίακες αὐτοῖς. ἐν δὲ τοῖς ἀγῶσι πρῶτον ἡ τῶν ἄθλων δόσις ἦν, δεύτερον δὲ ὁ περιαγερμός, τρίτον ἡ φυλλοβολία, τελευταῖον ὁ στέφανος, ἐπίδοσιν λαβούσης εἰς τρυφὴν τῆς Ἑλλάδος μετὰ τὰ Μηδικά. εἴργονται τοίνυν στεφάνων οἱ τῷ λόγῳ παιδαγωγούμενοι, οὐκ ἐπεὶ καταδεῖν δοκοῦσιν τὸν λόγον ἐν ἐγκεφάλῳ τοῦτον ἱδρυμένον, οὐδ᾿ ὅτι κωμαστικῆς ἀγερωχίας σύμβολον ὁ στέφανος εἴη ἄν, ἀλλὰ γὰρ ὅτι τοῖς εἰδώλοις κατωνόμασται. ὁ γοῦν Σοφοκλῆς τὸν νάρκισσον »ἀρχαῖον μεγάλων θεῶν στεφάνωμα« προσεῖπε, τῶν χθονίων λέγων· ῥόδῳ δὲ τὰς Μούσας Σαπφὼ καταστέφει· οὐ γὰρ † ἀπ᾿ ἀρχῆς ῥόδων τῶν ἐκ Πιερίας· κρίνῳ δὲ ἥδεσθαι τὴν Ἥραν φασὶν καὶ τὴν Ἄρτεμιν μυρρίνῃ. εἰ γὰρ καὶ τὰ μάλιστα μὲν δι᾿ ἄνθρωπον γέγονε τὰ ἄνθη, ταῦτα δὲ οἱ ἀνόητοι λαβόντες οὐκ εἰς τὴν ἰδίαν εὐχάριστον χρῆσιν, ἀλλ᾿ εἰς τὴν τῶν δαιμονίων ἀχάριστον ὑπηρεσίαν κατεχρήσαντο, ἀφεκτέον αὐτῶν »διὰ τὴν συνείδησιν«. ἀοχλήτου δὲ ἀμεριμνίας ὁ στέφανος σύμβολον· ταύτῃ καὶ τοὺς νεκροὺς καταστεφανοῦσιν, ᾧ λόγῳ καὶ τὰ εἴδωλα, ἔργῳ προσμαρτυροῦντες αὐτοῖς τὸ εἶναι νεκροῖς. οἱ μὲν γὰρ βακχεύοντες οὐδὲ ἄνευ στεφάνων ὀργιάζουσιν· ἐπὰν δὲ ἀμφιθῶνται τὰ ἄνθη, πρὸς τὴν τελετὴν ὑπερκάονται. οὐ δὴ κοινωνητέον οὐδ᾿ ὁπωστιοῦν δαίμοσιν, ἀλλ᾿ οὐδὲ τὴν εἰκόνα τοῦ θεοῦ τὴν ζῶσαν δίκην εἰδώλων τῶν νεκρῶν καταστεπτέον. ὁ γὰρ καλὸς τοῦ ἀμαράντου στέφανος ἀπόκειται τῷ καλῶς πεπολιτευμένῳ· τὸ ἄνθος τοῦτο γῆ βαστάζειν οὐ κεχώρηκεν· μόνον δὲ αὐτὸ καρποφορεῖν ἐπίσταται οὐρανός. πρὸς δὲ καὶ ἀλόγιστον ἀκηκοότας ἡμᾶς τὸν κύριον ἀκάνθαις ἐστεμμένον αὐτοὺς ἐντρυφῶντας τῷ σεμνῷ τοῦ κυρίου πάθει ἀναδεῖσθαι τοῖς ἄνθεσιν. ὁ μὲν γὰρ τοῦ κυρίου στέφανος ἡμᾶς ᾐνίττετο προφητικῶς τούς ποτε ἀκάρπους, τοὺς περικειμένους αὐτῷ διὰ τῆς ἐκκλησίας, ἧς ἐστιν κεφαλή· ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς πίστεώς ἐστιν τύπος, ζωῆς μὲν διὰ τὴν οὐσίαν τοῦ ξύλου, εὐφροσύνης δὲ διὰ τὴν προσηγορίαν τοῦ στεφάνου, κινδύνου δὲ διὰ τὴν ἄκανθαν· οὐδὲ γὰρ ἀναιμωτεὶ προσιέναι τῷ λόγῳ ἔξεστιν. ὁ δὲ πλεκτὸς μαραίνεται στέφανος οὗτος καὶ τὸ πλέγμα τῆς σκολιότητος ἀναλύεται καὶ τὸ ἄνθος ξηραίνεται· μαραίνεται γὰρ ἡ δόξα τῶν τῷ κυρίῳ μὴ πεπιστευκότων. Ἰησοῦν δὲ ἐστεφάνωσαν ὑψωμένον τῆς αὑτῶν καταμαρτυροῦντες ἀμαθίας· τοῦτ᾿ αὐτὸ γὰρ οἱ σκληροκάρδιοι προφητείαν οὖσαν σεσοφισμένην οὐ νοοῦσιν, ἣν αὐτοὶ ὕβριν καλοῦσιν κυρίου. οὐκ ἔγνω τὸν κύριον ὁ λαὸς ὁ πεπλανημένος, οὐ περιτέτμηται τὸν λογισμόν, οὐ πεφώτισται τὸν σκοτισμόν, οὐκ εἶδεν τὸν θεόν, τὸν κύριον ἠρνήσατο, ἀπολώλεκεν τὸ εἶναι Ἰσραήλ, ἐδίωξεν τὸν θεόν, καθυβρίζειν ἤλπισε τὸν λόγον, καὶ ὃν ἐσταύρωσεν ὡς κακοῦργον, ἀνέστεψεν ὡς βασιλέα. διὰ τοῦτό τοι εἰς ὃν οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν ἄνθρωπον, τὸν φιλάνθρωπον θεὸν ἐπιγνώσονται κύριον καὶ δίκαιον· ὅτι αὐτοὶ παρεπίκραναν ἐπιδείξασθαι τὸν κύριον, τοῦτο αὐτῷ ὑψουμένῳ μεμαρτυρήκασι, τὸ διάδημα τῆς δικαιοσύνης τῷ ὑπὲρ πᾶν ὄνομά ἐπηρμένῳ περιάψαντες διὰ τῆς ἀειθαλοῦς ἀκάνθης. τὸ διάδημα τοῦτο τοῖς ἐπιβουλεύουσι πολέμιον ἐκώλυσεν αὐτούς, τοῖς συνεκκλησιάζουσιν φίλον ἐθρίγκωσεν αὐτούς· ὁ στέφανος οὗτος ἄνθος ἐστὶ τῶν πεπιστευκότων εἰς τὸν δεδοξασμένον, αἱμάσσει δὲ καὶ κολάζει τοὺς ἠπιστηκότας. ναὶ μὴν καὶ σύμβολόν ἐστι δεσποτικοῦ κατορθώματος, βαστάσαντος αὐτοῦ τῇ κεφαλῇ καὶ τῷ ἡγεμονικῷ τοῦ σώματος πάντα ἡμῶν τὰ πονηρά, δι᾿ ὧν ἐκεντούμεθα· αὐτὸς γὰρ τῷ ἰδίῳ πάθει ῥυσάμενος ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ σκανδάλων καὶ ἁμαρτιῶν καὶ τῶν τοιούτων ἀκανθῶν καὶ τὸν διάβολον καταργήσας εἰκότως ἐπευχόμενος εἴρηκεν· »ποῦ σου, θάνατε, τὸ κέντρον;« καὶ ἡμεῖς μὲν ἐξ ἀκανθῶν τρυγῶμεν σταφυλὴν καὶ σῦκα ἀπὸ βάτων· οἳ δὲ εἰς τραύματα καταξαίνονται, ἐφ᾿ οὓς ἐξεπέτασε τὰς χεῖρας ἐπὶ λαὸν ἀπειθῆ καὶ ἄκαρπον.

Ἔχοιμ᾿ ἄν σοι καὶ ἄλλο μυστικὸν ἐνταῦθα εἰπεῖν. ἐπεὶ γὰρ ὁ παγκρατὴς κύριος τῶν ὅλων, ὁπηνίκα νομοθετεῖν ἤρχετο τῷ λόγῳ, [καὶ] τῷ Μωσεῖ καταφανῆ ἐβούλετο γενέσθαι τὴν αὑτοῦ δύναμιν, ὄψις αὐτῷ δείκνυται θεοειδὴς φωτὸς μεμορφωμένου ἐπὶ φλεγομένῳ βάτῳ· τὸ δὲ ἀκανθῶδες φυτόν ἐστιν, ὁ βάτος· ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἐπαύσατο τῆς νομοθεσίας καὶ τῆς εἰς ἀνθρώπους ἐπιδημίας ὁ λόγος, ὁ κύριος μυστικῶς αὖθις ἀναστέφεται ἀκάνθῃ, ἐνθένδε ἀπιὼν ἐκεῖσε ὅθεν κατῆλθεν, ἀνακεφαλαιούμενος τὴν ἀρχὴν τῆς καθόδου τῆς παλαιᾶς, ὅπως ὁ διὰ βάτου τὸ πρῶτον ὀφθείς, ὁ λόγος, διὰ τῆς ἀκάνθης ὕστερον ἀναληφθεὶς μιᾶς ἔργον τὰ πάντα δείξῃ δυνάμεως, εἷς ὢν ἑνὸς· ὄντος τοῦ πατρός, ἀρχὴ καὶ τέλος αἰῶνος.

Ἀλλ᾿ ἐξέβην γὰρ τοῦ παιδαγωγικοῦ τύπου τὸ διδασκαλικὸν εἶδος παρεισάγων, αὖθις οὖν ἐπὶ τὸ προκείμενον ἐπάνειμι. ὡς μὲν οὖν ἐν φαρμάκου μοίρᾳ ἰάσεως ἕνεκα, ἔσθ᾿ ὅπῃ δὲ καὶ διαχύσεως σώφρονος, οὐκ ἀποβλητέον τὴν ἀπὸ τῶν ἀνθῶν τέρψιν καὶ τὴν ἀπὸ τῶν μύρων τε καὶ θυμιαμάτων ὠφέλειαν, δεδηλώκαμεν. εἰ δὲ καὶ λέγοιέν τινες, τίς οὖν ἔτι χάρις ἀνθῶν τοῖς μὴ χρωμένοις αὐτοῖς, ἴστων ὡς ἄρα καὶ τὰ μύρα ἐξ αὐτῶν σκευάζεται καὶ ἔστι πολυωφελῆ· σούσινον μὲν ἐκ κρίνων καὶ λειρίων, ἔστι δὲ θερμαντικόν, ἀναστομωτικόν, ἑλκυστικόν, ὑγραντικόν, σμηκτικόν, λεπτομερές, χολῆς κινητικόν, μαλακτικόν· ναρκίσσινον δὲ τὸ ἐκ ναρκίσσου ἐπ᾿ ἴσης ὀνίνησι τῷ σουσίνῳ· μύρσινον δὲ τὸ ἐκ μύρτων καὶ μυρρίνης στυπτικόν, παρακατέχον τὰς ἀπὸ τοῦ σώματος ἀποφοράς· τὸ δὲ ἐκ ῥόδων ἐμψυκτικόν. καθόλου γὰρ καὶ ταῦτα εἰς τὴν ἡμετέραν εὐχρηστίαν δεδημιούργηται. »εἰσακούσατέ μου«, φησί, »καὶ ὡς ῥόδον πεφυτευμένον ἐπὶ ῥευμάτων ὑδάτων βλαστήσατε, ὡς λίβανος εὐωδιάσατε ὀσμήν, καὶ εὐλογήσατε κύριον ἐπὶ τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ.« καὶ πολὺς ἂν εἴη ὁ περὶ τούτων λόγος, εἰς τὰς ἀναγκαίας ὠφελείας λεγόντων ἡμῶν τὰ ἄνθη καὶ τὰ ἀρώματα, οὐκ εἰς τὰς ὕβρεις τῆς τρυφῆς γεγονέναι. εἰ δὲ καὶ ἄρα τι συγχωρητέον, ἀπόχρη τῆς ὀδμῆς ἀπολαύειν αὐτοῖς τῶν ἀνθῶν, μὴ καταστεφέτωσαν δέ· πολυωρεῖ γὰρ τὸν ἄνθρωπον ὁ πατὴρ καὶ τὴν ἰδίαν αὐτοῦ τέχνην τούτῳ παρέχει μόνῳ. λέγει γοῦν ἡ γραφή· »ὕδωρ καὶ πῦρ καὶ σίδηρος καὶ γάλα, σεμίδαλις πυροῦ καὶ μέλι, αἷμα σταφυλῆς καὶ ἔλαιον καὶ ἱμάτιον, ταῦτα πάντα τοῖς εὐσεβέσιν εἰς ἀγαθά.«

2.9 Chap. IX.—On Sleep

How, in due course, we are to go to sleep, in remembrance of the precepts of temperance, we must now say. For after the repast, having given thanks to God for our participation in our enjoyments, and for the [happy] passing of the day, our talk must be turned to sleep. Magnificence of bed-clothes, gold-embroidered carpets, and smooth carpets worked with gold, and long fine robes of purple, and costly fleecy cloaks, and manufactured rugs of purple, and mantles of thick pile, and couches softer than sleep, are to be banished.

For, besides the reproach of voluptuousness, sleeping on downy feathers is injurious, when our bodies fall down as into a yawning hollow, on account of the softness of the bedding.

For they are not convenient for sleepers turning in them, on account of the bed rising into a hill on either side of the body. Nor are they suitable for the digestion of the food, but rather for burning it up, and so destroying the nutriment. But stretching one’s self on even couches, affording a kind of natural gymnasium for sleep, contributes to the digestion of the food. And those that can roll on other beds, having this, as it were, for a natural gymnasium for sleep, digest food more easily, and render themselves fitter for emergencies. Moreover, silver-footed couches argue great ostentation; and the ivory on beds, the body having left the soul, is not permissible for holy men, being a lazy contrivance for rest.

We must not occupy our thoughts about these things, for the use of them is not forbidden to those who possess them; but solicitude about them is prohibited, for happiness is not to be found in them. On the other hand, it savours of cynic vanity for a man to act as Diomede,—

“And he stretched himself under a wild bull’s hide,”—

unless circumstances compel.

Ulysses rectified the unevenness of the nuptial couch with a stone. Such frugality and self-help was practiced not by private individuals alone, but by the chiefs of the ancient Greeks. But why speak of these? Jacob slept on the ground, and a stone served him for a pillow; and then was he counted worthy to behold the vision—that was above man. And in conformity with reason, the bed which we use must be simple and frugal, and so constructed that, by avoiding the extremes [of too much indulgence and too much endurance], it may be comfortable: if it is warm, to protect us; if cold, to warm us. But let not the couch be elaborate, and let it have smooth feet; for elaborate turnings form occasionally paths for creeping things which twine themselves about the incisions of the work, and do not slip off.

Especially is a moderate softness in the bed suitable for manhood; for sleep ought not to be for the total enervation of the body, but for its relaxation. Wherefore I say that it ought not to be allowed to come on us for the sake of indulgence, but in order to rest from action. We must therefore sleep so as to be easily awaked. For it is said, “Let your loins be girt about, and your lamps burning; and ye yourselves like to men that watch for their lord, that when he returns from the marriage, and comes and knocks, they may straightway open to him. Blessed are those servants whom the Lord, when He cometh, shall find watching.” For there is no use of a sleeping man, as there is not of a dead man. Wherefore we ought often to rise by night and bless God. For blessed are they who watch for Him, and so make themselves like the angels, whom we call “watchers.” But a man asleep is worth nothing, any more than if he were not alive.

But he who has the light watches, “and darkness seizes not on him,” nor sleep, since darkness does not. He that is illuminated is therefore awake towards God; and such an one lives. “For what was made in Him was life.” “Blessed is the man,” says Wisdom, “who shall hear me, and the man who shall keep my ways, watching at my doors, daily observing the posts of my entrances.” “Let us not then sleep, as do others, but let us watch,” says the Scripture, “and be sober. For they that sleep, sleep in the night; and they that be drunken, are drunken in the night,” that is, in the darkness of ignorance. “But let us who are of the day be sober. For ye are all children of the light, and children of the day; we are not of the night, nor of the darkness.” But whoever of us is most solicitous for living the true life, and for entertaining noble sentiments, will keep awake for as long time as possible, reserving to himself only what in this respect is conducive to his own health; and that is not very usual.

But devotion to activity begets an everlasting vigil after toils. Let not food weigh us down, but lighten us; that we may be injured as little as possible by sleep, as those that swim with weights hanging to them are weighed down. But, on the other hand, let temperance raise us as from the abyss beneath to the enterprises of wakefulness. For the oppression of sleep is like death, which forces us into insensibility, cutting off the light by the closing of the eyelids. Let not us, then, who are sons of the true light, close the door against this light; but turning in on ourselves, illumining the eyes of the hidden man, and gazing on the truth itself, and receiving its streams, let us clearly and intelligibly reveal such dreams as are true.

But the hiccuping of those who are loaded with wine, and the snortings of those who are stuffed with food, and the snoring rolled in the bed-clothes, and the rumblings of pained stomachs, cover over the clear-seeing eye of the soul, by filling the mind with ten thousand phantasies. And the cause is too much food, which drags the rational part of man down to a condition of stupidity. For much sleep brings advantage neither to our bodies nor our souls; nor is it suitable at all to those processes which have truth for their object, although agreeable to nature.

Now, just Lot (for I pass over at present the account of the economy of regeneration) would not have been drawn into that unhallowed intercourse, had he not been intoxicated by his daughters, and overpowered by sleep. If, therefore, we cut off the causes of great tendency to sleep, we shall sleep the more soberly. For those who have the sleepless Word dwelling in them, ought not to sleep the livelong night; but they ought to rise by night, especially when the days are coming to an end, and one devote himself to literature, another begin his art, the women handle the distaff, and all of us should, so to speak, fight against sleep, accustoming ourselves to this gently and gradually, so that through wakefulness we may partake of life for a longer period.

We, then, who assign the best part of the night to wakefulness, must by no manner of means sleep by day; and fits of uselessness, and napping and stretching one’s self, and yawning, are manifestations of frivolous uneasiness of soul. And in addition to all, we must know this, that the need of sleep is not in the soul. For it is ceaselessly active. But the body is relieved by being resigned to rest, the soul whilst not acting through the body, but exercising intelligence within itself. Thus also, such dreams as are true, in the view of him who reflects rightly, are the thoughts of a sober soul, undistracted for the time by the affections of the body, and counselling with itself in the best manner. For the soul to cease from activity within itself, were destruction to it. Wherefore always contemplating God, and by perpetual converse with Him inoculating the body with wakefulness, it raises man to equality with angelic grace, and from the practice of wakefulness it grasps the eternity of life.

Ὅπως δὲ ἐντεῦθεν ἐπὶ τὸν ὕπνον ἴωμεν τῶν σωφροσύνης μεμνημένοι παραγγελμάτων, τοῦτο ἤδη λεκτέον. μετὰ γὰρ τὴν εὐωχίαν εὐλογήσαντας τὸν θεὸν ἐπὶ τῇ μεταδόσει τῶν ἀπολαύσεων καὶ τῇ διεκδρομῇ τῆς ἡμέρας ἐπὶ τὸν ὕπνον παρακλητέον τὸν λόγον, τὴν πολυτέλειαν τῶν ὑποστορνυμένων, τὰς χρυσοπάστους τάπιδας, καὶ χρυσοποικίλτους ψιλοτάπιδας ξυστίδας τε ἁλουργὰς καὶ τοὺς γαυνάκας τοὺς πολυτιμήτους τά τε ποιητικὰ ῥήγεα τὰ πορφυρᾶ χλαίνας τε ἐφύπερθεν οὔλας καὶ τὰς »ὕπνου μαλακωτέρας« εὐνὰς παραπεμπομένους. πρὸς γὰρ τῷ ἐπιψόγῳ τῆς ἡδυπαθείας ἐπιβλαβὴς ἡ ἐν τοῖς χνοώδεσι τῶν πτίλων ἐγκοίμησις, καθάπερ εἰς ἀχανὲς καταπιπτόντων τῶν σωμάτων διὰ τὴν μαλακίαν τῶν στρωμάτων. οὐδὲ γὰρ † συνέχει ἐπιστρεφομένοις τοῖς εὐναζομένοις ἐν αὐτοῖς διὰ τὴν παρ᾿ ἑκάτερα τοῦ σώματος ὀχθώδη τῆς εὐνῆς ἐπανάστασιν· ἐπιτρέπει δὲ πέττεσθαι σιτία καὶ συγκαίει μᾶλλον, ὃ δὴ διαφθείρειν τὴν τροφήν. [αἱ δὲ ἐπικυλίσεις ταῖς ὁμαλαῖς εὐναῖς, οἷον ὕπνου γυμνάσιον ὑπάρχουσαι φυσικόν, συνεργοῦσι πρὸς τὴν κατάταξιν τῆς τροφῆς·] οἱ δὲ ἐπικυλίεσθαι δυνάμενοι ὁμαλαῖς εὐναῖς, οἷον ὕπνου γυμνάσιον τοῦτο ἔχοντες φυσικόν, ῥᾷον κατατάττουσι τὰς τροφὰς καὶ σφᾶς ἐπιτηδειοτέρους πρὸς τὰς περιστάσεις παρασκευάζουσιν. ἔτι γε μὴν οἱ ἀργυρόποδες σκίμποδες πολλῆς ἀλαζονείας εἰσὶν κατήγοροι, καὶ ὁ ἐν τοῖς κλινιδίοις »ἐλέφας ἀπολελοιπότος ψυχὴν σώματος οὐκ εὐαγὲς« ἁγίοις ἀνθρώποις ἀναπαύσεως τέχνασμα βλακικόν.

Οὐ σπουδαστέον ἄρα περὶ αὐτά. οὐ γὰρ ἀπείρηται τοῖς κεκτημένοις ἡ χρῆσις, ἀλλ᾿ ἡ περὶ αὐτὰ ἐπιτήδευσις κεκώλυται· οὐ γὰρ ἐν τούτοις τὸ εὔδαιμον. πάλιν τε αὖ κενοδοξίας ἐστὶ κυνικῆς καθάπερ τὸν Διομήδη ἐπιτηδεύειν εὕδειν, ὑπὸ δ᾿ ἔστρωται ῥινὸν βοὸς ἀγραύλοιο, πλὴν εἰ μὴ ἄρα ἡ περίστασις ἀναγκάζοι. ὁ δὲ Ὀδυσσεὺς τῆς νυμφιδίου κλίνης τὸ σκάζον λίθῳ ἐπανωρθοῦτο. τοσαύτη τις εὐτέλεια καὶ αὐτουργία οὐ παρὰ τοῖς ἰδιώταις μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ παρὰ τοῖς ἡγουμένοις τῶν παλαιῶν Ἑλλήνων ἠσκεῖτο. καὶ τί μοι τούτων λόγος; ὁ Ἰακὼβ ἐκάθευδεν χαμαὶ καὶ λίθος αὐτῷ προσκεφάλαιον ἦν· τότε καὶ τὴν ὄψιν τὴν ὑπὲρ ἄνθρωπον ἰδεῖν κατηξίωται. ἡμῖν δὲ χρηστέον ἀκολούθως τῷ λόγῳ ἀφελεῖ τῇ εὐνῇ καὶ λιτῇ σύμμετρον ἐχούσῃ τὸ παρηγοροῦν, εἰ θέρος εἴη, τὸ σκέπον, εἰ κρύος εἴη, τὸ θάλπον. ἡ κλίνη δὲ ἀπερίεργος ἔστω καὶ λείους ἐχέτω τοὺς πόδας· αἱ γὰρ περίεργοι τορνεύσεις τῶν ἑρπηστικῶν ἔσθ᾿ ὅτε γίγνονται τρίβοι ζῴων, περὶ τὰς ἐντομὰς τῆς τέχνης περιελισσομένων αὐτῶν καὶ μὴ ἀπολισθανόντων. μάλιστα δὲ τῆς κοίτης τὸ μαλθακὸν συμμέτρως ἀρρενιστέον. οὐ γὰρ ἔκλυσιν χρὴ τοῦ σώματος εἶναι παντελῆ τὸν ὕπνον, ἀλλὰ ἄνεσιν. διὸ καὶ παραλαμβάνεσθαί φημι δεῖν αὐτὸν οὐκ ἐπὶ ῥᾳθυμίᾳ, ἀλλ᾿ ἐπὶ τῇ τῶν πράξεων ἀναπαύλῃ. ἐπεγερτικῶς οὖν ἀπονυστακτέον. »ἔστωσαν«, γάρ φησιν, »ὑμῶν αἱ ὀσφύες περιεζωσμέναι καὶ οἱ λύχνοι καιόμενοι· καὶ ὑμεῖς ὅμοιοι ἀνθρώποις προσδεχομένοις τὸν κύριον αὐτῶν, πότε ἀναλύσει ἐκ τῶν γάμων, ἵνα ἐλθόντος καὶ κρούσαντος ἀνοίξωσιν εὐθέως αὐτῷ. μακάριοι οἱ δοῦλοι ἐκεῖνοι, οὓς ἐλθὼν ὁ κύριος ἐγρηγορότας εὕρῃ.« οὐδὲν γὰρ ἀνδρὸς ὄφελος καθεύδοντος ὥσπερ οὐδὲ τεθνεῶτος. διὸ πολλάκις καὶ τῆς νυκτὸς ἀνεγερτέον τῆς κοίτης καὶ τὸν θεὸν εὐλογητέον· μακάριοι γὰρ οἱ ἐγρηγορότες εἰς αὐτόν, σφᾶς αὐτοὺς ἀπεικάζοντες ἀγγέλοις, οὓς ἐγρηγόρους καλοῦμεν. »καθεύδων δὲ ἄνθρωπος οὐδεὶς οὐδενὸς ἄξιος, οὐδὲν μᾶλλον τοῦ μὴ ζῶντος·« ὁ δὲ τὸ φῶς ἔχων ἐγρήγορεν, καὶ ἡ σκοτία αὐτὸν οὐ καταλαμβάνει, οὐδὲ μὴν ὕπνος, ἐπεὶ μὴ σκότος. ἐγρήγορεν ἄρα πρὸς τὸν θεὸν ὁ πεφωτισμένος, ὁ δὲ τοιοῦτος ζῇ· »ὃ γὰρ γέγονεν ἐν αὐτῷ, ζωὴ ἦν.« »μακάριος ἄνθρωπος«, φησὶν ἡ σοφία, »ὃς εἰσακούσεταί μου, καὶ ἄνθρωπος, ὃς τὰς ἐμὰς ὁδοὺς φυλάσσει, ἀγρυπνῶν ἐπ᾿ ἐμαῖς θύραις καθ᾿ ἡμέραν, τηρῶν σταθμοὺς ἐμῶν εἰσόδων.« »ἄρ᾿ οὖν μὴ καθεύδωμεν ὡς οἱ λοιποί, ἀλλὰ γρηγορῶμεν«, φησὶν ἡ γραφή, »καὶ νήφωμεν. οἱ γὰρ καθεύδοντες νυκτὸς καθεύδουσιν, καὶ οἱ μεθύοντες νυκτὸς μεθύσκονται«, τουτέστιν ἐν τῷ τῆς ἀγνοίας σκότῳ, »ἡμεῖς δὲ ἡμέρας ὄντες νήφωμεν. πάντες γὰρ ὑμεῖς υἱοὶ φωτός ἐστε καὶ υἱοὶ ἡμέρας· οὐκ ἐσμὲν νυκτὸς οὐδὲ σκότους.« »ἀλλ᾿ ὅς ἐστιν ἡμῖν τοῦ ζῆν τοῦ ἀληθινοῦ καὶ τοῦ φρονεῖν γνησίως μάλιστα κηδεμών, ἐγρήγορε χρόνον ὡς πλεῖστον, τὸ μὲν πρὸς ὑγείαν αὐτοῦ μόνον φυλάττων ἐνταῦθα χρήσιμον· ἔστι δὲ οὐ πολύ, καλῶς εἰς ἔθος ἰόν.« μελέτη δὲ ἀσκήσεως ἀίδιον ἐγρήγορσιν ἐκ πόνων γεννᾷ. μὴ οὖν ἡμᾶς βαρείτων αἱ τροφαί, ἐπικουφιζόντων δέ, ἵν᾿ ὅτι μάλιστα μὴ βλαπτώμεθα τῷ ὕπνῳ, καθάπερ τῶν νηχομένων οἱ ἐξηρτημένοι τὰ βάρη, ἔμπαλιν δὲ οἷον ἐξ ἀβύσσου κάτωθεν τὸν νηφάλιον ἡμᾶς ἀνακουφίσῃ εἰς τὰς ἐπιπολὰς τῆς ἐγρηγόρσεως. ἔοικεν γὰρ ἡ τοῦ ὕπνου καταφορὰ θανάτῳ, δι᾿ ἄνοιαν εἰς ἀναισθησίαν ὑποφερομένη, τῶν βλεφάρων τῇ ἐπιμύσει τὸ φῶς ἀποτεμνομένη. τὸ οὖν φῶς τοῦτο οἱ τοῦ φωτὸς τοῦ ἀληθινοῦ υἱοὶ μὴ ἀποκλείσωμεν θύραζε, ἔνδον δὲ εἰς ἡμᾶς ἀποστρέψαντες, τοῦ κεκρυμμένου τὰς ὄψεις ἀνθρώπου φωτίσαντες τήν τε ἀλήθειαν αὐτὴν ἐποπτεύσαντες καὶ τῶν ταύτης ῥευμάτων μεταλαμβάνοντες, τοὺς ἀληθεῖς τῶν ὀνείρων ἐναργῶς καὶ φρονίμως ἀποκαλυπτώμεθα. ἐρυγαὶ δὲ οἰνοβαρούντων καὶ τῶν ἀποσεσαγμένων ταῖς τροφαῖς οἱ ῥωχμοὶ καὶ τὸ ῥέγχειν τοῖς στρώμασιν ἐνειλημένον γαστέρων τε στενοχωρουμένων βορβορυγμοὶ τὸ διορατικὸν τῆς ψυχῆς κατέχωσαν ὄμμα φαντασιῶν μυρίων τῆς διανοίας ἐμπιμπλαμένης. αἰτία δὲ ἡ περιττὴ τροφὴ τὸ λογιστικὸν εἰς ἀναισθησίαν καθέλκουσα. »ὕπνος γὰρ δὴ πολὺς οὔτε τοῖς σώμασιν οὔτε ταῖς ψυχαῖς ἡμῶν ὠφέλειαν ἐπιφέρων οὐδ᾿ αὐταῖς ταῖς περὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν πράξεσι πάντα ἁρμόττων ἐστίν, εἰ καὶ κατὰ φύσιν ἐστίν.« Λὼτ δὲ ὁ δίκαιος (παραπέμπομαι γὰρ νῦν τῆς παλιγγενεσίου οἰκονομίας τὴν ἐξήγησιν) οὐκ ἂν ἐπὶ τὴν ἄθεσμον ἐκείνην προήχθη μῖξιν μὴ οὐχὶ καταμεθυσθεὶς πρὸς τῶν θυγατέρων καὶ ὕπνῳ καρωθείς. ἢν οὖν τὰ αἴτια τῆς πολλῆς εἰς ὕπνον περικόπτωμεν καταφορᾶς, νηφαλιώτερον κοιμηθησόμεθα· »οὐ« γὰρ »χρὴ παννύχιον εὕδειν« τοὺς ἔνοικον ἔχοντας τὸν λόγον τὸν ἐγρήγορον· ἐπεγερτέον δὲ νύκτωρ, μάλιστα ὁπότε αἱ ἡμέραι φθίνουσιν· καὶ τῷ μὲν φιλολογητέον, τῷ δὲ τῆς αὐτοῦ τέχνης ἀπαρκτέον, γυναιξὶ δὲ ταλασίας ἐφαπτέον, πᾶσι δὲ ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν διαμαχητέον ἡμῖν πρὸς τὸν ὕπνον ἠρέμα ἐκ προσαγωγῆς ἐθίζουσιν, ὡς πλείονα χρόνον τοῦ ζῆν διὰ τὴν ἐγρήγορσιν μεταλαμβάνειν (ὁ γὰρ ὕπνος ὥσπερ τελώνης τὸν ἥμισυν ἡμῖν τοῦ βίου συνδιαιρεῖται χρόνον), πολλοῦ γε δεῖ μεθ᾿ ἡμέραν ἐπιτρέπειν καθεύδειν τοῖς καὶ τῆς νυκτὸς τὸ πλεῖστον εἰς ἐγρήγορσιν ἀποτεμνομένοις. ἄλυες δὲ καὶ νυσταγμοὶ καὶ διεκτάσεις καὶ χάσμαι δυσαρεστίαι ψυχῆς εἰσιν ἀβεβαίου.

Χρὴ δὲ καὶ τοῦτο ἐπὶ πᾶσιν εἰδέναι, ὡς οὐ ψυχῆς τὸ δεόμενον ὕπνου ἐστίν (ἀεικίνητος γὰρ αὕτη), ἀλλὰ τὸ σῶμα ἀναπαύλαις διαβασταζόμενον παρίεται, μὴ ἐνεργούσης ἔτι σωματικῶς τῆς ψυχῆς, ἀλλὰ καθ᾿ αὑτὴν ἐννοουμένης· ᾗ καὶ τῶν ὀνείρων οἱ ἀληθεῖς ὀρθῶς λογιζομένῳ νηφούσης εἰσὶ ψυχῆς λογισμοὶ ἀπερισπάστου τὸ τηνικάδε οὔσης περὶ τὰς τοῦ σώματος συμπαθείας καὶ αὐτῆς αὑτῇ τὰ κράτιστα συμβουλευούσης· ψυχῆς δὲ ὄλεθρος τὸ ἀτρεμῆσαι αὐτήν· διόπερ ἀεὶ τὸν θεὸν ἐννοουμένη διὰ τῆς συνεχοῦς προσομιλήσεως ἐγκαταλέγουσα τῷ σώματι τὴν ἐγρήγορσιν ἀγγελικῇ τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἐξισάζει χάριτι, τῆς ζωῆς τὸ ἀίδιον ἐκ τῆς τοῦ ἐγρηγορέναι μελέτης προσλαμβάνουσα.

2.10 Chapter X

Tempus autem opportunum conjunctionis solis iis relinquitur considerandum, qui juncti sunt matrimonio; qui autem matrimonio juncti sunt, iis scopus est et institutum, liberorum susceptio: finis autem, ut boni sint liberi: quemadmodum agricolæ seminis quidem dejectionis causa est, quod nutrimenti habendi curam gerat; agriculturæ autem finis est, fructuum perceptio. Multo autem melior est agricola, qui terram colit animatam: ille enim ed tempus alimentum expetens, hic vero ut universum permanent, curam gerens, agricolæofficio fungitur: et ille quidem propter se, hic vero propter Deum plantat ac seminat. Dixit enim: “Multiplicemini;” ubi hoc subaudiendum est: “Et ea ratione fit homo Dei imago, quatenus homo co-operatur ad generationem hominis.” Non est quælibet terra apta ad suscipienda semina: quod si etiam sit quælibet, non tamen eidem agricolæ. Neque vero seminandum est supra petram, neque semen est contumlia afficiendum, quod quidem dux est et princeps generationis, estque substantia, quæ simul habet insitas naturæ rationes. Quæ sunt autem secundum naturam rationes, absque ratione præternaturalibus mandando meatibus, ignominia afficere, valde est impium. Videte itaque quomodo sapientissimus Moyses infrugiferam aliquando sationem symbolice repulerit: “Non comedes, inquiens, leporem, nec hyænam.” Non vult homines esse qualitatis eorum participes, neque eis æqualem gustare libidinem: hæc enim animalia ad explendum coitum venereum feruntur insano quodam furore. Ac leporem quidem dicunt quotannis multiplicare anum, pro numero annorum, quos vixit, habentem foramina: et ea ratione dum leporis esum prohibet, significat se dehortari puerorum amorem. Hyænam autem vicissim singulis annis masculinum sexum mutare in femininum: significare autem non esse illi ad adulteria prorumpendum, qui ab hyæna abstinet.

Well, I also agree that the consummately wise Moses confessedly indicates by the prohibition before us, that we must not resemble these animals; but I do not assent to the explanation of what has been symbolically spoken. For nature never can be forced to change. What once has been impressed on it, may not be transformed into the opposite by passion. For passion is not nature, and passion is wont to deface the form, not to cast it into a new shape. Though many birds are said to change with the seasons, both in colour and voice, as the blackbird (κόσσυφος), which becomes yellow from black, and a chatterer from a singing-bird. Similarly also the nightingale changes by turns both its colour and note. But they do not alter their nature itself, so as in the transformation to become female from male. But the new crop of feathers, like new clothes, produces a kind of colouring of the feathers, and a little after it evaporates in the rigour of winter, as a flower when its colour fades. And in like manner the voice itself, injured by the cold, is enfeebled. For, in consequence of the outer skin being thickened by the surrounding air, the arteries about the neck being compressed and filled, press hard on the breath; which being very much confined, emits a stifled sound. When, again, the breath is assimilated to the surrounding air and relaxed in spring, it is freed from its confined condition, and is carried through the dilated, though till then obstructed arteries, it warbles no longer a dying melody, but now gives forth a shrill note; and the yoice flows wide, and spring now becomes the song of the voice of birds.

Nequaquam ergo credendum est, hyænam unquam mutare naturam: idem enim animal non habet simul ambo pudenda maris et feminæ, sicut nonnulli existimarunt, qui prodigiose hermaphroditos finxerunt, et inter marem et feminam, hanc masculo-feminam naturam innovarunt. Valde autem falluntur, ut qui non animadverterint, quam sit filiorum amans omnium mater et genetrix Natura: quoniam enim hoc animal, hyæna inquam, est salacissimum, sub cauda ante excrementi meatum, adnatum est ei quoddam carneum tuberculum, feminino pudendo figura persimile. Nullum autem meatum habet hæc figura carnis, qui in utilem aliquam desinat partem, vel in matricem inquam, vel in rectum intestinum: tantum habet magnam concavitatem, quæ inanem excipiat libidinem, quando aversi fuerint meatus, qui in concipiendo fetu occupati sunt. Hoc ipsum autem et masculo et feminæ hyænæ adnatum est, quod sit insigniter pathica: masculus enim vicissim et agit, et patitur: unde etiam rarissime inveniri potest hyæna femina: non enim frequenter concipit hoc animal, cum in eis largiter redundet ea, quæ præter naturam est, satio. Hac etiam ratione mihi videtur Plato in Phœdro, amorem puerorum repellens, eum appellate bestiam, quod frenum mordentes, qui se voluptatibus dedunt, libidinosi, quadrupedum cœunt more, et filios seminare conantur. Impios “autem tradidit Deus,” ut air Apostolus, “in perturbationes ignominiæ: nam et feminæeorum mutaverunt naturalem usum in eum, qui est procter naturam: similiter autem et masculi eorum, relicto usu naturali, exarserunt in desiderio sui inter se invicem, masculi in masculos turpitudinem operantes, et mercedem, quam oportuit, erroris sui in se recipientes.” At vero ne libidinosissimis quidem animantibus concessit natura in excrementi meatum semen immittere: urina enim in vesicam excernitur, humefactum alimentum in ventrum, lacryma vero in oculum, sanguis in venas, sordes in aures, mucus in hares defertur: fini autem recti intestini, sedes cohæret, per quam excrementa exponuntur. Sola ergo varia in hyænis natura, superfluo coitui superfluam hanc partem excogitavit, et ideo est etiam aliquantisper concavum, ut prurientibus partibus inserviat, exinde autem excæcatur concavitas: non fuit emm res fabricata ad generationem. Hinc nobis manifestum atque adeo in confesso est, vitandos esse cum masculis concubitus, et infrugiferas sationes, et Venerem præposteram, et quæ natura coalescere non possunt, androgynorum conjunctiones, ipsam naturam sequentibus, quæ id per partium prohibet constitutionem, ut quæ masculum non ad semen suscipiendum, sed ad id effundendum fecerit. Jeremias autem, hoc est, per ipsum loquens Spiritus, quando dicit: “Spelunca hyænæ facta est domus mea,” id quod ex mortuis constabat corporibus detestans alimentum, sapienti allegoria reprehendit cultum simulacrorum: vere enim oportet ab idolis esse puram domum Dei viventis. Rursus Moyses lepore quoque vesci prohibet. Omni enim tempore coit lepus, et salit, assidente femina, earn a tergo aggrediens: est enim ex iis, quæ retro insiliunt. Concipit autem singulis mensibus, et superfetat; init autem, et parit; postquam autem peperit, statim a quovis initur lepore (neque enim uno contenta est matrimonio) et rursus concipit, adhuc lactans: habet enim matricem, cui sunt duo sinus, et non unus solus matricis vacuus sinus, est ei sufficiens sedes ad receptaculure coitus (quidquid enim est vacuum, desiderat repleri); verum accidit, ut cure uterum gerunt, altera pars matricis desiderio teneatur et libidine furiat; quocirca fiunt eis superfetationes. A vehementibus ergo appetitionibus, mutuisque congressionibus, et cure prægnantibus feminis conjunctionibus, alternisque initibus, puerorumque stupris, adulteriis et libidine abstinere, hujus nos ænigmatis adhortata est prohibitio. Idcirco aperte, et non per renigmata Moyses prohibuit, “Non fornicaberis; non mœchaberis; pueris stuprum non inferes,” inquiens. Logi itaque præscriptum totis viribus observandum, neque quidquam contra leges ullo modo faciendum est, neque mandata sunt infirmanda. Malæenim. cupiditati nomen est ὕβρις, “petulantia;” et equum cupiditatis, “petulantem” vocavit Plato, cure legissit, “Facti estis mihi equi furentes in feminas.” Libidines autem supplicium notum nobis facient illi, qui Sodomam accesserunt, angeli. Li eos, qui probro illos afficere voluerunt, una cum ipsa civitate combusserunt, evidenti hoc indicio ignem, qui est fructus libidinis, describentes. Quæenim veteribus acciderunt, sicut ante diximus, ad nos admonendos scripta sunt, ne eisdem teneamur vitiis, et caveamus, ne in pœnas similes incidamus. Oportet autem filios existimare, pueros; uxores autem alienas intueri tanquam proprias filias: voluptates quippe continere, ventrique et iis quæ sunt infra ventrem, dominari, est maximi imperii. Si enim ne digitum quidem temere movere permittit sapienti ratio, ut confitentur Stoici, quomodo non multo magis iis, qui sapientiam persequuntur, in eam, qua coitur, particulam dominatus est obtinendus? Atque hac quidem de causa videtur esse nominatum pudendum, quod hac corporis parte magis, quam qualibet alia, cum pudore utendum sit; natura enim sicut alimentis, ita etiam legitimis nuptiis, quantum convenit, utile est, et decet, nobis uti permisit: permisit autem appetere liberorum procreationem. Quicumque autem, quod modum excedit, persequuntur, labuntur in eo quod est secundum naturam, per congressus, qui sunt præter leges, seipsos lædentes. Ante omnia enim recte habet, ut nunquam cure adolescentibus perinde ac cum feminis, Veneris utamur consuetudine. Et ideo “non esse in petris et lapidibus seminandum” dicit, qui a Moyse factus est philosophus, “quoniam nunquam actis radicibus genitalem sit semen naturam suscepturum.” Logos itaque per Moysen appertissime præcepit: “Et cure masculo non dormies feminino concubitu: est enim abominatio.” Accedit his, quod “ab omni quoque arvo feminino esse abstinendum” præterquam a proprio, ex divinis Scripturis colligens præclarus Plato consuluit lege illinc accepta: “Et uxori proximi tui non dabis concubitum seminis, ut polluaris apud ipsam. Irrita autem sunt et adulterina concubinarum semina. Ne semina, ubi non vis tibi nasci quod seminatum est. Neque ullam omnino tange mulierem, præterquam tuam ipsius uxorem,” ex qua sola tibi licet carnis voluptates percipere ad suscipiendam legitimam successionem. Hæc enim Logo sola sunt legitima. Eis quidem certe, qui divini muneris in producendo opificio sunt participes, semen non est abjiciendum, neque injuria afficiendum, neque tanquam si cornibus semen mandes seminandum est. Hic ipse ergo Moyses cum ipsis quoque prohibet uxoribus congredi, si forte eas detineant purgationes menstruæ. Non enim purgamento corporis genitale semen, et quod mox homo futurum est, polluere est æquum, nec sordido materiæ profluvio, et, quæ expurgantur, inquinamentis inundare ac obruere; semen autem generationis degenerat, ineptumque redditur, simatricis sulcis privetur. Neque vero ullum unquam induxit veterum Hebræorum cœuntem cum sua uxore prægnante. Sola enim voluptas, si quis ea etiam utatur in conjugio, est præter leges, et injusta, eta ratione aliena. Rursus autem Moyses abducit viros a prægnantibus, quousque pepererint. Revera enim matrix sub vesica quidem collocata, super intestinum autem, quod rectum appellatur, posita, extendit collum inter humeros in vesica; et os colli, in quod venit semen, impletum occluditur, illa autem rursus inanis redditur, cum partu purgata fuerit: fructu autem deposito, deinde semen suscipit. Neque vero nobis turpe est ad auditorum utilitatem nominare partes, in quibus fit fetus conceptio, quæ quidem Deum fabricari non puduit. Matrix itaque sitiens filiorum procreationem, semen suscipit, probrosumque et vituperandum negat coitum, post sationem ore clauso omnino jam libidinem excludens. Ejus autem appetitiones, quæ prius in amicis versabantur complexibus, intro conversæ, in procreatione sobolis occupatæ, operantur una cum Opifice. Nefas est ergo operantem jam naturam adhuc molestia afficere, superflue ad petulantem prorumpendo libidinem. Petulantia autem, quæ multa quidem habet nomina, et multas species, cure ad hanc veneream intemperantiam deflexerit, λαγνεία, id est “lascivia,” dicitur; quo nomine significatur libidinosa, publica, et incesta in coitum propensio: quæ cum aucta fuerit, magna simul morborum convenit multitudo, obsoniorum desiderium, vinolentia et amor in mulieres; luxus quoque, et simul universarum voluptatum studium; in quæ omnia tyrannidem obtinet cupidity. His autem cognatæ innumerabiles augentur affectiones, ex quibus mores intemperantes ad summum provehuntur. Dicit autem Scriptura: “Parantur intemperantibus flagella, et supplicia humeris insipientium:” vires intemperantiæ, ejusque constantem tolerantiam, vocans “humeros insipientium.” Quocirca, “Amove a servis tuis spes inanes, et indecoras,” inquit, “cupiditates averte a me. Ventris appetitio et coitus ne me apprehendant.”

Longe ergo sunt arcenda multifaria insidiatorum maleficia; non ad solam enim Cratetis Peram, sed etiam ad nostram civitatem non navigat stultus parasitus, nec scortator libidinosus, qui posteriori delectatur parte: non dolosa meretrix, nec ulla ejusmodi alia voluptatis bellua. Multa ergo nobis per totam vitam seminetur, quæ bona sit et honesta, occupatio. In summa ergo, vel jungi matrimonio, vel omnino a matrimonio purum esse oportet; in quæ stione enim id versatur, et hoc nobis declaratum est in libro De continentia. Quod si hoc ipsum, an ducenda sit uxor. veniat in considerationem: quomodo libere permittetur, quemadmodum nutrimento, ita etiam coitu semper uti, tanquam re necessaria? Ex eo ergo videri possunt nervi tanquam stamina distrahi, et in vehementi congressus intensione disrumpi. Jam vero offundit etiam caliginem sensibus, et vires enervat. Patet hoc et in animantibus rationis expertibus, et in iis, quæ in exercitatione versantur, corporibus; quorum hi quidem, qui abstinent, in certaminibus superant adversarios; illa vero a coitu abducta circumaguntur, et tantum non trahuntur, omnibus viribus et omni impetu tandem quasi enervata. “Parvam epilepsiam” dicebat “coitum” sophista Abderites morbum immedicabilem existimans. Annon enim consequuntur resolutiones, quæ exinanitionis ejusque, quod abscedit, magnitudini ascribuntur? “homo enim ex homine nascitur et evellitur.” Vide damni magnitudinem: totus homo per exinanitionem coitus abstrahitur. Dicit enim: Hoc nunc os ex ossibus meis, et caro ex came mea.” Homo ergo tantum exinanitur semine, quantus videtur corpore; est enim generationis initium id, quod recedit: quin etiam conturbat ebullitio materiæ et compagem corporis labefactat et commovet. Lepide ergo ille, qui interroganti, “Quomodo adhuc se haberet ad res venereas,” respondit: “Bona verba, quæ so: ego vero lubentissime isthinc, tanquam ab agresti et insano domino, profugi.” Verum concedatur quidem et admittatur matrimonium: vult enim Dominus humanum genus repleri; seal non dicit, Estote libidinosi: nec vos, tanquam ad coitum natos, voluit esse deditos voluptati. Pudore autem nos afficiat Pædagogus, clamans per Ezechielem: “Circumcidamini fornicationem vestram.” Aliquod tempus ad seminandum opportunum habent quoque rationis expertia animantia. Aliter autem coire, quam ad liberorum procreationem, est facere injuriam naturæ; qua quidem oportetmagistra, quas prudenter introducit temporis commoditates, diligenter observare, senectutem, inquam, et puerilem ætatem. His enim nondum concessit, illos autem non vult amplius uxores ducere. Seal non vult homines semper dare operam matrimonio. Matrimonium autem est filiorum procreationis appetitio, non inordinata seminis excretio, quæ est et præter leges eta ratione aliena. Secundum naturam autem nobis vita universa processerit, si et ab initio cupiditates contineamus, et hominum genus, quod ex divina providentia nascitur, improbis et malitiosis non tollamus artibus: eæenim, ut fornicatiohem celent, exitialia medicamenta adhibentes, quæ prorsus in perniciem ducunt, simul cum fetu omnem humanitatem perdunt. Cæterum, quibus uxores ducere concessum est, iis Pædagogo opus fuerit, ut non interdiu mystica naturæ celebrentur orgia, nec ut aliquis ex ecclesia, verbi gratia, aut ex foro mane rediens, galli more cœat, quando orationis, et lectionis, et eorum quæ interdiu facere convenit, operum tempus est. Vespere autem oportet post convivium quiescere, et post gratiarum actionem, quæ fit Deo pro bonis quæ percepimus. Non semper autem concedit tempus natura, ut peragatur congressus matrimonii; est enim eo desiderabilior conjunctio, quo diuturnior. Neque vero noctu, tanquam in tenebris, immodeste sese ac imtemperanter gerere oportet, sed verecundia, ut quæ sit lux rationis, in animo est includenda. Nihil enim a Penelope telam texente differemus, si interdiu quidem texamus dogmata temperantiæ; noctu autem ea resolvamus, cum in cubile venerimus. Si enim honestatem exercere oportet, multo magis tuæ uxori honestas est ostendenda, inhonestas vitando conjunctiones: et quod caste cum proximis verseris, fide dignum e domo adsit testimonium. Non enim potest aliquid honestum ab ea existimari, apud quam honestas in acribus illis non probatur certo quasi testimonio voluptatibus. Benevolentia autem quæ præceps fertur ad congressionem, exiguo tempore floret, et cum corpore consenescit; nonnunquam autem etiam præ senescit, flaccescente jam libidine, quando matrimonialem temperantiam meretriciæ vitiaverint libidines. Amantium enim corda sunt volucria, amorisque irritamenta exstinguuntur sæpe pœnitentia; amorque sæpe vertitur in odium, quando reprehensionera senserit satietas. Impudicorum vero verborum, et turpium figurarum, meretriciorumque osculomm, et hujusmodi lasciviarum nomina ne sunt quidem memoranda, beatum sequentibus Apostolum, qui aperte dicit: “Fornicatio autem et omnis immunditia, vel plura habendi cupiditas, ne nominetur quidem in vobis, sicut decet saneros.” Recte ergo videtur dixisse quispiam: “Nulli quidem profuit coitus, recte autem cum eo agitur, quem non læserit.” Nam et qui legitimus, est periculosus, nisi quatenus in liberorum procreatione versatur. De eo autem, qui est præter leges, dicit Scriptura: “Mulier meretrix apro similis reputabitur. Quæautem viro subjecta est, turris est mortis iis, qui ea utuntur.” Capro, vel apro, meretricis comparavit affectionem. “Mortem” autem dixit “quæ sitam,” adulterium, quod committitur in meretrice, quæ custoditur. “Domum” autem, et “urbem,” in qua suam exercent intemperantiam. Quin etiam quæ est apud vos pœtica, quodammodo ea exprobrans, scribit:—

Tecum et adulterium est, tecum coitusque nefandus, Fœdus, femineusque, urbs pessima, plane impura.

Econtra autem pudicos admiratur:—

Quos desiderium tenuit nec turpe cubilis Alterius, nec tetra invisaque stupra tulerunt Ulla unquam maribus.

For many think such things to be pleasures only which are against nature, such as these sins of theirs. And those who are better than they, know them to be sins, but are overcome by pleasures, and darkness is the veil of their vicious practices. For he violates his marriage adulterously who uses it in a meretricious way, and hears not the voice of the Instructor, crying, “The man who ascends his bed, who says in his soul, Who seeth me? darkness is around me, and the walls are my covering, and no one sees my sins. Why do I fear lest the Highest will remember?” Most wretched is such a man, dreading men’s eyes alone, and thinking that he will escape the observation of God. “For he knoweth not,” says the Scripture, “that brighter ten thousand times than the sun are the eyes of the Most High, which look on all the ways of men, and cast their glance into hidden parts.” Thus again the Instructor threatens them, speaking by Isaiah: “Woe be to those who take counsel in secret, and say, Who seeth us?” For one may escape the light of sense, but that of the mind it is impossible to escape. For how, says Heraclitus, can one escape the notice of that which never sets? Let us by no means, then, veil our selves with the darkness; for the light dwells in us. “For the darkness,” it is said, “comprehendeth it not.” And the very night itself is illuminated by temperate reason. The thoughts of good men Scripture has named “sleepless lamps;” although for one to attempt even to practice concealment, with reference to what he does, is confessedly to sin. And every one who sins, directly wrongs not so much his neighbour if he commits adultery, as himself, because he has committed adultery, besides making himself worse and less thought of. For he who sins, in the degree in which he sins, becomes worse and is of less estimation than before; and he who has been overcome by base pleasures, has now licentiousness wholly attached to him. Wherefore he who commits fornication is wholly dead to God, and is abandoned by the Word as a dead body by the spirit. For what is holy, as is right, abhors to be polluted. But it is always lawful for the pure to touch the pure. Do not, I pray, put off modesty at the same time that you put off your clothes; because it is never right for the just man to divest himself of continence. For, lo, this mortal shall put on immortality; when the insatiableness of desire, which rushes into licentiousness, being trained to self-restraint, and made free from the love of corruption, shall consign the man to everlasting chastity. “For in this world they marry and and are given in marriage.” But having done with the works of the flesh, and having been clothed with immortality, the flesh itself being pure, we pursue after that which is according to the measure of the angels.

Thus in the Philebus, Plato, who had been the disciple of the barbarian philosophy, mystically called those Atheists who destroy and pollute, as far as in them lies, the Deity dwelling in them—that is, the Logos—by association with their vices. Those, therefore, who are consecrated to God must never live mortally (θνητῶς). “Nor,” as Paul says, “is it meet to make the members of Christ the members of an harlot; nor must the temple of God be made the temple of base affections.” Remember the four and twenty thousand that were rejected for fornication. But the experiences of those who have committed fornication, as I have already said, are types which correct our lusts. Moreover, the Pædagogue warns us most distinctly: “Go not after thy lusts, and abstain from thine appetites; for wine and women will remove the wise; and he that cleaves to harlots will become more daring. Corruption and the worm shall inherit him, and he shall be held up as public example to greater shame.” And again—for he wearies not of doing good—“He who averts his eyes from pleasure crowns his life.”

Non est ergo justum vinci a rebus venereis, nec libidinibus stolide inhiare, nec a ratione alienis appetitionibus moveri, nec desiderare pollui. Ei autem soli, qui uxorem duxit, ut qui tunc sit agricola, serere permissum est; quando tempus sementem admittit. Adversus aliam autem intemperantiam, optimum quidem est medicamentum, ratio. Fert etiam auxilium penuria satietatis, per quam accensæ libidines prosiliunt ad voluptates.

Συνουσίας δὲ τὸν καιρὸν μόνοις τοῖς γεγαμηκόσιν ἀπολέλειπται σκοπεῖν, τοῖς δὲ γεγαμηκόσι σκοπὸς ἡ παιδοποιία, τέλος δὲ ἡ εὐτεκνία, καθάπερ καὶ τῷ γεωργῷ τῆς τῶν σπερμάτων καταβολῆς αἰτία μὲν ἡ τῆς τροφῆς προμήθεια, τέλος δὲ αὐτῷ τῆς γεωργίας ἡ τῶν καρπῶν συγκομιδή. μακρῷ δὲ ἀμείνων γεωργὸς ὁ ἔμψυχον σπείρων ἄρουραν· ὃ μὲν γὰρ ἐπικαίρου τροφῆς ὀριγνώμενος, ὃ δὲ τῆς τοῦ παντὸς διαμονῆς προμηθούμενος γεωργεῖ, καὶ ὃ μὲν δι᾿ ἑαυτόν, ὃ δὲ διὰ τὸν θεὸν φυτουργεῖ· »πληθύνεσθε« γὰρ εἴρηκεν, καὶ ὑπακουστέον· καὶ κατὰ τοῦτο εἰκὼν ὁ ἄνθρωπος γίνεται τοῦ θεοῦ, καθὸ εἰς γένεσιν ἀνθρώπου ἄνθρωπος συνεργεῖ. οὐ πᾶσα οὖν γῆ εὔθετος εἰς σπερμάτων ὑποδοχήν, εἰ δὲ καὶ πᾶσα, ἀλλ᾿ οὐχὶ τῷ αὐτῷ γεωργῷ· οὐδὲ μὴν εἰς πέτρας σπαρτέον οὐδὲ καθυβριστέον τὸ σπέρμα, ἀρχηγὸν γενέσεως οὐσίαν, συνεσπαρμένους ἔχουσαν τῆς φύσεως τοὺς λογισμούς· τοὺς δὲ κατὰ φύσιν λογισμοὺς ἀλόγως εἰς τοὺς παρὰ φύσιν καταισχύνειν πόρους ἄθεον κομιδῇ. ὁρᾶτε γοῦν ὁ πάνσοφος Μωσῆς ὅπως ποτὲ συμβολικῶς τὴν ἄκαρπον ἀποκρούεται σποράν, »οὐκ ἔδεσαι« λέγων »τὸν λαγὼν οὐδὲ τὴν ὕαιναν«. οὐ βούλεται τῆς ποιότητος αὐτῶν μεταλαμβάνειν τὸν ἄνθρωπον οὐδὲ μὴν τῆς ἴσης ἀσελγείας ἀπογεύσασθαι· κατακόρως γάρ τοι περὶ τὰς μίξεις τὰ ζῷα ταῦτα ἐπτόηνται· καὶ τὸν μὲν λαγὼ κατ᾿ ἔτος πλεονεκτεῖν φασι τὴν ἀφόδευσιν, ἰσαρίθμους οἷς βεβίωκεν ἔτεσιν ἴσχοντα τρύπας· ταύτῃ ἄρα τὴν κώλυσιν τῆς ἐδωδῆς τοῦ λαγὼ παιδεραστίας ἐμφαίνειν ἀποτροπήν· τὴν δὲ ὕαιναν ἐναλλὰξ ἀμείβειν τὸ ἄρρεν εἰς τὸ θῆλυ παρ᾿ ἔτος ἕκαστον, αἰνίττεσθαι δὲ μὴ χρῆν ἐπὶ μοιχείας ὁρμᾶν τὸν τῆς ὑαίνης ἀπεχόμενον. ἀλλὰ τὸ μὲν μὴ δεῖν ἐξομοιοῦσθαι τοῖσδε τοῖς ζῴοις διὰ τῆς προκειμένης ἀπαγορεύσεως ὁμολογουμένως τὸν πάνσοφον Μωσέα αἰνίττεσθαι σύμφημι κἀγώ· οὐ μέντοι τῇδε τῇ ἐξηγήσει τῶν συμβολικῶς εἰρημένων συγκατατίθεμαι. οὐ γὰρ ἄν ποτε βιασθείη φύσις εἰς μεταβολήν, τὸ δὲ ἅπαξ πεπλασμένον εἰς αὐτὴν οὐ θέμις ἀντιπλασθῆναι πάθει· τὸ γὰρ πάθος οὐ φύσις· παραχαράττειν δέ, οὐ μετακοσμεῖν τὸ πάθος εἴωθε τὴν πλάσιν· εἰ γὰρ καὶ τῶν ὀρνέων πολλὰ μεταβάλλειν κατὰ τὰς ὥρας λέγεται καὶ τὸ χρῶμα καὶ τὴν φωνήν (οἷον ὁ κόσσυφος ξανθὸς μὲν ἐκ μέλανος, παταγητικὸς δὲ ἐξ ᾠδικοῦ γινόμενος· ὡσαύτως δὲ καὶ ἡ ἀηδὼν καὶ τὸ χρῶμα καὶ τὴν ᾠδὴν συμμεταβάλλει ταῖς τροπαῖς), ἀλλ᾿ οὔτι γε τὴν φύσιν αὐτὴν ἀμείβουσιν, ὡς θῆλυ γίγνεσθαι ἐκ τοῦ ἄρρενος κατὰ μετασχηματισμόν· ἀλλ᾿ ἡ μὲν τῶν πτερῶν νεοφυΐα νεαρᾶς ἐσθῆτος δίκην ἐξανθεῖ βαφήν τινα πτερῶν, ὀλίγῳ δ᾿ ὕστερον διαπνεῖ κατὰ τὴν χειμέριον ἀπειλήν, καθάπερ ἄνθος μαραινομένης τῆς χρόας· ἡ φωνὴ δὲ καὶ αὐτὴ τὸν ὅμοιον τρόπον τῷ κρύει πεπονημένη μαραίνεται· πυκνουμένης γὰρ τῆς ἐπιφανείας ἐκ τοῦ περιέχοντος αἱ περὶ τὸν αὐχένα πιεζόμεναί τε καὶ πυκνούμεναι ἀρτηρίαι προσαναθλίβουσι τὸ πνεῦμα, στενοχωρούμενον δὲ ἄγαν τοῦτο πνιγόμενον ἀποδίδωσι τὸν ἦχον. αὖθις οὖν συνεξομοιούμενον τῷ περιέχοντι καὶ τῶ ἦρι συγχαλώμενον ἐλευθεροῦται μὲν τῆς στενοχωρίας τὸ πνεῦμα φερόμενον δι᾿ εὐρυχώρων τῶν τέως μεμυκότων [ἀρτηριῶν]· οὐ μινυρίζει δὲ ἔτι τὸ μέλος τὸ μεμαραμμένον, ἀνθεῖ δὲ ἤδη λιγυρὸν καὶ χεῖται πλατύτερον τὸ φθέγμα αὐτῶν, καὶ ἤδη γίνεται τῆς φωνῆς τῶν ὀρνέων ἔαρ ἡ ᾠδή.

Οὔκουν οὐδὲ τὴν ὕαιναν μεταβάλλειν τὴν φύσιν πιστευτέον ποτέ· οὐδὲ γὰρ αἰδοῖα ἔχει τὸ αὐτὸ ζῷον ἅμα ἄμφω, ἄρρενος καὶ θήλεος, καθὼς ὑπειλήφασί τινες, ἑρμαφροδίτους τερατολογοῦντες καὶ τρίτην ταύτην μεταξὺ θηλείας καὶ ἄρρενος ἀνδρόγυνον καινοτομοῦντες φύσιν. ἀπατῶνται δὲ εὖ μάλα τὸ φιλότεχνον τῆς παμμήτορος καὶ γενεσιουργοῦ φύσεως μὴ νοήσαντες· ἐπεὶ γάρ ἐστι τοῦτο λαγνίστατον τὸ ζῷον ἡ ὕαινα, ὑπὸ τὴν κέρκον πρὸ τοῦ πόρου τῆς περιττώσεως πέφυκεν αὐτῇ ἐξοχή τις σαρκικὴ παραπλησία τῷ σχήματι αἰδοίῳ θηλυκῷ· πόρον δὲ οὐδένα ἔχει τοῦτο τῆς σαρκὸς τὸ σχῆμα, εἴς τι χρειῶδες ἀπολήγοντα ἢ εἰς μήτραν ἢ εἰς ἀπευθυσμένον λέγω· μόνην δὲ ἄρα κοιλότητα ἔχει πολλήν, ᾗ τὴν λαγνείαν ὑποδέχεται τὴν κενήν, ὅταν ἀποστραφῶσι περὶ τὴν ἀποκύησιν ἀσχολούμενοι τῆς ἀποτέξεως οἱ πόροι. τὸ δὲ αὐτὸ τοῦτο ἄρρενί τε καὶ θηλείᾳ προσπέφυκεν ὑαίνῃ διὰ τὸν ὑπερβάλλοντα πασχητιασμόν· ἀλληλίζει γὰρ καὶ ὁ ἄρρην, ὅθεν καὶ σπανιαίτατα θήλειαν ἔστιν ὕαιναν λαβεῖν· οὐ γὰρ συνεχεῖς αἱ κυήσεις τῷ ζῴῳ γίγνονται τούτῳ πλεοναζούσης ἐν αὐτοῖς ἀδεῶς τῆς παρὰ φύσιν σπορᾶς. ταύτῃ μοι δοκεῖ καὶ ὁ Πλάτων ἐν Φαίδρῳ τὴν παιδεραστίαν ἀποκρουόμενος θηρίον αὐτὴν προσειπεῖν, ὅτι »τὸν χαλινὸν ἐνδακόντες« οἱ ταῖς ἡδοναῖς ἔκδοτοι λάγνοι »τετραπόδων νόμῳ βαίνουσι καὶ παιδοσπορεῖν ἐπιχειροῦσιν«· τοὺς δὲ ἀθέους »παρέδωκεν ὁ θεός«, ὥς φησιν ὁ ἀπόστολος, »εἰς πάθη ἀτιμίας· αἵ τε γὰρ θήλειαι αὐτῶν μετήλλαξαν τὴν φυσικὴν χρῆσιν εἰς τὴν παρὰ φύσιν, ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ οἱ ἄρρενες αὐτῶν ἀφέντες τὴν φυσικὴν χρῆσιν ἐξεκαύθησαν ἐν τῇ ὀρέξει αὐτῶν εἰς ἀλλήλους, ἄρρενες ἐν ἄρρεσι τὴν ἀσχημοσύνην κατεργαζόμενοι καὶ τὴν ἀντιμισθίαν, ἣν ἔδει, τῆς πλάνης αὐτῶν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς ἀπολαμβάνοντες.« καίτοι οὐδὲ τοῖς λαγνιστάτοις τῶν ζῴων συγκεχώρηκεν ἡ φύσις τὸν τῆς περιττώσεως πόρον ἐπιθοροῦν· τὸ μὲν γὰρ οὖρον εἰς κύστιν ἀποκρίνεται, ἡ δὲ ἐξυγρασμένη τροφὴ εἰς κοιλίαν, τὸ δάκρυον δὲ εἰς ὄμμα, αἷμα εἰς φλέβας, ῥύπος εἰς ὦτα, μύξαι ἐπὶ τὰς ῥῖνας καταφέρονται· συνεχὴς δὲ ἡ ἕδρα τῷ πέρατι τοῦ ἀπευθυσμένου, δι᾿ ᾗς ἀποπτύεται τὰ περιττώματα. μόνον δὲ ἄρα ἐπὶ τῶν ὑαινῶν ἡ ποικίλη φύσις ταῖς ὀχείαις ταῖς περιτταῖς μόριόν τι τοῦτο ἐπινενόηκεν περιττόν. διὸ καὶ μέχρι τινὸς κοῖλόν ἐστιν εἰς διακονίαν κνηστιώντων μορίων, ἀποτυφλοῦται δὲ ἐντεῦθεν ἡ κοιλότης· οὐ γὰρ εἰς γένεσιν δεδημιούργηται. ἐντεῦθεν συμφανὲς ἡμῖν ὁμολογουμένως παραιτεῖσθαι δεῖν τὰς ἀρρενομιξίας καὶ τὰς ἀκάρπους σπορὰς καὶ τὰς κατόπιν εὐνὰς καὶ τὰς ἀσυμφυεῖς ἀνδρογύνους κοινωνίας, ἑπομένους τῇ φύσει αὐτῇ ἀπαγορευούσῃ διὰ τῆς τῶν μορίων κατασκευῆς, οὐκ εἰς παραδοχὴν σπέρματος, εἰς δὲ τὴν πρόεσιν αὐτοῦ τὸ ἄρρεν ἀνδρωσάσῃ. ὁ δὲ Ἱερεμίας ὁπηνίκα ἂν φῇ, τοῦτ᾿ ἔστι δι᾿ αὐτοῦ τὸ πνεῦμα, »σπήλαιον ὑαίνης γέγονεν ὁ οἶκός μου«, τὴν ἐκ τῶν νεκρῶν σωμάτων μυσαττόμενος τροφὴν ἀλληγορίᾳ σοφῇ τὴν εἰδωλολατρείαν διαβέβληκε· δεῖ γὰρ ὡς ἀληθῶς ἁγνὸν εἰδώλων τὸν τοῦ ζῶντος οἶκον εἶναι θεοῦ.

Πάλιν ὁ Μωσῆς καὶ τὸν λαγὼ ἐσθίειν ἀπαγορεύει· ὀχεύει πᾶσαν τὴν ὥραν ὁ λαγώς, καὶ ἐπιβαίνει συγκαθεσθείσης τῆς θηλείας κατόπιν ἐπιών· ἔστι γὰρ ὀπισθοβατικόν· κυεῖ δὲ κατὰ μῆνα καὶ ἐπικυΐσκεται· ὀχεύεται δὲ καὶ τίκτει, τεκοῦσα δὲ εὐθὺς ὀχεύεται ὑφ᾿ οὗ ἂν τύχῃ λαγωοῦ· οὐ γὰρ ἑνὶ ἀρκεῖται γάμῳ. καὶ συλλαμβάνει πάλιν ἔτι θηλαζομένη· ἔχει γὰρ τὴν ὑστέραν δικρόαν. καὶ οὐχὶ τὸ κένωμα μόνον τῆς ὑστέρας ἱκανὸν αὐτῇ γίνεται συνουσίας ὁρμητήριον· τὸ γὰρ κενὸν πᾶν ἐπιθυμεῖ πληρώσεως· συμβαίνει δ᾿, ὅταν κυῶσι, θάτερον μέρος τῆς ὑστέρας κατέχεσθαι τῇ ἐπιθυμίᾳ καὶ ὀργᾶν. διὰ τοῦτο ἐπικυήσεις γίνονται αὐτοῖς. ἀπέχεσθαι τοίνυν σφοδρῶν τε ὀρέξεων καὶ ἐπαλλήλων συνουσιῶν καὶ τῆς πρὸς τὰς ἐγκύους ὁμιλίας καὶ ἀλληλοβασίας καὶ παιδοφθορίας καὶ μοιχείας καὶ λαγνείας ἡ τοῦ αἰνίγματος τοῦδε ἀπαγόρευσις παρῄνεσεν.

Ταύτῃ τοι ἀναφανδόν, οὐ δι᾿ αἰνιγμάτων ἔτι, ὁ αὐτὸς ἀπηγόρευσεν Μωυσῆς γυμνῇ τῇ κεφαλῇ, »οὐ πορνεύσεις, οὐ μοιχεύσεις, οὐ παιδοφθορήσεις« λέγων. τὸ δὴ διάταγμα τοῦ λόγου παντὶ διατηρητέον σθένει, καὶ οὐδὲν οὐδαμῶς παρανομητέον, οὐδὲ ἀκυρωτέον τὰς ἐντολάς· ἐπιθυμίᾳ γὰρ κακῇ ὄνομα ὕβρις, καὶ τὸν τῆς ἐπιθυμίας ἵππον »ὑβριστὴν« ὁ Πλάτων προσεῖπεν, »ἵπποι θηλυμανεῖς ἐγενήθητέ μοι« ἀναγνούς. τὴν δὲ ἐπὶ τῇ ὕβρει δίκην γνωριοῦσιν ὑμῖν οἱ εἰς τὰ Σόδομα παραγεγονότες ἄγγελοι. οὗτοι τοὺς περᾶν ἐθελήσαντας σφᾶς [ἐπαισχῦναι] αὐτῇ πόλει κατέφλεξαν, δεῖγμα ἐναργὲς τοῦτο, λαγνείας ἐπικάρπιον τὸ πῦρ, ὑπογράφοντες· τὰ γὰρ τῶν παλαιῶν συμπτώματα, ὡς καὶ πρόσθεν εἴπομεν, εἰς τὴν ἡμετέραν ἀναγεγράφαται νουθεσίαν, ὡς μὴ τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἐνσχεθῆναι, φυλάξασθαι δὲ μὴ περιπεσεῖν τοῖς ἴσοις. χρὴ δὲ υἱοὺς μὲν ἡγεῖσθαι τοὺς παῖδας, εἰς δὲ τὰς γυναῖκας τὰς ἀλλοτρίας ὡς ἰδίας ἀφορᾶν θυγατέρας κρατεῖν τε ἡδονῶν γαστρός τε ἔτι καὶ τῶν ὑπὸ γαστέρα δεσπόζειν ἀρχικώτατον. εἰ γὰρ οὐδὲ τὸν δάκτυλον ὡς ἔτυχε σαλεύειν τῷ σοφῷ ὁ λόγος ἐπιτρέπει, ὡς ὁμολογοῦσιν οἱ Στωϊκοί, πῶς οὐχὶ πολὺ πλέον τοῦ συνουσιαστικοῦ ἐπικρατητέον μορίου τοῖς σοφίαν διώκουσιν; ταύτῃ μοι δοκεῖ καὶ ὠνομάσθαι αἰδοῖον, ὅτι χρὴ παντὸς μᾶλλον τούτῳ τοῦ σώματος τῷ μέρει χρῆσθαι μετὰ αἰδοῦς· ἡ γὰρ φύσις ὥσπερ καὶ ταῖς τροφαῖς, οὕτω δὲ καὶ τοῖς κατὰ νόμον γάμοις ὅσον οἰκεῖον καὶ χρήσιμον καὶ εὐπρεπὲς ἐπέτρεψεν ἡμῖν, ἐπέτρεψεν δὲ ὀρέγεσθαι παιδοποιίας. ὅσοι δὲ τὴν ὑπερβολὴν διώκουσι, πταίουσι περὶ τὸ κατὰ φύσιν, σφᾶς αὐτοὺς βλάπτοντες κατὰ τὰς παρανόμους συνουσίας. ἔχει γὰρ ὀρθῶς παντὸς μᾶλλον μή ποτε κοινωνεῖν καθάπερ θηλειῶν πρὸς μῖξιν ἀφροδισίων τοῖς νέοις. διὸ καὶ »μὴ εἰς πέτρας τε καὶ λίθους σπείρειν«, φησὶν ὁ ἐκ Μωυσέως φιλόσοφος, »ὅτι μήποτε φύσιν τὴν αὑτοῦ ῥιζωθὲν λήψεται γόνιμον«. πάνυ γοῦν ἐμφανέστατα διὰ Μωυσέως ὁ λόγος παρήγγειλεν· »καὶ μετὰ ἄρρενος οὐ κοιμηθήσῃ κοίτην γυναικείαν, βδέλυγμα γάρ ἐστι.« πρὸς δὲ καὶ »ἀρούρας θηλείας ἀπέχεσθαι πάσης«, ὅτι μὴ τῆς ἰδίας, ὁ καλὸς ἐκ τῶν θείων ἀναλεγόμενος γραφῶν συνεβούλευσεν Πλάτων ἐκεῖθεν τὸ νόμιμον ἐκλαβών· »καὶ πρὸς τὴν γυναῖκα τοῦ πλησίον σου οὐ δώσεις κοίτην σοῦ σπέρματος τοῦ ἐκμιανθῆναι πρὸς αὐτήν.« »ἄθυτα δὲ παλλακίδων σπέρματα καὶ νόθα.« μὴ σπεῖρε οὗ »μὴ βούλοιο ἄν σοι φύεσθαι τὸ σπαρέν·« μηδὲ μὴν »ἅπτεσθαί τινος πλὴν γαμετῆς τὸ παράπαν τῆς ἑαυτοῦ γυναικός«, ἐξ ἧς μόνης καρποῦσθαι τὰς σαρκὸς ἡδονὰς δίκαιον εἰς διαδοχὰς γνησίας. νόμιμα γὰρ ταῦτα μόνα τῷ λόγῳ. θείας γέ τοι μοίρας τῆς δημιουργικῆς μεταλαβόντας σπέρμα οὐκ ἐκριπτέον οὐδὲ καθυβριστέον οὐδὲ μὴν κερασβόλα σπαρτέον. ὁ γοῦν αὐτὸς οὗτος Μωυσῆς καὶ ταῖς γαμεταῖς αὐταῖς ἀπαγορεύει πλησιάζειν, ἢν ταῖς ἐπιμηνίοις καθάρσεσιν ἐνεσχημέναι τύχωσιν. οὐ γάρ πω εὔλογον τῷ ἀποκαθάρματι τοῦ σώματος τὸ γονιμώτατον τοῦ σπέρματος καὶ μετ᾿ ὀλίγον ἄνθρωπον ὂν μολύνειν οὐδὲ μὴν ἀποκλύζειν τῷ ῥυπαρῷ τῆς ὕλης ῥεύματι καὶ ἀποκαθάρματι σπέρμα [δὲ] γενέσεως εὐφυοῦς τῶν τῆς μήτρας ἀποστερούμενον αὐλάκων. οὐδέ τινα τῶν παλαιῶν Ἑβραίων ἐγκύμονι τῇ αὑτοῦ γυναικὶ συνιόντα παρήγαγεν· ψιλὴ γὰρ ἡδονή, κἂν ἐν γάμῳ παραληφθῇ, παράνομός ἐστι καὶ ἄδικος καὶ ἄλογος· ἔμπαλιν δὲ ὁ Μωυσῆς ἀπάγει τῶν ἐγκύων τοὺς ἄνδρας ἄχρις ἂν ἀποκυήσωσιν· τῷ ὄντι γὰρ ἡ ὑστέρα ὑποκειμένη μὲν τῇ κύστει, ἐπικειμένη δὲ τῷ ἐντέρῳ τῷ καλουμένῳ ἀρχῷ ἐκτείνει τὸν τράχηλον μεταξὺ τῶν ὤμων ἐν τῇ κύστει, καὶ τὸ στόμιον τοῦ τραχήλου, ᾧ προσίεται τὸ σπέρμα, πεπληρωμένον μέμυκεν, αὖθίς τε ἀποκενοῦται καθαιρομένη κυήσει, ἀποθεμένη δὲ τὸν καρπὸν εἶτα ἐπιδέχεται τὸν σπόρον. οὐκ αἰσχρὸν δὲ ἡμῖν ἐπ᾿ ὠφελείᾳ τῶν ἀκουόντων τὰ κυητικὰ ὀνομάζειν ὄργανα, ὧν οὐκ ἐπῃσχύνθη τὴν δημιουργίαν ὁ θεός. διψῶσα τοίνυν ἡ ὑστέρα παιδοποιίας προσίεται τὴν σποράν, καὶ τὸ ἐπίψογον τῆς συνουσίας ἀρνεῖται, μετὰ τὴν σπορὰν ἀποκλείουσα τέλεον ἤδη τὴν ἀσέλγειαν μεμυκότι τῷ στόματι. αἱ δὲ ὀρέξεις αὐτῆς αἱ τέως περὶ τὰς φιλοστόργους συμπλοκὰς δεδονημέναι, ἀποστραφεῖσαι, ἔνδον περὶ τὴν παιδοποιίαν ἀσχολούμεναι συνεργοῦσι τῷ δημιουργῷ. οὐ δὴ θέμις ἐργαζομένην τὴν φύσιν ἤδη ἐνοχλεῖν ἔτι, περιττεύοντας εἰς ὕβριν· ὕβρις δέ, ἡ πολυώνυμος καὶ πολυειδής, ἐπειδὰν ἐκτραπῇ κατὰ τοῦτο τῆς ἀταξίας τὸ μέρος τὸ κατὰ τὴν ἀφροδίτην, λαγνεία κέκληται, τὸ λαϊκὸν καὶ δημῶδες καὶ τὸ ἄναγνον. τὸ περὶ τὰς ὀχείας [τὸ] καταφερές, ἐμφαίνοντος τοῦ ὀνόματος, ἐξ ὧν αὐξηθέντων τὸ πολὺ τῶν νοσημάτων πλῆθος ἐπισυμβαίνει, φιλοψία, φιλοινία, φιλογυνία, καὶ δὴ καὶ ἀσωτία καὶ φιληδονία πᾶσα, ὧν τυραννεύει ἐπιθυμία. μυρία δε τούτοις αὔξεται ἀδελφὰ παθήματα, ἐξ ὧν τὸ ἀκόλαστον κορυφοῦται ἦθος· λέγει δὲ ἡ γραφή· »ἑτοιμάζονται ἀκολάστοις μάστιγες καὶ τιμωρίαι ὤμοις ἀφρόνων«, τὴν ἰσχὺν τῆς ἀκολασίας καὶ τὴν εὔτονον ὑπομονὴν »ὤμους ἀφρόνων« καλοῦσα. διὰ τοῦτό τοι »ἀπόστησον ἀπὸ τῶν δούλων σου ἐλπίδας κενάς, καὶ ἐπιθυμίας«, φησίν, »ἀπρεπεῖς ἀπόστρεψον ἀπ᾿ ἐμοῦ, κοιλίας ὄρεξις καὶ συνουσιασμὸς μὴ καταλαβέτωσάν με«. πόρρωθεν οὖν ἀπερύκειν χρὴ τὴν πολλὴν τῶν ἐπιβούλων κακουργίαν· οὐ γὰρ εἰς τὴν Κράτητος πήραν μόνον, ἀλλ᾿ οὐδὲ εἰς τὴν ἡμετέραν πόλιν »εἰσπλεῖ οὐ μωρὸς παράσιτος οὐδὲ λίχνος πόρνος πυγῇ ἀγαλλόμενος, οὐ δολερὰ πόρνη,« ἀλλ᾿ οὐδὲ ἄλλο τι τοιοῦτον ἡδονῆς θηρίον. πολλὴ οὖν ἡμῖν ἐγκατεσπάρθω παρ᾿ ὅλον τὸν βίον ἀξιοπραγία.

Καθόλου μὲν οὖν εἰ γαμητέον ἢ γάμου εἰς τὸ παντελὲς καθαρευτέον (ἔχεται γὰρ ζητήσεως καὶ τοῦτο), ἐν τῷ Περὶ ἐγκρατείας ἡμῖν δεδήλωται. εἰ δὲ αὐτὸ τοῦτο, εἰ γαμητέον, ἐδέησε σκέψεως, πῶς ἂν ἐπιτραπείη ἀνέδην καθάπερ τροφῇ, οὕτω δὲ καὶ συνουσίᾳ ὡς ἀναγκαίῳ κεχρῆσθαι ἑκάστοτε; ἔστι γοῦν συνιδεῖν ἐξ αὐτῆς καθάπερ στήμονας τὰ νεῦρα διαφορούμενα καὶ περὶ τὴν ἐπίτασιν τῆς ὁμιλίας διαρρηγνύμενα· ναὶ μὴν καὶ ἀχλὺν περισκεδάννυσι τοῖς αἰσθητηρίοις, κόπτει δὲ καὶ τοὺς τόνους. σαφὲς τοῦτο καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἀλόγων ζῴων καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἐν ἀσκήσει σωμάτων, ὧν οἱ ἀπεχόμενοι ἐν τοῖς ἀγῶσι τῶν ἀντιπάλων περιγίνονται, τὰ δὲ ἀπάγεται τῆς ὀχείας περιελκόμενα, μονονουχὶ συρόμενα, ἰσχύος ἁπάσης καὶ ὁρούσεως τέλεον κεκενωμένα. »μικρὰν ἐπιληψίαν« τὴν συνουσίαν ὁ Ἀβδηρίτης ἔλεγεν σοφιστής, νόσον ἀνίατον ἡγούμενος. ἦ γὰρ οὐχὶ καὶ ἐκλύσεις παρέπονται τῷ μεγέθει τῆς ἀπουσίας ἀνατιθέμεναι; »ἄνθρωπος γὰρ ἐξ ἀνθρώπου ἐκφύεταί τε καὶ ἀποσπᾶται.« ὅρα τὸ μέγεθος τῆς βλάβης. ὅλος ἄνθρωπος ἀποσπᾶται κατὰ συνουσίας ἀπουσίαν· φησὶ γάρ· »τοῦτο νῦν ὀστοῦν ἐκ τῶν ὀστέων μου καὶ σὰρξ ἐκ τῆς σαρκός μου.« τοσοῦτον ἄρα ὁ ἄνθρωπος κενοῦται τῷ σπέρματι, ὅσος ὁρᾶται τῷ σώματι· ἀρχὴ γὰρ γενέσεως τὸ ἀπαλλαττόμενον. ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς ὕλης ὁ βρασμὸς ἐκταράττει καὶ συγκρούει τὴν ἁρμονίαν τοῦ σώματος. ἀστεῖος οὖν μάλα ἐκεῖνος ὁ πρὸς τὸν ἐρόμενον πῶς ἔχοι πρὸς τὰ ἀφροδίσια, »εὐφήμει«, φήσας, »ἄνθρωπε, ἀσμενέστατα μέντοι αὐτὰ ἀπέφυγον ὥσπερ λυττῶντα καὶ ἄγριον δεσπότην.« ἀλλ᾿ ἐγκεκρίσθω δὴ ὁ γάμος καὶ ἐγκατατετάχθω· »πληθύνεσθαι« γὰρ ὁ κύριος βούλεται τὴν ἀνθρωπότητα, ἀλλ᾿ οὐκ »ἀσελγαίνετε« λέγει οὐδὲ σφᾶς αὐτοὺς καθάπερ εἰς ὀχείαν γεγονότας ἐκδίδοσθαι ἡδοναῖς ἠθέλησεν. δυσωπείτω δὲ ἡμᾶς ὁ παιδαγωγὸς δι᾿ Ἐζεκιὴλ βοῶν »περιτέμνεσθε τὴν πορνείαν ὑμῶν«. ἔχει τινὰ καιρὸν εὔθετον εἰς σπόρον καὶ τὰ ἄλογα τῶν ζῴων. τὸ δὲ μὴ εἰς παίδων γονὴν συνιέναι ἐνυβρίζειν ἐστὶ τῇ φύσει, ἣν χρὴ διδάσκαλον ἐπιγραφομένους τὰς σοφὰς τοῦ καιροῦ ἐπιτηρεῖν παιδαγωγίας, τὸ γῆρας λέγω καὶ τὴν παιδικὴν ἡλικίαν, παρεισάγουσαν (τοῖς μὲν γὰρ οὐδέπω συνεχώρησεν, τοὺς δὲ οὐκέτι βούλεται γαμεῖν), πλὴν οὐ πάντοτε γαμεῖν. γάμος δὲ ἡ παιδοποιίας ὄρεξις, οὐχ ἡ τοῦ σπέρματος ἄτακτος ἔκκρισις ἡ παράνομος καὶ ἡ παράλογος. κατὰ φύσιν δ᾿ ἂν ἡμῖν χωροίη ὁ βίος ἅπας κρατοῦσι τῶν ἐπιθυμιῶν ἄνωθεν μὴ κτείνουσί τε τὸ ἐκ προνοίας θεϊκῆς φυόμενον τῶν ἀνθρώπων γένος κακοτέχνοις μηχαναῖς· αὗται γὰρ πορνείας ἐπικαλύμματι τοῖς ἐς παντελῆ κατασπῶσι φθορὰν φθορίοις συγχρώμεναι φαρμάκοις ἐξαμβλίσκουσιν ἅμα τῷ ἐμβρύῳ τὴν φιλανθρωπίαν. ἀλλ᾿ οἷς γε συγκεχώρηται γῆμαι, τούτοις ἐδέησεν παιδαγωγοῦ, ὡς μὴ μεθ᾿ ἡμέραν τὰ μυστικὰ τῆς φύσεως ἐκτελεῖσθαι ὄργια μηδὲ ἐξ ἐκκλησίας, φέρε, ἢ ἀγορᾶς ἥκοντα ἑωθινὸν ἀλεκτρυόνος ὀχεύειν δίκην, ὁπηνίκα εὐχῆς καὶ ἀναγνώσεως καὶ τῶν μεθ᾿ ἡμέραν εὐεργῶν ἔργων ὁ καιρός· ἑσπέρας δὲ ἀναπαύσασθαι καθήκει μετὰ τὴν ἑστίασιν καὶ μετὰ τὴν ἐπὶ ταῖς ἀπολαύσεσιν εὐχαριστίαν. οὐκ ἀεὶ δὲ καιρὸν ἐνδίδωσιν ἡ φύσις τὴν ἔντευξιν τοῦ γάμου τελειοῦσθαι· καὶ γὰρ ποθεινοτέρα ἡ χρονιωτέρα συμπλοκή. οὐ μὴν οὐδ᾿ ὡς ἐν σκότῳ νύκτωρ ἀκολαστητέον, ἀλλ᾿ ἐγκαθειρκτέον τῇ ψυχῇ τὸ αἰδῆμον οἱονεὶ φῶς τοῦ λογισμοῦ· οὐδὲν γὰρ τῆς ἱστουργούσης Πηνελόπης διοίσομεν, μεθ᾿ ἡμέραν μὲν τὰ σωφροσύνης ἐξυφαίνοντες δόγματα, νυκτὸς δὲ ἀναλύοντες, ἐπὴν εἰς κοίτην ἴωμεν· εἰ γὰρ σεμνότητα ἀσκητέον, ὥσπερ οὖν, πολὺ πλέον τῇ γυναικὶ τῇ ἑαυτοῦ τὴν σεμνότητα ἐπιδεικτέον τὰς ἀσχήμονας συμπλοκὰς παραιτούμενον καὶ τῆς πρὸς τοὺς πλησίον ἡ ἐχέγγυος πίστις οἴκοθεν παραγινέσθω. οὐ γὰρ ἔστιν, οὐκ ἔστι σεμνὸν παρ᾿ ἐκείνῃ νομισθῆναι, παρ᾿ ᾗ τὸ σεμνὸν οὐκ ἐμμάρτυρον δείκνυται ἐν αὐταῖς ἐκείναις ταῖς ὀξείαις ἡδοναῖς. εὔνοια δὲ ὀλισθηρῶς εἰς συνουσίαν ἔχειν ὁμολογοῦσα ὀλίγον ἀνθεῖ καὶ συγγηράσκει τῷ σώματι, ἔσθ᾿ ὅτε δὲ καὶ προγηράσκει μαρανθείσης τῆς ἐπιθυμίας, ὁπόταν τὴν γαμήλιον σωφροσύνην ἑταιρικαὶ καθυβρίσωσιν ἡδοναί· πτηναὶ γὰρ αἱ τῶν ἐρώντων καρδίαι καὶ σβέννυται μετανοίᾳ τὰ φίλτρα, τρέπεται δὲ πολλάκις τὸ φιλεῖν εἰς τὸ μισεῖν, ὁπόταν αἴσθηται τῆς καταγνώσεως ὁ κόρος.

Ῥημάτων δὲ ἀκολάστων καὶ σχημάτων ἀσχημόνων ἑταιρικῶν τε φιλημάτων [ὀνόματα πορνικὰ] καὶ τοιουτωνί τινων λαγνευμάτων οὐδὲ ἐπιμνηστέον, τῷ μακαρίῳ πειθομένοις ἀποστόλῳ, διαρρήδην λέγοντι· »πορνεία δὲ καὶ ἀκαθαρσία πᾶσα ἢ πλεονεξία μηδὲ ὀνομαζέσθω ἐν ὑμῖν, καθὼς πρέπει ἁγίοις.« εὖ γοῦν τις εἰρηκέναι φαίνεται· »συνουσία ὤνησεν μὲν οὐδένα, ἀγαπητὸν δὲ εἰ μὴ ἔβλαψεν.« ἡ μὲν γὰρ κατὰ νόμον σφαλερά, εἰ μὴ ὅσον αὐτῆς ἐπὶ παιδοποιίᾳ, περὶ δὲ τῆς παρανόμου ἡ γραφὴ λέγει· »γυνὴ μισθία ἴση σιάλῳ λογισθήσεται, ὕπανδρος δὲ πύργος θανάτου τοῖς χρωμένοις.« κάπρῳ ἢ συῒ τὸ ἑταιρικὸν ἀπείκασε πάθος, θάνατον δὲ ζητούμενον εἴρηκεν τὴν μοιχείαν ἐπὶ πόρνῃ τηρουμένῃ. οἶκον δὲ καὶ πόλιν, ἐν ᾗ ἀσελγαίνουσιν, [ναὶ μὴν] καὶ ἡ παρ᾿ ὑμῖν ποιητικὴ ὀνειδίζουσά πως γράφει· μοιχεῖαι παρὰ σοί τε καὶ ἀνδρῶν μῖξις ἄθεσμος θηλυγενὴς ἄδικός τε, κακὴ πόλι, πάντ᾿ ἀκάθαρτε· ἔμπαλιν δὲ ἄγαται τοὺς σώφρονας· οὔτε ἐπ᾿ ἀλλοτρίᾳ κοίτῃ πόθον αἰσχρὸν ἔχοντας οὐδὲ ἐπ᾿ ἄρρενος ὕβριν ἀπεχθέα τε στυγερήν τε ὁρμωμένους, ὅτι παρὰ φύσιν· ταύτας ἡγοῦνται οἱ πολλοὶ τρυφάς, τὰς ἑαυτῶν ἁμαρτίας, οἱ δὲ τούτων ἐπιεικέστεροι γνωρίζουσι μὲν οὔσας αὐτὰς ἁμαρτίας, ἡττῶνται δὲ τῶν ἡδονῶν. καὶ τὸ σκότος αὐτοῖς ἐστι προκάλυμμα τῶν παθῶν· μοιχεύει γὰρ τὸν ἑαυτοῦ γάμον ὁ ἐταιριζόμενος αὐτόν, καὶ οὐκ ἀκούει τοῦ παιδαγωγοῦ βοῶντος· »ὁ ἄνθρωπος ὁ ἀναβαίνων ἐπὶ τῆς κλίνης αὐτοῦ, ὁ λέγων ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ· τίς με ὁρᾷ; σκότος κύκλῳ μου, καὶ οἱ τοῖχοι σκέπη μου, καὶ οὐδεὶς βλέπει τὰς ἁμαρτίας μου· τί εὐλαβοῦμαι; μὴ μνησθήσεται ὁ ὕψιστος.« ταλάντατος μὲν οὗτος, ὁφθαλμοὺς ἀνθρώπων δεδιὼς μόνους, λήσειν δὲ τὸν θεὸν ὑπονοῶν. »οὐ γὰρ γινώσκει«, φησὶν ἡ γραφή, »ὅτι ὁφθαλμοὶ κυρίου ὑψίστου μυριοπλασίως ἡλίου φωτεινότεροί εἰσιν, οἳ ἐπιβλέπουσι πάσας ὁδοὺς ἀνθρώπων καὶ κατανοοῦσιν εἰς ἀπόκρυφα μέρη.« ταύτῃ τε πάλιν ὁ παιδαγωγὸς αὐτοῖς ἀπειλεῖ διὰ Ἡσαΐου λέγων· »οὐαὶ οἱ ἐν κρυφῇ βουλὴν ποιοῦντες, καὶ ἐροῦσι· τίς ἡμᾶς ὁρᾷ;« λήσεται μὲν γὰρ ἴσως τὸ αἰσθητὸν φῶς τις, τὸ δὲ νοητὸν ἀδύνατόν ἐστιν, ἢ ὥς φησιν Ἡράκλειτος· »τὸ μὴ δῦνόν ποτε πῶς ἄν τις λάθοι;« μηδαμῶς τοίνυν ἐπικαλυπτώμεθα τὸ σκότος, τὸ γὰρ φῶς ἔνοικον ἡμῖν· »καὶ ἡ σκοτία«, φησίν, »αὐτὸ οὐ καταλαμβάνει«, καταυγάζεται δὲ [αὐτὸ] ἡ νὺξ τῷ σώφρονι λογισμῷ· λογισμοὺς δὲ ἀνδρῶν ἀγαθῶν [οὓς] ἀκοιμήτους λύχνους ὡνόμασεν ἡ γραφή. καίτοι τό γε πειρᾶσθαι λανθάνειν ἐφ᾿ οἷς πράττει τις ὁμολογοῦντος ἁμαρτάνειν ἐστίν, πᾶς δὲ ὅς ἁμαρτάνει, καὶ ἀδικεῖ εὐθύς, οὐχ οὕτως τὸν πέλας, ἂν μοιχεύῃ, ὡς ἑαυτόν, ὅτι μεμοίχευκεν· ἀλλὰ πάντως αὑτὸν χείρονα ἀποφαίνει καὶ ἀτιμότερον. ὁ γὰρ ἁμαρτάνων, παρ᾿ ὅσον ἁμαρτάνει, χείρων καὶ ἀτιμότερος αὐτὸς αὑτοῦ· πάντως δὲ ἤδη που καὶ ἀκολασία πρόσεστι τῶ ἡττωμένῳ αἰσχρᾶς ἡδονῆς· διὸ καὶ πάντως ὁ πορνεύων ἁπέθανεν θεῷ, καὶ καταλέλειπται ὑπὸ τοῦ λόγου, καθάπερ ὑπὸ τοῦ πνεύματος, νεκρός. βδελύττεται γὰρ τὸ ἅγιον μολύνεσθαι, ὥσπερ οὖν εἰκός. ἀεὶ δὲ καθαρῷ καθαροῦ θέμις θιγγάνειν· μὴ δὴ ἅμα χιτῶνι ἀποδυομένῳ ἀποδυσώμεθα καὶ τὴν αἰδῶ ποτε, ἐπεὶ οὐδέποτε τῷ δικαίῳ σωφροσύνην ἀποδύσασθαι θέμις. ἰδοὺ γὰρ τὸ φθαρτὸν τοῦτο ἐπενδύσεται ἀφθαρσίαν, ὁπηνίκα ἂν τὸ ἀκόρεστον τῆς ἐπιθυμίας, τὸ εἰς ἀσέλγειαν ῥέον, ἐγκρατείᾳ παιδαγωγούμενον, ἀνέραστον γενόμενον τῆς φθορᾶς, ἀιδίῳ σωφροσύνῃ παραχωρήσῃ τὸν ἄνθρωπον· »ἐν γὰρ τῷ αἰῶνι τούτῳ γαμοῦσι καὶ γαμίσκονται«, καταργήσαντες δὲ τὰ τῆς σαρκὸς ἔργα, αὐτῇ καθαρᾷ τῇ σαρκὶ ἐπενδυσάμενοι τὴν ἀφθαρσίαν τὸ πρὸς μέτρον τῶν ἀγγέλων διώκομεν. ταύτῃ τοι καὶ Πλάτων ἐν Φιλήβῳ ὁ τῆς βαρβάρου μαθητὴς φιλοσοφίας ἀθέους κέκληκε μυστικῶς τοὺς τὸν θεὸν τὸν ἔνοικον αὐτοῖς, τὸν λόγον, διαφθείροντας καὶ μιαίνοντας τὸ ὅσον ἐφ᾿ ἑαυτοῖς ἐν τῇ τῶν παθῶν οἰκειώσει. οὐκ ἄρα ποτὲ θνητῶς βιωτέον ἁγιαζομένους θεῷ οὐδὲ μήν, ὥς φησιν ὁ Παῦλος, οὐ χρὴ πόρνης ποιεῖν μέλη τὰ τοῦ Χριστοῦ μέλη οὐδὲ μὴν νεὼν τῶν παθῶν τῶν αἰσχρῶν τὸν νεὼν τοῦ θεοῦ ποιητέον. μέμνησθε γὰρ τὰς τέτταρας καὶ εἴκοσι χιλιάδας διὰ πορνείαν ἀπωσμένας, τὰ δὲ παθήματα τῶν πορνευσάντων, ὡς ἤδη μοι λέλεκται, »τύποι« παιδαγωγοῦντες ἡμῶν τὰς ἐπιθυμίας εἰσίν. ἡμῖν δὲ ὁ παιδαγωγὸς παραινεῖ σαφέστατα· »ὀπίσω τῶν ἐπιθυμιῶν σου μὴ πορεύου, καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ὀρέξεών σου κωλύου·« »οἶνος γὰρ καὶ γυναῖκες ἀποστήσουσι συνετούς, καὶ ὁ κολλώμενος πόρναις τολμηρότερος ἐκβήσεται, σῆψις καὶ σκώληξ κληρονομήσουσιν αὐτόν, καὶ ἐξαρθήσεται ἐν παραδειγματισμῷ μείζονι«, καὶ πάλιν (οὐ γὰρ ἀποκάμνει ὠφελῶν)· »ὁ δὲ ἀντοφθαλμῶν ἡδονῇ στεφανοῖ τὴν ζωὴν αὐτοῦ.« οὔκουν ἀφροδισίων ἡττᾶσθαι δίκαιον οὐδὲ μὴν κεχηνέναι περὶ τὰς ἐπιθυμίας, ἀλλ᾿ οὐδὲ ἐκπαθαίνεσθαι περὶ τὰς ἀλόγους ὀρέξεις οὐδὲ ἐπιθυμεῖν μολύνεσθαι. σπείρειν δὲ μόνον ἐπιτέτραπται τῷ γήμαντι ὡς γεωργῷ τὸ τηνικάδε, ὁπηνίκα ὁ καιρὸς δέχεται τὸν σπόρον. πρὸς δὲ δὴ τὴν ἄλλην ἀκρασίαν ἄριστον μὲν ὁ λόγος φάρμακον, βοηθεῖ δὲ καὶ ἡ ἔνδεια τοῦ κόρου, δι᾿ οὗ φλεγμαίνουσαι αἱ ἐπιθυμίαι σκιρτῶσι περὶ τὰς ἡδονάς. οὐκοῦν οὐδὲ ἐσθῆτος ἀντιποιητέον πολυτελοῦς καθάπερ οὐδὲ τροφῆς ποικίλης. αὐτὸς γοῦν ὁ κύριος διαιρῶν τὰς ὑποθήκας εἴς τε ψυχὴν καὶ σῶμα καὶ τρίτον τὰ ἐκτός, διὰ μὲν τὸ σῶμα τὰ ἐκτὸς πορίζεσθαι συμβουλεύει, διοικεῖν δὲ τὸ σῶμα τῇ ψυχῇ, παιδαγωγεῖ δὲ τὴν ψυχήν, »μὴ μεριμνᾶτε« λέγων »τῇ ψυχῇ ὑμῶν τί φάγητε, μηδὲ τῷ σώματι ὑμῶν τί ἐνδύσησθε· ἡ γὰρ ψυχὴ πλείων ἐστὶ τῆς τροφῆς καὶ τὸ σῶμα τοῦ ἐνδύματος.« καὶ τῆς διδασκαλίας ἐναργὲς ὑπόδειγμα ἐπιφέρει· »κατανοήσατε τοὺς κόρακας, ὅτι οὐ σπείρουσιν οὐδὲ θερίζουσιν, οἷς οὐκ ἔστι ταμιεῖον καὶ ἀποθήκη, καὶ ὁ θεὸς τρέφει αὐτούς. οὐχ ὑμεῖς διαφέρετε τῶν πτηνῶν;« καὶ ταῦτα μὲν περὶ τροφῆς· ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ περὶ ἐσθῆτος παρεγγυᾷ, ἣ τῶν τρίτων μετείληφε, τῶν ἐκτός, »κατανοήσατε« λέγων »τὰ κρίνα πῶς οὔτε νήθει οὔτε ὑφαίνει, λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν, ὅτι οὐδὲ Σολομὼν περιεβάλετο ὡς ἓν τούτων.« σφόδρα δὲ ἐπὶ πλούτῳ ἐκόμα ὁ Σολομὼν ὁ βασιλεύς. τί οὖν ὡραιότερον καὶ εὐανθέστερον ἀνθέων; τί δὲ ἐπιτερπέστερον κρίνων [ἢ μύρων] ἢ ῥόδων; »εἰ δὲ τὸν χόρτον σήμερον ἐν ἀγρῷ ὄντα καὶ αὔριον εἰς κλίβανον βαλλόμενον ὁ θεὸς οὕτως ἀμφιέννυσι, πόσῳ μᾶλλον ὑμᾶς, ὀλιγόπιστοι. καὶ ὑμεῖς μὴ ζητεῖτε τί φάγητε ἢ τί πίητε.« ἐνταῦθα τὸ »τί« μόριον τὴν ποικιλίαν τῆς τροφῆς ἐκβέβληκε, σημαίνεται γὰρ ἐκ τῆς γραφῆς τοῦτο· μὴ μεριμνᾶτε ποῖα φάγητε ἢ ποῖα πίητε· πλεονεξία γὰρ καὶ τρυφὴ μεριμνᾶν ταῦτα· τὸ δὲ φαγεῖν μόνον ψιλῶς νοούμενον ἀνάγκης ἐστὶ τεκμήριον, τὸ πλήρωμα, ὡς ἔφαμεν, τῆς ἐνδείας· τὸ δὲ »τί« ἐκ περισσοῦ, τὸ δὲ περιττὸν ἐκ τοῦ διαβόλου μεμήνυκεν ἡ γραφή. σαφηνίζει δὲ τὴν διάνοιαν ἡ ἐπιφερομένη λέξις. »μὴ γὰρ ζητεῖτε τί φάγητε ἢ τί πίητε« εἰπών, ἐπήγαγεν· »καὶ μὴ μετεωρίζεσθε·« μετεώρους δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς ἀληθείας ἀλαζονεία καὶ τρυφὴ ποιεῖ, καὶ ἡ εἰς τὰ περιττὰ ἀπασχολοῦσα ἡδυπάθεια ἀπάγει τῆς ἀληθείας· διὸ καί φησι παγκάλως· »ταῦτα δὲ πάντα τὰ ἔθνη τοῦ κόσμου ζητεῖ.« οἱ ἄτακτοι καὶ ἀνόητοι τὰ ἔθνη εἰσίν. τίνα δὲ λέγει »ταῦτα«; τὴν τρυφήν, τὴν ἡδυπάθειαν, τὴν καρυκείαν, τὴν ὀψοφαγίαν, τὴν λαιμαργίαν· ταῦτά ἐστι τὸ »τί«. περὶ δὲ ψιλῆς τῆς τροφῆς, τῆς τε ξηρὰς καὶ τῆς ὑγρᾶς, ὡς ἀναγκαίων οὐσῶν, »οἶδε«, φησίν, »ὁ πατὴρ ὑμῶν ὅτι χρῄζετε«. εἰ δὲ ὅλως ζητητικοὶ γεγόναμεν, μὴ εἰς τρυφὴν τὸ ζητητικὸν ἀπολλύωμεν, ἀλλὰ εἰς τὴν εὕρεσιν τῆς ἀληθείας ἀναζωπυρήσωμεν. »ζητεῖτε γάρ«, φησί, »τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ τὰ τῆς τροφῆς προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν.« εἰ τοίνυν ἐσθῆτος καὶ τροφῆς καὶ τῶν περιττῶν ἁπαξαπλῶς ὡς οὐκ ἀναγκαίαν ἀφαιρεῖται τὴν μέριμναν, τί χρὴ νοεῖν ἐρεῖν αὐτὸν περὶ φιλοκοσμίας βαφῆς τε ἐρίων καὶ ποικιλίας χρωμάτων καὶ λίθων περιεργίας καὶ χρυσίου ἐξεργασίας πλοκάμων τε ἔτι ἐπιτεχνητῶν καὶ βοστρύχων ἑλικτῶν, πρὸς δὲ καὶ ὀφθαλμῶν ὑπογραφῆς παρατίλσεών τε καὶ παραφυκισμῶν καὶ ψιμυθισμοῦ καὶ βαφῆς τριχῶν καὶ τῶν περὶ τὰς ἀπάτας ταύτας κακοτεχνιῶν; οὐχὶ εὖ μάλα ἐκεῖνο δὴ ὑποτοπητέον, τὸ μικρῷ πρόσθεν εἰρημένον ἐπὶ τοῦ χόρτου, μὴ καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἀκόσμων φιλοκόσμων τούτων ᾖ λελεγμένον; ἀγρὸς γὰρ ὁ κόσμος, καὶ πόα ἡμεῖς οἱ τῇ χάριτι δροσιζόμενοι τοῦ θεοῦ, καρέντες δὲ αὖθις ἀνατέλλομεν, ὡς ἐν τῷ Περὶ ἀναστάσεως διὰ πλειόνων δηλωθήσεται, χόρτος δὲ ὁ χυδαῖος ἀλληγορεῖται ὄχλος, ὁ τῆς ἐφημέρου εὐφροσύνης οἰκεῖος, ὁ πρὸς ὀλίγον ἀνθῶν, ὁ φιλόκοσμος καὶ φιλόδοξος καὶ πάντα μᾶλλον ἢ φιλαλήθης, εἰς οὐδὲν ἀλλ᾿ ἢ εἰς ὑπέκκαυμα εὔθετος πυρός.

»Ἄνθρωπος γοῦν ἦν τις«, ὁ κύριος διηγούμενος λέγει, »πλούσιος σφόδρα, ὃς ἐνεδιδύσκετο πορφύραν καὶ βύσσον, εὐφραινόμενος καθ᾿ ἡμέραν λαμπρῶς·« οὗτος ὁ χόρτος ἦν· »πτωχὸς δέ τις ὄνομα Λάζαρος ἐβέβλητο εἰς τὸν πυλῶνα τοῦ πλουσίου εἱλκωμένος, ἐπιθυμῶν χορτασθῆναι ἐκ τῶν πιπτόντων τῆς τραπέζης τοῦ πλουσίου·« οὗτός ἐστιν ἡ πόα. ἀλλ᾿ ὃ μὲν ἐκολάζετο ἐν Ἅιδου, ὁ πλούσιος, μετέχων τοῦ πυρός, ὃ δὲ ἀνέθαλλεν ἐν κόλποις τοῦ πατρός. ἄγαμαι τῶν Λακεδαιμονίων τὴν πόλιν τὴν παλαιάν· μόναις ταῖς ἑταίραις ἀνθίνας ἐσθῆτας καὶ χρυσοῦν κόσμον ἐπέτρεψεν φορεῖν, ἀφαιρουμένη τῶν δοκίμων γυναικῶν τὴν φιλοκοσμίαν τῷ μόναις ἐφεῖναι καλλωπίζεσθαι ταῖς ἑταιρούσαις. Ἀθηναίων δὲ ἔμπαλιν οἱ ἄρχοντες οἱ τὸ ἀστικὸν πολίτευμα ἐζηλωκότες ἐκλαθόμενοι τῆς ἀνδρωνίτιδος ἐχρυσοφόρουν ποδήρεις χιτῶνας ἐνδυόμενοι [καὶ ποδήρεις ἠμπίσχοντο·] καὶ κρωβύλον, ὃ ἐμπλοκῆς ἐστιν εἶδος, ἀνεδοῦντο χρυσῶν ἐνέρσει τεττίγων κοσμούμενοι, τὸ γηγενὲς ὡς ἀληθῶς ἀπειροκαλίᾳ κιναιδίας ἐνδεικνύμενοι. ὁ δὲ τῶν ἀρχόντων τούτων ζῆλος καὶ εἰς τοὺς ἄλλους Ἴωνας διικνεῖτο, οὓς Ὅμηρος ἐκθηλύνων »ἑλκεσιπέπλους« καλεῖ. εἴδωλον οὖν τοῦ καλοῦ τὴν φιλοκοσμίαν, οὐχὶ δὲ αὐτὸ τὸ καλὸν προστρεπομένους, δι᾿ ὀνόματος ὡραίου πάλιν εἰδωλολατροῦντας, πόρρω τῆς ἀληθείας ἀποικιστέον, δόξῃ, οὐκ ἐπιστήμῃ, ὀνειροπολοῦντας τοῦ καλοῦ τὴν φύσιν. καὶ ἔστιν αὐτοῖς ὁ τῇδε βίος ἀγνοίας ὕπνος βαθύς, οὗ χρὴ ἐξεγειρομένους ἡμᾶς ἐπὶ τὸ ὄντων καλὸν καὶ κόσμιον σπεύδειν καὶ τούτου μόνου ἐφάπτεσθαι γλίχεσθαι καταλείποντας τὰ τῇδε κόσμια αὐτῷ κόσμῳ χαίρειν πρὶν ἢ τέλεον καταδαρθεῖν. φημὶ τοίνυν οὐκ ἄλλου τινὸς ἕνεκα δεηθῆναι ὑφασμάτων τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἢ σκέπης σώματος, πρὸς ἀπαλέξησιν κρυμῶν τε ὑπερβολῆς καὶ καυμάτων ἐπιτάσεως, μή τι ἡμᾶς παραλυποίη τοῦ περιέχοντος ἡ ἀμετρία.

Εἰ δὴ οὗτός ἐστι τῆς ἐσθῆτος ὁ σκοπός, ὅρα μὴ οὐκ ἄλλη μὲν ἀνδράσιν, ἄλλη δὲ ἐσθὴς ἀπονεμητέα γυναιξίν· κοινὸν γὰρ ἀμφοῖν τὸ σκέπεσθαι κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ τῷ ἐσθίειν καὶ πίνειν. κοινῆς οὖν οὔσης τῆς χρείας τὴν ὁμοίαν κατασκευὴν δοκιμάζομεν. ὡς γὰρ τὸ δεῖσθαι τῶν σκεπόντων κοινὸν ἑκατέροις, οὕτως καὶ τὰ σκέποντα παραπλήσια εἶναι χρή, εἰ δέ, καὶ σκέπην ταύτην παραληπτέον, καθ᾿ ἣν * * κρύπτειν ὄμματα θηλειῶν χρεών. εἰ γὰρ καὶ πλεονεκτεῖ τὸ θῆλυ διὰ τὴν ἀσθένειαν, τὸ ἔθος τῆς ἀγωγῆς τῆς κακῆς αἰτιατέον, δι᾿ ἣν πολλάκις φαύλοις διαίταις ἐντρεφόμενοι ἄνδρες γυναικῶν γεγόνασι θηλύτεροι· οὐ δὴ καθυφεῖναι χρὴ τοῦ τόνου. εἰ δὲ συμπεριφέρεσθαι χρή, ὀλίγον ἐνδοτέον αὐταῖς μαλακωτέροις χρῆσθαι τοῖς ὑφάσμασιν μόνον τὰς μεμωρημένας λεπτουργίας καὶ τὰς ἐν ταῖς ὑφαῖς περιέργους πλοκὰς ἐκποδὼν μεθιστάντας, νῆμα χρυσοῦ καὶ σῆρας Ἰνδικοὺς καὶ τοὺς περιέργους βόμβυκας χαίρειν ἐῶντας. σκώληξ φύεται τὸ πρῶτον, εἶτα ἐξ αὐτοῦ δασεῖα ἀναφαίνεται κάμπη, μεθ᾿ ἣν εἰς τρίτην μεταμόρφωσιν νεοχμοῦται βομβύλιον (οἳ δὲ νεκύδαλλον αὐτὸ καλοῦσιν), ἐξ οὗ μακρὸς τίκτεται στήμων, καθάπερ ἐκ τῆς ἀράχνης ὁ τῆς ἀράχνης μίτος· τὰ γὰρ περιττὰ ταῦτα καὶ διαφανῆ ἔλεγχός ἐστι διανοίας οὐκ ἐρρωμένης, ὀλίγῳ παραπετάσματι τὴν αἰσχύνην τοῦ σώματος προαγωγεύοντα. οὐ γὰρ ἔτι σκέπη ἡ ἁβροδίαιτός ἐστιν ἐσθής, τὸ σχῆμα τῆς γυμνότητος κρύπτειν μὴ δυναμένη· προσπίπτουσα γὰρ ἡ τοιαύτη ἐσθὴς τῷ σώματι προστυποῦται αὐτῷ ὑγρότερον καὶ προσαναπλάττεται σαρκικῶς ἐμφῦσα τῷ σχήματι, καὶ τὸν τύπον ἐκμάττεται τῆς γυναικός, ὥστ᾿ οὐχ ὁρῶντι τὴν ὅλην τοῦ σώματος εἶναι φανερὰν διάθεσιν.

Παραιτητέον δὲ τῆς ἐσθῆτος καὶ τὰς βαφάς· αὗται γὰρ πόρρω καὶ τῆς χρείας καὶ τῆς ἀληθείας πρὸς τῷ καὶ εἰς διαβολὴν τοῦ ἤθους ἐξανθεῖν· οὔτε γὰρ ἡ χρῆσις ὠφέλιμος (οὐ γὰρ πρὸς τὸ κρύος εὔθετος) οὔτε πρὸς σκέπην ἔχει τι περιττὸν παρὰ τὴν ἄλλην ἐσθῆτα ἢ τὸν ψόγον μόνον, καὶ τὸ ἐπιτερπὲς τῆς χροιᾶς τοὺς λίχνους ἀνιᾷ εἰς τὴν ἀνόητον ὀφθαλμίαν ἐρεθίζον, τοὺς δὲ λευκοὺς καὶ οὐ νόθους τὰ ἔνδον λευκαῖς καὶ ἀπεριέργοις ἁρμοδιώτατον ἐσθήσεσι χρῆσθαι. σαφῶς γοῦν καὶ καθαρῶς Δανιὴλ ὁ προφήτης »ἐτέθησαν«, φησί, »θρόνοι καὶ ἐκάθισεν ἐπ᾿ αὐτῶν ὡσεὶ παλαιὸς ἡμερῶν, καὶ τὸ ἔνδυμα αὐτοῦ ὡσεὶ χιὼν λευκόν«. τοιαύτῃ χρώμενον στολῇ τὸν κύριον ἐν ὁράματι θεωρεῖ· καὶ ἡ Ἀποκάλυψίς φησιν· »εἶδον τὰς ψυχὰς τῶν μεμαρτυρηκότων ὑποκάτω τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου· καὶ ἐδόθη ἑκάστῳ στολὴ λευκή.« εἰ δὲ καὶ ἄλλο τι δέοι χρῶμα ζητεῖν, τὸ αὐτοφυὲς τῆς ἀληθείας ἀπόχρη βάμμα, αἱ δὲ τοῖς ἄνθεσιν ἐοικυῖαι ἐσθῆτες βακχικοῖς καὶ τελεστικοῖς καταλειπτέαι λήροις, πρὸς δὲ καὶ »ἡ προφύρα καὶ τὰ ἀργυρώματα«, ὥς φησιν ὁ κωμικός, »εἰς τοὺς τραγῳδοὺς χρήσιμα καὶ οὐκ εἰς τὸν βίον«, τὸν δὲ ἡμέτερον βίον πάντα μᾶλλον ἢ πομπὴν εἶναι χρεών. βάμμα γοῦν Σαρδιανικὸν καὶ ἄλλο ὀμφάκινον καὶ χλωρὸν ἕτερον ῥοδομιγές τε καὶ κοκκοβαφὲς καὶ ἄλλα μυρία διὰ σπουδῆς βάμματα ἐπινενόηται ταῖς ἐξώλοις ἡδυπαθείαις.

Ὄψεως, οὐ σκέπης ἡ ἐσθὴς αὕτη. τά τε χρυσῷ πεποικιλμένα καὶ τὰ ἁλουργοβαφῆ καὶ ζῳωτὰ (προσήνεμόν γέ τι τρύφημα τουτοῒ) τόν τε μυροβαφῆ ἐκεῖνον κροκωτὸν καὶ τῶν ὑμενίνων τῶν περιόπτων τὰ πολυτελῆ καὶ ποικίλα ἱμάτια, ἔχοντα ζῴδια ἐν τῇ πορφύρᾳ, αὐτῇ τέχνῃ χαίρειν ἐατέον. »τί γὰρ ἂν φρόνιμον γυναῖκες ἐργάσαιντο ἢ λαμπρόν, αἳ καθήμεθα«, φησὶν ἡ κωμῳδία, ἐξηνθισμέναι, κροκωτοφοροῦσαι καὶ κεκαλλωπισμέναι; παραινεῖ δὲ διαρρήδην ὁ παιδαγωγός· »ἐν περιβολῇ ἱματίου οὐ μὴ καυχήσῃ, μηδὲ ἐπαίρου ἐν δόξῃ πάσῃ ἀπαραμόνῳ οὔσῃ.« ἐπισκώπτων γοῦν τοὺς τοῖς μαλακοῖς ἠμφιεσμένους ἱματίοις ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ λέγει· »ἰδού, οἱ ἐν ἱματισμῷ ἐνδόξῳ καὶ ἐν τρυφῇ διάγοντες ἐν τοῖς βασιλείοις εἰσί«, τοῖς ἐπιγείοις βασιλείοις λέγει, τοῖς φθαρτοῖς, ἔνθα δοξοκαλία καὶ δοξοκοπία καὶ κολακεία καὶ πλάνη· οἱ δὲ τὴν οὐράνιον θεραπεύοντες αὐλὴν περὶ τὸν πάντων βασιλέα τὴν ἀκήρατον τῆς ψυχῆς ἐσθῆτα, τὴν σάρκα, ἁγιάζονται, καὶ ταύτῃ ἐπενδύονται ἀφθαρσίαν. καθάπερ οὖν ἡ ἄγαμος μόνῳ σχολάζει τῷ θεῷ καὶ ἡ φροντὶς αὐτῆς οὐ περισχίζεται, γημαμένη δὲ ἥ γε σώφρων διαιρεῖται τὸν βίον καὶ πρὸς θεὸν καὶ πρὸς ἄνδρα, ἡ δὲ ἄλλως φερομένη ὅλη γίνεται τοῦ γάμου, τοῦτ᾿ ἔστι τοῦ πάθους, τὸν αὐτόν, οἶμαι, τρόπον ἡ σώφρων γυνὴ σχολάζουσα μὲν τῷ ἀνδρὶ ἀνυποκρίτως θεοσεβεῖ, φιλοκοσμοῦσα δὲ ἀποπέπτωκεν καὶ τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τοῦ γάμου τοῦ σώφρονος, τὸν κόσμον ἀντικαταλλαττομένη τἀνδρὸς κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ τῇ Ἀργείᾳ ἑταίρᾳ, τῇ Ἐριφύλῃ λέγω, ἣ χρυσὸν φίλου ἀνδρὸς ἐδέξατο τιμήεντα.

Ταύτῃ καὶ τὸν Κεῖον ἀποδέχομαι σοφιστὴν τὰς ἐοικυίας καὶ καταλλήλους ἀρετῆς καὶ κακίας εἰκόνας ὑπογράφοντα· τὴν μὲν αὐταῖν ἀφελῶς ἱσταμένην ἐποίησε καὶ λευχείμονα καὶ καθάριον, τὴν ἀρετήν, αἰδοῖ μόνῃ κεκοσμημένην (τοιαύτην εἶναι χρὴ τὴν πίστιν, ἐνάρετον μετ᾿ αἰδοῦς), θατέραν δὲ τοὐναντίον εἰσάγει, τὴν κακίαν, περιττῇ μὲν ἐσθῆτι ἠμφιεσμένην, ἀλλοτρίῳ δὲ χρώματι γεγανωμένην· καὶ ἡ κίνησις αὐτῆς καὶ ἡ σχέσις πρὸς τὸ ἐπιτερπὲς ἐπιτηδευομένη ταῖς μαχλώσαις ἔκκειται σκιαγραφία γυναιξί. πρὸς οὐδεμίαν δὲ ὅλως ὁ ἑπόμενος τῷ λόγῳ αἰσχρὰν ἡδονὴν οἰκειώσεται· διὸ καὶ τῆς ἐσθῆτος τὸ χρειῶδες προκριτέον. κἂν ὁ λόγος τοῦτο ψάλλῃ διὰ Δαβὶδ περὶ τοῦ κυρίου λέγων »εὔφρανάν σε θυγατέρες βασιλέων ἐν τῇ τιμῇ σου· παρέστη ἡ βασίλισσα ἐκ δεξιῶν σου ἐν ἱματισμῷ διαχρύσῳ καὶ κροσσωτοῖς χρυσοῖς περιβεβλημένη«, οὐκ ἐσθῆτα τὴν τρυφητικὴν μεμήνυκεν, ἀλλὰ τὸν ἐκ πίστεως συνυφασμένον ἀκήρατον τῶν ἠλεημένων κόσμον τῆς ἐκκλησίας δεδήλωκεν, ἐν ᾗ ὁ ἄδολος Ἰησοῦς »ὡς χρυσὸς διαπρέπει«, καὶ οἱ κροσσοί, οἱ ἐκλεκτοί, οἱ χρυσοῖ. εἰ δὲ καὶ ὑφεῖναι χρὴ τοῦ τόνου διὰ τὰς γυναῖκας, λείαν τὴν ἐσθῆτα καὶ προσηνῆ πρὸς τὴν ἁφὴν ἐξυφαντέον, οὐχὶ δὲ καθάπερ τὰς γραφὰς πρὸς τὸ τερπνὸν τῆς ὄψεως ἐξανθιστέον· ἐξίτηλος μὲν γὰρ ἡ γραφὴ τῷ χρόνῳ γίνεται, αἱ δὲ ῥύψεις καὶ αἱ στύψεις τοῖς φαρμακώδεσι τῆς βαφῆς χυμοῖς ἐκτήκουσαι τὰ ἔρια τῶν ἀμπεχονῶν τὰς ὑφάνσεις ἀσθενεῖς ἀποτελοῦσι, τὸ δὲ οὐδ᾿ εἰς οἰκονομίαν εὔθετον. ἀπειροκαλία δὲ ἡ μεγίστη τοσοῦτον ἐπτοῆσθαι περὶ τοὺς πέπλους καὶ τὰς ξυστίδας καὶ τὰς ἐφαπτίδας χλαίνας τε καὶ χιτῶνας, »τά τ᾿ αἰδῶ ἀμφικαλύπτει«, Ὅμηρός φησιν. αἰσχύνομαι γὰρ ὡς ἀληθῶς ὁρῶν τοσοῦτον ἐκχεόμενον πλοῦτον εἰς τὴν αἰδοίων σκέπην. ὁ γάρ τοι ἀρχαῖος ἄνθρωπος ὁ ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ κλάδοις καὶ φύλλοις τὴν σκέπην τῆς αἰσχύνης παρεμέτρει, νυνὶ δὲ ἐπεὶ τὰ πρόβατα ἡμῖν δεδημιούργηται, μὴ κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ τοῖς προβάτοις ἀφραίνωμεν, παιδαγωγούμενοι δὲ τῷ λόγῳ τὸ πολυτελὲς τῆς ἐσθῆτος διελέγχωμεν ἐπιλέγοντες, τρίχες ἐστὲ προβάτων, κἂν Μίλητος αὐχῇ, κἂν Ἰταλία δοξάζηται, κἂν ὑπὸ διφθέραις φυλάττωνται αἱ τρίχες, περὶ ἃς μεμήνασιν οἱ πολλοί, ἀλλὰ ἡμῖν γε οὐ σπουδαστέον.

Ὁ δὲ μακάριος Ἰωάννης καὶ τῶν προβάτων ὑπεριδὼν τὰς τρίχας ὀζούσας τρυφῆς τὰς τῶν καμήλων εἵλατο τρίχας καὶ ταύτας ἠμπίσχετο, τὸ εὐτελὲς καὶ ἄδολον τοῦ βίου ὑποτυπούμενος. καὶ γὰρ μέλι ἤσθιεν καὶ ἀκρίδας, γλυκεῖαν καὶ πνευματικὴν τροφήν, ἀτύφους καὶ σώφρονας τὰς ὁδοὺς τοῦ κυρίου παρασκευάζων. ἦ που γὰρ ἂν ἁλουργὴν χλανίδα περιεβάλετο ὁ τὴν ἀλαζονείαν τὴν πολιτικὴν ἐκτραπείς, εἰς δὲ τὴν ἔρημον * * τῆς ἐρημίας γαλήνην θεῷ πεπολιτευμένος ἐκτὸς πάσης κενοσπουδίας, ἀπειραγαθίας, μικροπρεπείας. μηλωτῇ δὲ ἐχρῆτο Ἠλίας ἐνδύματι καὶ ζώνῃ τὴν μηλωτὴν κατέσφιγγεν ἐκ τριχῶν πεποιημένῃ. Ἡσαΐας δέ, ἄλλος οὗτος προφήτης, »γυμνός τε καὶ ἀνυπόδετος« ἦν, πολλάκις δὲ καὶ σάκκον ἠμπίσχετο ταπεινοφροσύνης ἔνδυμα. εἰ δὲ καὶ Ἱερεμίαν καλεῖς, λινοῦν οὗτος περίζωμα εἶχε μόνον. ὡς δὲ τὰ εὐτραφῆ τῶν σωμάτων γυμνούμενα φανερωτέραν δείκνυσι τὴν ἀκμήν, οὕτως καὶ τῶν ἠθῶν τὸ κάλλος, μὴ ἐνειλούμενον ἀπειροκάλοις φλυαρίαις, τὸ μεγαλοπρεπὲς ἐνδείκνυται.

Τὸ δὲ καὶ σύρειν τὰς ἐσθῆτας ἐπ᾿ ἄκρους καθιέντας τοὺς πόδας κομιδῇ ἀλαζονικόν, ἐμποδὼν τῇ ἐνεργείᾳ τοῦ περιπατεῖν γινόμενον. καλλύντρου δίκην ἐπισυρομένης τῆς ἐσθῆτος τὰς ἐπιπολαίους τῆς γῆς ἀχυρμιάς, οὐδὲ τῶν κατεαγότων τούτων δὴ τῶν τὴν κιναιδίαν τὴν ἄφωνον ἐπὶ ταῖς σκηναῖς μετιόντων ὀρχηστῶν ἀπορρέουσαν εἰς τοσοῦτον ὕβρεως τὴν ἐσθῆτα περιορώντων, οἷς οἱ ἐπιμελεῖς στολισμοὶ καὶ τῶν κρασπέδων αἱ ἀπαιωρήσεις καὶ τῶν σχημάτων οἱ περίεργοι ῥυθμοὶ βλακείας μικρολόγου ἐπισυρμὸν ἐμφαίνουσιν. κἂν τὸν ποδήρη τις παραφέρῃ τὸν κυρίου, ὁ ποικιλανθὴς ἐκεῖνος χιτὼν τὰ τῆς σοφίας ἄνθη δεικνύει, τὰς ποικίλας καὶ μὴ μαραινομένας γραφάς, τὰ λόγια τὰ κυρίου ταῖς τῆς ἀληθείας ἀπαστράπτοντα αὐγαῖς, τοιαύτην ἄλλην τὸν κύριον ἐσθῆτα διὰ τοῦ Δαβὶδ ἠμφίεσεν τὸ πνεῦμα ὧδέ πως ψάλλον· »ἐξομολόγησιν καὶ εὐπρέπειαν ἐνεδύσω, ἀναβαλλόμενος φῶς ὡς ἱμάτιον.«

Καθάπερ οὖν περὶ τὴν κατασκευὴν τῶν ἐσθήτων καθαρευτέον πάσης ἀτοπίας, οὕτως δὲ καὶ τῆς χρήσεως τὴν ἀμετρίαν εὐλαβητέον. οὐδὲ γὰρ ὑπὲρ γόνυ καθάπερ τὰς Λακαίνας φασὶ παρθένους ἐστολίσθαι καλόν· οὐδὲν γὰρ μέρος ὁτιοῦν ἀπογυμνοῦσθαι γυναικὸς εὐπρεπές. καίτοι δυνατὸν ἀποφθέγξασθαι μάλα κοσμίως τὴν ἀστείαν ἐκείνην φωνὴν πρὸς τὸν εἰπόντα »καλὸς ὁ πῆχυς«, »ἀλλ᾿ οὐ δημόσιος«, καὶ »κνῆμαι καλαί«, »ἀλλὰ μόνου«, φάναι, »τοῦ ἀνδρὸς τοῦ ἐμοῦ«, καὶ »πρόσωπον εὐπρεπές«, »ἀλλὰ μόνου τοῦ γεγαμηκότος«. ἐγὼ δὲ οὐδὲ τὴν αἰτίαν τῶν τοιούτων ἐπαίνων θέλω παρέχειν τὰς σώφρονας τοῖς διὰ τῶν ἐπαίνων θηρωμένοις τὰ ἐπίψογα, καὶ οὐδ᾿ ὅτι γε παραγυμνοῦν τὸ σφυρὸν κεκώλυται μόνον; ἐγκεκαλύφθαι δὲ καὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν καὶ τὸ πρόσωπον ἐπεσκιάσθαι προστέτακται. οὐ γὰρ ὅσιον εἶναι θήρατρον ἀνθρώπων τὸ κάλλος τοῦ σώματος, οὐδὲ ἁλουργῷ παραπετάσματι χρωμένην περίβλεπτον ἐθέλειν γίνεσθαι τὴν γυναῖκα εὔλογον. εἴθε γὰρ καὶ τῆς ἐσθῆτος οἷόν τε ἦν ἐξελεῖν τὴν πορφύραν, ὡς μὴ ἐπὶ τὸ πρόσωπον τῶν χρωμένων τοὺς θεατὰς ἐπιστρέφειν· αἳ δὲ ὀλίγον κομιδῇ τὸ λοιπὸν τῆς ἀμπεχόνης ὑφαίνουσαι τὸ πᾶν ἁλουργὲς εἰργάσαντο ἐκφλέγουσαι τὰς ῥᾳθυμίας, καὶ δῆτα αὐτὰς περὶ τὰς μεμωρημένας ταύτας καὶ ἁβρὰς ἀλυούσας πορφύρας κατὰ τὸ ποιητικὸν δὴ ἐκεῖνο »ἔλλαβε πορφύρεος θάνατος«. διὰ ταύτην γοῦν τὴν πορφύραν ἡ Τύρος καὶ ἡ Σιδὼν καὶ τῆς Λακωνικῆς ἡ γείτων τῆς θαλάσσης ποθεινόταται· ἀνάγονται δὲ εὖ μάλα καὶ οἱ βαφεῖς αὐτῶν καὶ οἱ πορφυρευταὶ καὶ αὐτὰ τὰ κογχύλια διὰ τὸ αἷμα τούτωι ἐξανθεῖν τὴν πορφύραν. ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς λίχνοις ὑφάσμασιν ἐγκαταμιγνύουσαι αἱ δολεραὶ γυναῖκες καὶ τῶν ἀνδρῶν οἱ γυναικώδεις τὰς δολερὰς βαφὰς μαργαίνουσιν περὶ τὴν ἀμετρίαν, οὐκέτι τὰς ὀθόνας τὰς ἀπ᾿ Αἰγύπτου, ἄλλας δέ τινας ἐκ γῆς Ἑβραίων καὶ Κιλίκων ἐκποριζόμενοι γῆς. τὰ δὲ ἀμόργινα καὶ τὰ βύσσινα σιωπῶ· ὑπερεκπέπαικεν ἡ τρυφὴ καὶ τὴν ὀνομασίαν. δεῖ δὲ τὴν σκέπην, οἶμαι, αὐτὸ αὑτῆς κρεῖττον ἀποφαίνειν τὸ σκεπόμενον, ὡς τὸ ἄγαλμα τοῦ νεὼ καὶ τὴν ψυχὴν τοῦ σώματος καὶ τῆς ἐσθῆτος τὸ σῶμα. νυνὶ δὲ πᾶν τοὐναντίον, τὸ μὲν σῶμα αὐταῖς εἰ πιπράσκοιτο, οὐκ ἄν ποτε χιλίας εὕροι Ἀττικάς, μίαν δέ που ἐσθῆτα μυρίων ταλάντων ὠνούμεναι σφᾶς αὐτὰς ἀχρειοτέρας καὶ ἀτιμοτέρας τῶν ὑφασμάτων ἐλέγχουσιν. τί ποτ᾿ οὖν διώκετε τὰ σπάνια καὶ πολυτελῆ πρὸ τῶν ἐν μέσῳ καὶ τῶν εὐτελῶν; ὅτι ἀγνοεῖτε τὸ ὄντως καλὸν καὶ τὸ ὄντως ἀγαθόν· καὶ ἀντὶ τῶν ὄντων τὰ δοκοῦντα παρὰ τοῖς ἀνοήτοις σπουδάζεται, οἳ τοῖς μεμηνόσιν ἐπ᾿ ἴσης τὰ λευκὰ ὡς μέλανα φαντάζονται.

2.11 Chapter XI.—On Clothes

Wherefore neither are we to provide for ourselves costly clothing any more than variety of food. The Lord Himself, therefore, dividing His precepts into what relates to the body, the soul, and thirdly, external things, counsels us to provide external things on account of the body; and manages the body by the soul (ψυκή), and disciplines the soul, saying, “Take no thought for your life (ψυκῆ) what ye shall eat; nor yet for your body, what ye shall put on; for the life is more than meat, and the body more than raiment.” And He adds a plain example of instruction: “Consider the ravens: for they neither sow nor reap, which have neither storehouse nor barn; and God feedeth them.” “Are ye not better than the fowls?” Thus far as to food. Similarly He enjoins with respect to clothing, which belongs to the third division, that of things external, saying, “Consider the lilies, how they spin not, nor weave. But I say unto you, that not even Solomon was arrayed as one of these.”” And Solomon the king plumed himself exceedingly on his riches.

What, I ask, more graceful, more gay-coloured, than flowers? What, I say, more delightful than lilies or roses? “And if God so clothe the grass, which is to-day in the field, and to-morrow is cast into the oven, how much more will He clothe you, O ye of little faith!” Here the particle what (τί) banishes variety in food. For this is shown from the Scripture, “Take no thought what things ye shall eat, or what things ye shall drink.” For to take thought of these things argues greed and luxury. Now eating, considered merely by itself, is the sign of necessity; repletion, as we have said, of want. Whatever is beyond that, is the sign of superfluity. And what is superfluous, Scripture declares to be of the devil. The subjoined expression makes the meaning plain. For having said, “Seek not what ye shall eat, or what ye shall drink,” He added, “Neither be ye of doubtful (or lofty) mind.” Now pride and luxury make men waverers (or raise them aloft) from the truth; and the voluptuousness, which indulges in superfluities, leads away from the truth. Wherefore He says very beautifully, “And all these things do the nations of the world seek after.” The nations are the dissolute and the foolish. And what are these things which He specifies? Luxury, voluptuousness, rich cooking, dainty feeding, gluttony. These are the “What?” And of bare sustenance, dry and moist, as being necessaries, He says, “Your Father knoweth that ye need these.” And if, in a word, we are naturally given to seeking, let us not destroy the faculty of seeking by directing it to luxury, but let us excite it to the discovery of truth. For He says, “Seek ye the kingdom of God, and the materials of sustenance shall be added to you.”

If, then, He takes away anxious care for clothes and food, and superfluities in general, as unnecessary; what are we to imagine ought to be said of love of ornament, and dyeing of wool, and variety of colours, and fastidiousness about gems, and exquisite working of gold, and still more, of artificial hair and wreathed curls; and furthermore, of staining the eyes, and plucking out hairs, and painting with rouge and white lead, and dyeing of the hair, and the wicked arts that are employed in such deceptions? May we not very well suspect, that what was quoted a little above respecting the grass, has been said of those unornamental lovers of ornaments? For the field is the world, and we who are bedewed by the grace of God are the grass; and though cut down, we spring up again, as will be shown at greater length in the book On the Resurrection. But hay figuratively designates the vulgar rabble, attached to ephemeral pleasure, flourishing for a little, loving ornament, loving praise, and being everything but truth-loving, good for nothing but to be burned with fire. “There was a certain man,” said the Lord, narrating, “very rich, who was clothed in purple and scarlet, enjoying himself splendidly every day.” This was the hay. “And a certain poor man named Lazarus was laid at the rich man’s gate, full of sores, desiring to be filled with the crumbs which fell from the rich man’s table.” This is the grass. Well, the rich man was punished in Hades, being made partaker of the fire; while the other flourished again in the Father’s bosom. I admire that ancient city of the Lacedæmonians which permitted harlots alone to wear flowered clothes, and ornaments of gold, interdicting respectable women from love of ornament, and allowing courtesans alone to deck themselves. On the other hand, the archons of the Athenians, who affected a polished mode of life, forgetting their manhood, wore tunics reaching to the feet, and had on the crobulus—a kind of knot of the hair—adorned with a fastening of gold grasshoppers, to show their origin from the soil, forsooth, in the ostentation of licentiousness. Now rivalry of these archons extended also to the other Ionians, whom Homer, to show their effeminancy, calls “Long-robed.” Those, therefore, who are devoted to the image of the beautiful, that is, love of finery, not the beautiful itself, and who under a fair name again practice idolatry, are to be banished far from the truth, as those who by opinion, not knowledge, dream of the nature of the beautiful; and so life here is to them only a deep sleep of ignorance; from which it becomes us to rouse ourselves and haste to that which is truly beautiful and comely, and desire to grasp this alone, leaving the ornaments of earth to the world, and bidding them farewell before we fall quite asleep. I say, then, that man requires clothes for nothing else than the covering of the body, for defence against excess of cold and intensity of heat, lest the inclemency of the air injure us. And if this is the object of clothing, see that one kind be not assigned to men and another to women. For it is common to both to be covered, as it is to eat and drink. The necessity, then, being common, we judge that the provision ought to be similar. For as it is common to both to require things to cover them, so also their coverings ought to be similar; although such a covering ought to be assumed as is requisite for covering the eyes of women. For if the female sex, on account of their weakness, desire more, we ought to blame the habit of that evil training, by which often men reared up in bad habits become more effeminate than women. But this must not be yielded to. And if some accommodation is to be made, they may be permitted to use softer clothes, provided they put out of the way fabrics foolishly thin, and of curious texture in weaving; bidding farewell to embroidery of gold and Indian silks and elaborate Bombyces (silks), which is at first a worm, then from it is produced a hairy caterpillar; after which the creature suffers a new transformation into a third form which they call larva, from which a long filament is produced, as the spider’s thread from the spider. For these superfluous and diaphanous materials are the proof of a weak mind, covering as they do the shame of the body with a slender veil. For luxurious clothing, which cannot conceal the shape of the body, is no more a covering. For such clothing, falling close to the body, takes its form more easily, and adhering as it were to the flesh, receives its shape, and marks out the woman’s figure, so that the whole make of the body is visible to spectators, though not seeing the body itself.

Dyeing of clothes is also to be rejected. For it is remote both from necessity and truth, in addition to the fact that reproach in manners spring from it. For the use of colours is not beneficial, for they are of no service against cold; nor has it anything for covering more than other clothing, except the opprobrium alone. And the agreeableness of the colour afflicts greedy eyes, inflaming them to senseless blindness. But for those who are white and unstained within, it is most suitable to use white and simple garments. Clearly and plainly, therefore, Daniel the prophet says, “Thrones were set, and upon them sat one like the Ancient of days, and His vesture was white as snow.” The Apocalypse says also that the Lord Himself appeared wearing such a robe. It says also, “I saw the souls of those that had witnessed, beneath the altar, and there was given to each a white robe.” And if it were necessary to seek for any other colour, the natural colour of truth should suffice. But garments which are like flowers are to be abandoned to Bacchic fooleries, and to those of the rites of initiation, along with purple and silver plate, as the comic poet says:—

“Useful for tragedians, not for life.”

And our life ought to be anything rather than a pageant. Therefore the dye of Sardis, and another of olive, and another green, a rose-coloured, and scarlet, and ten thousand other dyes, have been invented with much trouble for mischievous voluptuousness. Such clothing is for looking at, not for covering. Garments, too, variegated with gold, and those that are purple, and that piece of luxury which has its name from beasts (figured on it), and that saffron-coloured ointment-dipped robe, and those costly and many-coloured garments of flaring membranes, we are to bid farewell to, with the art itself. “For what prudent thing can these women have done,” says the comedy, “who sit covered with flowers, wearing a saffron-coloured dress, painted?”

The Instructor expressly admonishes, “Boast not of the clothing of your garment, and be not elated on account of any glory, as it is unlawful.”

Accordingly, deriding those who are clothed in luxurious garments, He says in the Gospel: “Lo, they who live in gorgeous apparel and luxury are in earthly palaces.” He says in perishable palaces, where are love of display, love of popularity, and flattery and deceit. But those that wait at the court of heaven around the King of all, are sanctified in the immortal vesture of the Spirit, that is, the flesh, and so put on incorruptibility.

As therefore she who is unmarried devotes herself to God alone, and her care is not divided, but the chaste married woman divides her life between God and her husband, while she who is otherwise disposed is devoted entirely to marriage, that is, to passion: in the same way I think the chaste wife, when she devotes herself to her husband, sincerely serves God; but when she becomes fond of finery, she falls away from God and from chaste wedlock, exchanging her husband for the world, after the fashion of that Argive courtesan, I mean Eriphyle,—

“Who received gold prized above her dear husband.”

Wherefore I admire the Ceian sophist, who delineated like and suitable images of Virtue and Vice, representing the former of these, viz. Virtue, standing simply, white-robed and pure, adorned with modesty alone (for such ought to be the true wife, dowered with modesty). But the other, viz. Vice, on the contrary, he introduces dressed in superfluous attire, brightened up with colour not her own; and her gait and mien are depicted as studiously framed to give pleasure, forming a sketch of wanton women.

But he who follows the Word will not addict himself to any base pleasure; wherefore also what is useful in the article of dress is to be preferred. And if the Word, speaking of the Lord by David, sings, “The daughters of kings made Thee glad by honour; the queen stood at Thy right hand, clad in cloth of gold, girt with golden fringes,” it is not luxurious raiment that he indicates; but he shows the immortal adornment, woven of faith, of those that have found mercy, that is, the Church; in which the guileless Jesus shines conspicuous as gold, and the elect are the golden tassels. And if such must be woven for the women, let us weave apparel pleasant and soft to the touch, not flowered, like pictures, to delight the eye. For the picture fades in course of time, and the washing and steeping in the medicated juices of the dye wear away the wool, and render the fabrics of the garments weak; and this is not favourable to economy. It is the height of foolish ostentation to be in a flutter about peploi, and xystides, and ephaptides, and “cloaks,” and tunics, and “what covers shame,” says Homer. For, in truth, I am ashamed when I see so much wealth lavished on the covering of the nakedness. For primeval man in Paradise provided a covering for his shame of branches and leaves; and now, since sheep have been created for us, let us not be as silly as sheep, but trained by the Word, let us condemn sumptuousness of clothing, saying, “Ye are sheep’s wool.” Though Miletus boast, and Italy be praised, and the wool, about which many rave, be protected beneath skins, yet are we not to set our hearts on it.

The blessed John, despising the locks of sheep as savouring of luxury, chose “camel’s hair,” and was clad in it, making himself an example of frugality and simplicity of life. For he also “ate locusts and wild honey,” sweet and spiritual fare; preparing, as he was, the lowly and chaste ways of the Lord. For how possibly could he have worn a purple robe, who turned away from the pomp of cities, and retired to the solitude of the desert, to live in calmness with God, far from all frivolous pursuits—from all false show of good—from all meanness? Elias used a sheepskin mantle, and fastened the sheepskin with a girdle made of hair. And Esaias, another prophet, was naked and barefooted, and often was clad in sackcloth, the garb of humility. And if you call Jeremiah, he had only “a linen girdle.”

For as well-nurtured bodies, when stripped, show their vigour more manifestly, so also beauty of character shows its magnanimity, when not involved in ostentatious fooleries. But to drag one’s clothes, letting them down to the soles of his feet, is a piece of consummate foppery, impeding activity in walking, the garment sweeping the surface dirt of the ground like a broom; since even those emasculated creatures the dancers, who transfer their dumb shameless profligacy to the stage, do not despise the dress which flows away to such indignity; whose curious vestments, and appendages of fringes, and elaborate motions of figures, show the trailing of sordid effeminacy.

If one should adduce the garment of the Lord reaching down to the foot, that many-flowered coat shows the flowers of wisdom, the varied and unfading Scriptures, the oracles of the Lord, resplendent with the rays of truth. In such another robe the Spirit arrayed the Lord through David, when he sang thus: “Thou wert clothed with confession and comeliness, putting on light as a garment.”

As, then, in the fashioning of our clothes, we must keep clear of all strangeness, so in the use of them we must beware of extravagance. For neither is it seemly for the clothes to be above the knee, as they say was the case with the Lacedæmonian virgins; nor is it becoming for any part of a woman to be exposed. Though you may with great propriety use the language addressed to him who said, “Your arm is beautiful; yes, but it is not for the public gaze. Your thighs are beautiful; but, was the reply, for my husband alone. And your face is comely. Yes; but only for him who has married me.” But I do not wish chaste women to afford cause for such praises to those who, by praises, hunt after grounds of censure; and not only because it is prohibited to expose the ankle, but because it has also been enjoined that the head should be veiled and the face covered; for it is a wicked thing for beauty to be a snare to men. Nor is it seemly for a woman to wish to make herself conspicuous, by using a purple veil. Would it were possible to abolish purple in dress, so as not to turn the eyes of spectators on the face of those that wear it! But the women, in the manufacture of all the rest of their dress, have made everything of purple, thus inflaming the lusts. And, in truth, those women who are crazy about these stupid and luxurious purples, “purple (dark) death has seized,” according to the poetic saying. On account of this purple, then, Tyre and Sidon, and the vicinity of the Lacedæmonian Sea, are very much desired; and their dyers and purple-fishers, and the purple fishes themselves, because their blood produces purple, are held in high esteem. But crafty women and effeminate men, who blend these deceptive dyes with dainty fabrics, carry their insane desires beyond all bounds, and export their fine linens no longer from Egypt, but some other kinds from the land of the Hebrews and the Cilicians. I say nothing of the linens made of Amorgos and Byssus. Luxury has outstripped nomenclature.

The covering ought, in my judgment, to show that which is covered to be better than itself, as the image is superior to the temple, the soul to the body, and the body to the clothes. But now, quite the contrary, the body of these ladies, if sold, would never fetch a thousand Attic drachms. Buying, as they do, a single dress at the price of ten thousand talents, they prove themselves to be of less use and less value than cloth. Why in the world do you seek after what is rare and costly, in preference to what is at hand and cheap? It is because you know not what is really beautiful, what is really good, and seek with eagerness shows instead of realities from fools who, like people out of their wits, imagine black to be white.

Παραπλήσιαι δὲ καὶ περὶ τὰς ὑποδέσεις εἰσὶν αἱ ἀλαζόνες τὴν πολλὴν βλακείαν κἀνταῦθα ἐπιδεικνύμεναι. αἰσχρὰ γοῦν ἀληθῶς τὰ σανδάλια ἐκεῖνα, ἐφ᾿ οἷς ἐστι τὰ χρυσᾶ ἄνθεμα, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς ἥλους ἑλικοειδῶς τοῖς καττύμασιν ἐγκατακρούειν ἀξιοῦσιν, πολλαὶ δὲ καὶ ἐρωτικοὺς ἀσπασμοὺς ἐγχαράττουσιν αὐτοῖς, ὡς ἂν ἐκ τῆς ἐπιβάσεως ῥυθμίζουσαι τὴν γῆν, τὸ ἑταιρικὸν τοῦ φρονήματος ἐκ τοῦ βαδίσματος ἐναποσφραγίσωνται. χαίρειν οὖν ἐατέον τὰς ἐπιχρύσους καὶ διαλίθους τῶν σανδαλίων ματαιοτεχνίας καὶ κρηπῖδας Ἀττικὰς καὶ τὰς Σικυωνίας καὶ τοὺς κοθόρνους, Περσικάς τε καὶ Τυρρηνικάς, προθεμένους δὲ καθὼς ἔθος τῇ ἀληθείᾳ ἡμῶν τὸν σκοπὸν τὸν ὀρθὸν τὸ κατὰ φύσιν ἐκλέγειν χρή. ἡ γὰρ χρῆσις τῶν ὑποδημάτων ἣ μὲν αὐτῶν εἰς σκέπην ποδῶν, ἣ δὲ εἰς προφυλακὴν τῶν προσπταισμάτων καὶ τῶν ὀρειβατικῶν τραχυτήτων τὴν πέλμα ποδὸς σῴζουσαν. γυναιξὶ μὲν οὖν τὸ λευκὸν ὑπόδημα συγχωρητέον, πλὴν εἰ μὴ ὁδεύοιεν, τότε δὲ τῷ ἀλειπτῷ χρηστέον. ἡλωμένων δὲ δέονται τῶν καττυμάτων αἱ ὁδεύουσαι. πλὴν τὰ πολλὰ ὑποδήμασι χρηστέον αὐταῖς· οὐ γὰρ ἁρμόζει γυμνὸν ἐπιδείκνυσθαι τὸν πόδα· ἄλλως τε καὶ εὐολίσθητον εἰς βλάβην ἡ γυνή. ἀνδρὶ δὲ εὖ μάλα ἁρμόδιον ἀνυποδησία, πλὴν εἰ μὴ στρατεύοιτο. καὶ γάρ πως ἐγγὺς τὸ ὑποδεδέσθαι τῷ δεδέσθαι. ἀσκητικώτατόν γέ τοι γυμνοῖς χρῆσθαι τοῖς ποσὶν καὶ πρὸς ὑγείαν καὶ εὐκολίαν εὔθετον, ἔνθα μὴ ἀνάγκη τις διακωλύοι. εἰ δὲ μὴ ὁδεύοιμεν, ἀλλὰ μηδὲ φέροιμεν τὴν ἀνυποδησίαν, βλαύταις ἢ φαικασίοις χρηστέον· κονίποδας αὐτὰ ἐκάλουν οἱ Ἀττικοί, διὰ τὸ πελάζειν μοι δοκεῖν τῇ κόνει τὼ πόδε. τῆς λιτῆς ὑποδέσεως ἀπόχρη μάρτυς Ἰωάννης, οὐκ ἄξιος εἶναι ὁμολογῶν τὸν ἱμάντα τῶν ὑποδημάτων λύειν τοῦ κυρίου. οὐ γάρ τι τῶν περιέργων ὑπεδέδετο ὁ τῆς ἀληθοῦς Ἑβραίοις φιλοσοφίας ὑποδεικνύμενος τὸν τύπον. τοῦτο δὲ εἰ καὶ αἰνίττεταί τι, ἐν ἄλλοις δηλωθήσεται.

2.12 Chap. XII.—On Shoes

Women fond of display act in the same manner with regard to shoes, showing also in this matter great luxuriousness. Base, in truth, are those sandals on which golden ornaments are fastened; but they are thought worth having nails driven into the soles in winding rows. Many, too, carve on them amorous embraces, as if they would by their walk communicate to the earth harmonious movement, and impress on it the wantonness of their spirit. Farewell, therefore, must be bidden to gold-plated and jewelled mischievous devices of sandals, and Attic and Sicyonian half-boots, and Persian and Tyrrhenian buskins; and setting before us the right aim, as is the habit with our truth, we are bound to select what is in accordance with nature.

For the use of shoes is partly for covering, partly for defence in case of stumbling against objects, and for saving the sole of the foot from the roughness of hilly paths.

Women are to be allowed a white shoe, except when on a journey, and then a greased shoe must be used. When on a journey, they require nailed shoes. Further, they ought for the most part to wear shoes; for it is not suitable for the foot to be shown naked: besides, woman is a tender thing, easily hurt. But for a man bare feet are quite in keeping, except when he is on military service. “For being shod is near neighbour to being bound.”

To go with bare feet is most suitable for exercise, and best adapted for health and ease, unless where necessity prevents. But if we are not on a journey, and cannot endure bare feet, we may use slippers or white shoes; dusty-foots the Attics called them, on account of their bringing the feet near the dust, as I think. As a witness for simplicity in shoes let John suffice, who avowed that “he was not worthy to unloose the latchet of the Lord’s shoes.” For he who exhibited to the Hebrews the type of the true philosophy wore no elaborate shoes. What else this may imply, will be shown elsewhere.

Λίθους δὲ πελίους ἢ χλωροὺς καὶ τῆς ἀπεξενωμένης θαλάττης τὰ ἐκβράσματα καὶ τῆς γῆς τὰ ἐκψήγματα μειρακιῶδές ἐστι τεθηπέναι. ἐπὶ γὰρ τὰ διαυγῆ τῶν λιθιδίων καὶ τὰς ἰδιαζούσας χρόας ὑέλους τε ἵεσθαι ποικίλας οὐδὲν ἀλλ᾿ ἢ ἀνοήτων ἐστὶν ἀνθρώπων ὑπὸ τῶν πληκτικὴν ἐχόντων φαντασίαν ἑλκομένων. ταύτῃ καὶ τὸ πῦρ τὰ παιδία θεασάμενα φέρεται ἐπ᾿ αὐτὸ τῇ λαμπρότητι ἀγόμενα, τῆς δὲ ἐπαφήσεως τὸ ἐπισφαλὲς διὰ τὴν ἄνοιαν οὐ κατανενοηκότα. τοιοῦτο ταῖς ἠλιθίαις οἱ λίθοι γυναιξὶν περιδούμενοι τοῖς ὅρμοις καὶ τοῖς περιδεραίοις ἐγκατακλειόμενοι ἀμέθυστοι καὶ κεραυνῖται καὶ ἰάσπιδες καὶ τοπάζιον ἥ τε Μιλησία σμάραγδος ἐμπόλημα τιμηέστατον. ὁ δὲ πολυτίμητος μαργαρίτης ὑπερφυῶς τῇ γυναικωνίτιδι εἰσεκώμασεν· γίνεται δὲ οὗτος ἐν ὀστρείῳ τινὶ παραπλησίῳ ταῖς πίνναις, μέγεθος δὲ ἡλίκος ἰχθύος ὀφθαλμὸς εὐμεγέθης. καὶ οὐκ αἰσχύνονται αἱ κακοδαίμονες περὶ ὄστρειον ὀλίγον τοῦτο τὴν πᾶσαν σπουδὴν πεποιημέναι, ἐξὸν ἁγίῳ κοσμεῖσθαι λίθῳ, τῷ λόγῳ τοῦ θεοῦ, ὃν μαργαρίτην ἡ γραφὴ κέκληκέν που, τὸν διαυγῆ καὶ καθαρὸν Ἰησοῦν, τὸν ἐν σαρκὶ ἐπόπτην ὀφθαλμόν, τὸν λόγον τὸν διαφανῆ, δι᾿ ὃν ἡ σὰρξ τιμία ὕδατι ἀναγεννωμένη. καὶ γὰρ τὸ ὄστρειον ἐκεῖνο ἐν ὕδατι γιγνόμενον περιστέγει τὴν σάρκα, ἐκ δὲ ταύτης ὁ μαργαρίτης κυΐσκεται. λίθοις δὲ ἁγίοις τὴν ἄνω Ἱερουσαλὴμ τετειχίσθαι παρειλήφαμεν, καὶ τὰς δώδεκα τῆς οὐρανοπόλεως πύλας τιμίοις ἀπεικασμένας λίθοις τὸ περίοπτον τῆς ἀποστολικῆς [φωνῆς] αἰνίττεσθαι χάριτος ἐκδεχόμεθα. ἐπὶ γὰρ τῶν λίθων τῶν πολυτελῶν αἱ χρόαι τετάχαται, τίμιαι δὲ αὗται, τὰ δ᾿ ἄλλα ὕλη γεώδης καταλείπονται. συμβολικῶς τούτοις εἰκότως τειχίζεται τῶν ἁγίων ἡ πόλις πνευματικῶς οἰκοδομουμένη. πρὸς τὸ ἄνθος τῶν λίθων τὸ ἀμίμητον τὸ ἄνθος τοῦ πνεύματος τὸ ἀκήρατον καὶ ἅγιον τῆς οὐσίας νενοήκασιν· αἳ δέ, μὴ συνιεῖσαι τὸ συμβολικὸν τῶν γραφῶν, ὅλαι περικεχήνασι τοῖς λίθοις, τὸν θαυμάσιον ἐκεῖνον ἀπολογισμὸν προφερόμεναι· ὅ τι κατέδειξεν ὁ θεός, διὰ τί μὴ χρησώμεθα; καὶ πάρεστί μοι, διὰ τί μὴ τρυφήσω; καὶ τίσιν οὖν ταῦτα γέγονεν, εἰ μὴ ἡμῖν; τελέως δὲ ἠγνοηκότων τὸ θέλημα τοῦ θεοῦ αἱ τοιαῦται φωναί. πρῶτον μὲν γὰρ τὰ ἀναγκαῖα καθάπερ τὸ ὕδωρ καὶ τὸν ἀέρα προφανῆ πᾶσι χορηγεῖ, τὰ δὲ ὅσα μὴ ἀναγκαῖα γῇ τε καὶ ὕδατι ἔκρυψεν. διὰ τοῦτό τοι μύρμηκες χρυσωρυχοῦσι, καὶ γρῦπες χρυσοφυλακοῦσι, καὶ ἡ θάλασσα τὸν μαργαρίτην ἔκρυψεν λίθον· ὑμεῖς δὲ περίεργοι εἰς ἃ μὴ δεῖ. ἰδοὺ ὅλος ἀναπέπταται οὐρανός, καὶ οὐ ζητεῖτε τὸν θεόν· τὸ δὲ κεκρυμμένον χρυσίον καὶ τοὺς λίθους οἱ τὴν ἐπὶ θανάτῳ κεκριμένοι γεωρυχοῦσι παρ᾿ ἡμῖν. ἀλλὰ καὶ τῇ γραφῇ ἀντᾴδετε, βοώσης ἐκείνης διαρρήδην· »ζητεῖτε πρῶτον τὴν βασιλείαν τῶν οὐρανῶν, καὶ ταῦτα πάντα προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν.« εἰ δὲ καὶ πάντα ὑμῖν δεδώρηται καὶ εἰ πάντα ὑμῖν συγκεχώρηται καὶ εἰ »πάντα ἡμῖν ἔξεστι«, φησὶν ὁ ἀπόστολος, »ἀλλ᾿ οὐ πάντα συμφέρει«. παρήγαγεν δὲ τὸ γένος ἡμῶν ἐπὶ κοινωνίᾳ ὁ θεὸς αὐτὸς τῶν ἑαυτοῦ πρότερος μεταδοὺς καὶ κοινὸν πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις τὸν ἑαυτοῦ ἐπικουρήσας λόγον, πάντα ποιήσας ὑπὲρ πάντων. κοινὰ οὖν τὰ πάντα καὶ μὴ πλεονεκτούντων οἱ πλούσιοι. τὸ οὖν πάρεστί μοι καὶ πλεονάζει μοι, διὰ τί μὴ τρυφήσω; οὐκ ἀνθρώπινον οὐδὲ κοινωνικόν, ἐκεῖνο δὲ μᾶλλον ἀγαπητικόν· πάρεστί μοι, διὰ τί μὴ μεταδῶ τοῖς δεομένοις; ὁ γὰρ τοιοῦτος τέλειος ὁ τὸ »ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου ὡς σεαυτὸν« πληρώσας. αὕτη γὰρ ἡ ἀληθὴς τρυφή, ἡ θησαυριζομένη πολυτέλεια, ἣ δὲ εἰς τὰς ματαίους ἐπιθυμίας ἀνάλωσις ἀπωλείας, οὐ δαπάνης, ἐπέχει λόγον. δέδωκεν γὰρ ὁ θεὸς οἶδ᾿ ὅτι τῆς χρήσεως ἡμῖν τὴν ἐξουσίαν, ἀλλὰ μέχρι τοῦ ἀναγκαίου, καὶ τὴν χρῆσιν κοινὴν εἶναι βεβούληται. ἄτοπον δὲ ἕνα τρυφᾶν πενομένων πλειόνων. πόσῳ μὲν γὰρ εὐκλεέστερον τοῦ πολυτελῶς οἰκεῖν τὸ πολλοὺς εὐεργετεῖν; πόσῳ δὲ συνετώτερον τοῦ εἰς λίθους καὶ χρυσίον τὸ εἰς ἀνθρώπους ἀναλίσκειν; πόσῳ δὲ ὠφελιμώτερον τῶν ἀψύχων κοσμίων τὸ φίλους κεκτῆσθαι κοσμίους; τίνα δὲ ἂν ἀγροὶ τοσοῦτον ὅσον τὸ χαρίζεσθαι ὠφελήσειαν;

Λείπεται τοίνυν ἡμῖν κἀκεῖνο ἐπιλῦσαι τὸ ἐπιφερόμενον· τίσιν οὖν τὰ πολυτελέστερα, ἂν αἱρῶνται πάντες τὰ εὐτελέστερα; τοῖς ἀνθρώποις, φήσαιμ᾿ ἄν, ἐὰν χωρὶς προσπαθείας καὶ διαφορᾶς χρώμεθα αὐτοῖς. εἰ δὲ ἀμήχανον πάντας σωφρονεῖν, ἀλλὰ καὶ διὰ τὴν τῶν ἀναγκαίων χρείαν τὰ εὐπόριστα μεταδιωκτέον μακρὰ τοῖς περιττοῖς τούτοις χαίρειν φράσασιν. καθόλου μὲν οὖν τὰ κόσμια ὥσπερ κοροκόσμια ἀποσκορακιστέον ὅλον καὶ αὐτὸν παραιτουμέναις τὸν κόσμον. χρὴ γὰρ εἶναι κοσμίας ἔνδοθεν καὶ τὴν ἔσω γυναῖκα δεικνύναι καλήν· ἐν μόνῃ γὰρ τῇ ψυχῇ καταφαίνεται καὶ τὸ κάλλος καὶ τὸ αἶσχος. διὸ καὶ μόνος ὁ σπουδαῖος καλὸς κἀγαθὸς ὄντως ἐστίν, καὶ μόνον τὸ καλὸν ἀγαθὸν δογματίζεται, ἡ δὲ ἀρετὴ μόνη καὶ διὰ καλοῦ τοῦ σώματος καταφαίνεται καὶ ἐπανθεῖ τῇ σαρκί, τὸ ὡραῖον τῆς σωφροσύνης ἀξιέραστον δεικνύουσα, ὅταν οἱονεὶ φέγγος ἐπιλάμπῃ τῇ μορφῇ τὸ ἦθος. τὸ γὰρ ἑκάστου καὶ φυτοῦ καὶ ζῴου κάλλος ἐν τῇ ἑκάστου ἀρετῇ εἶναι συμβέβηκεν. ἀνθρώπου δὲ ἀρετὴ δικαιοσύνη καὶ σωφροσύνη καὶ ἀνδρεία καὶ εὐσέβεια. καλὸς ἄρα ἄνθρωπος ὁ δίκαιος καὶ σώφρων καὶ συλλήβδην ὁ ἀγαθός, οὐχ ὁ πλούσιος. ἤδη δὲ καὶ οἱ στρατιῶται χρυσίῳ κεκοσμῆσθαι βούλονται, οὐδὲ ἐκεῖνο ἀνεγνωκότες τὸ ποιητικόν, ὃς καὶ χρυσὸν ἔχων πόλεμον κίεν ἠύτε κούρη νηπίη. ἀλλὰ γὰρ τὴν μὲν φιλοκοσμίαν ἥκιστα ἀρετῆς ἐπιμελουμένην, σώματος δὲ ἀντιποιουμένην, ἐκτραπέντος τοῦ φιλοκάλου περὶ τὴν κενοδοξίαν, ἄρδην ἐκβλητέον. τὰ γὰρ μὴ οἰκεῖα τῷ σώματι ὡς οἰκεῖα προσάπτουσα μελέτην τοῦ ψεύδεσθαι καὶ ἔθος ἀπάτης ἐνεγέννησεν, οὔτι τὸ σεμνὸν καὶ ἄπλαστον καὶ νήπιον ὡς ἀληθῶς, τὸ σοβαρὸν δὲ καὶ θρυπτικὸν καὶ ἁβροδίαιτον φαίνουσα. αἳ δὲ ἀμαυροῦσι τὸ κάλλος τὸ ἀληθινὸν ἐπισκιάζουσαι χρυσίῳ, καὶ οὐκ ἴσασι τὸ πλημμέλημα οἷόν ἐστι, δεσμὰ ἑαυταῖς περιθεῖσαι πλούσια μυρία, καθάπερ καὶ παρὰ τοῖς βαρβάροις φασὶν δεδέσθαι τοὺς κακούργους χρυσίῳ. τούτους ἐζηλωκέναι δοκοῦσί μοι αἱ γυναῖκες τοὺς δεσμώτας τοὺς πλουσίους. ἦ γὰρ οὐχὶ κλοιὸς τὸ χρυσοῦν ἐστι περιδέραιον καὶ οἱ στρεπτοί; οἵ τε καθετῆρες καλούμενοι ἁλύσεων ἐπέχοντες τρόπον [καὶ] παρὰ τοῖς Ἀττικοῖς αὐτῷ τούτῳ τῷ ὀνόματι ἁλύσεις κέκληνται. πέδας δὲ περισφυρίους τὴν περὶ τοὺς πόδας ἀκοσμίαν τῶν γυναικῶν Φιλήμων ἐν Συνεφήβῳ προσεῖπεν, ἱμάτια διαφαίνοντα καὶ πέδην τινὰ χρυσῆν.

Τί οὖν ἔτι ὁ καλλωπισμὸς ὁ ζηλωτὸς ἢ ἐθέλειν ὑμᾶς, ὦ γυναῖκες, σφᾶς αὐτὰς φαίνεσθαι πεπεδημένας; εἰ γὰρ ἡ ὕλη τὸ ὄνειδος ὑπεκλύει, τὸ πάθος ἀδιάφορον. ἐμοὶ γοῦν δοκοῦσιν ἑκουσίως περιπίπτουσαι δεσμοῖς αὐχεῖν ἐπὶ συμφοραῖς πλουσίαις. ἴσως δὲ καὶ ὁ ποιητικὸς μῦθος τοιούτους δεσμοὺς μοιχευομένῃ τῇ Ἀφροδίτῃ περιβεβλῆσθαι λέγει, οὐδὲν ἀλλ᾿ ἢ μοιχείας σύμβολον αἰνιττόμενος τὰ κόσμια· χρυσοῦς γὰρ εἶπεν κἀκείνους Ὅμηρος τοὺς δεσμούς. ἤδη δὲ τὰ φανερώτατα τοῦ πονηροῦ σύμβολα οὐκ αἰσχύνονται περικείμεναι. ὡς γὰρ τὴν Εὔαν ὁ ὄφις ἠπάτησεν, οὕτω δὲ καὶ τὰς ἄλλας γυναῖκας ὁ κόσμος ὁ χρυσοῦς δελέατι προσχρώμενος τοῦ ὄφεως τῷ σχήματι ἐξέμηνεν εἰς ὕβρεις, σμυραίνας τινὰς καὶ ὄφεις ἀποπλαττομένας εἰς εὐπρέπειαν. λέγει γοῦν ὁ κωμικὸς Νικόστρατος, ἁλύσεις, καθετῆρας, δακτυλίους, βουβάλια, ὄφεις, περισκελίδας, ἐλλέβορον. πάνυ γοῦν ἐπιψόγως πάντα τὸν γυναικεῖον καταλεγόμενος κόσμον Ἀριστοφάνης ἐν Θεσμοφοριαζούσαις ὑποδείκνυσιν. παραθήσομαι δὲ αὐτὰς τοῦ κωμικοῦ τὰς λέξεις διελεγχούσας ἀκριβῶς τὸ φορτικὸν ὑμῶν τῆς ἀπειραγαθίας· Α. μίτρας, ἀναδήματα, νίτρον, κίσηριν, στρόφιον, ὀπισθοσφενδόνην, κάλυμμα, φῦκος, περιδέραια, ὑπογράμματα, τρυφοκαλάσιριν, ἐλλέβορον, κεκρύφαλον, ζῶμα, ἀμπέχονον, τρύφημα, παρυφές, ξυστίδα, κιθῶνα, βάραθρον, ἔγκυκλον, χιτώνιον. τὰ μέγιστα δ᾿ οὐκ εἴρηκα τούτων. Β. εἶτα τί; A. διόπας, διάλιθον, πλάστρα, μολόχιον, βότρυς, χλίδωνα, περόνας, ἀμφιδέας, ὅρμους, πέδας, σφραγῖδας, ἁλύσεις, δακτυλίους, καταπλάσματα, πομφόλυγας, ἀποδέσμους, ὀλίσβους, σάρδια, ὑποδερίδας, ἑλικτῆρας. ἐγὼ μὲν ἔκαμον καὶ ἄχθομαι λέγων τὸ πλῆθος τῶν κοσμίων, τὰς δὲ καὶ θαυμάζειν ἔπεισί μοι, ὡς ἄρα οὐκ ἀποκναίονται τοσοῦτον ἄχθος βαστάζουσαι. ὢ τῆς κενῆς πολυπραγμοσύνης, ὢ τῆς ματαίας δοξομανίας· ἐκχέουσιν ἑταιρικῶς τὸν πλοῦτον εἰς ὄνειδος, καὶ τοῦ θεοῦ τὰ δωρήματα ἀπειροκαλίᾳ παραχαράττουσι ζηλοῦσαι τοῦ πονηροῦ τὴν τέχνην. σαφῶς δὲ ὁ κύριος ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ τὸν πλούσιον τὸν θησαυρίζοντα εἰς τὰς ἀποθήκας καὶ πρὸς ἑαυτὸν λέγοντα· »ἔχεις ἀγαθὰ πολλὰ ἀποκείμενα εἰς ἔτη πολλά· φάγε, πίε, εὐφραίνου«, ἄφρονα κέκληκεν, »ταύτῃ γὰρ τῇ νυκτὶ τὴν ψυχήν σου παραλαμβάνουσιν· ἃ οὖν ἡτοίμασας, τίνος γένηται;« Ἀπελλῆς ὁ ζωγράφος θεασάμενός τινα τῶν μαθητῶν Ἑλένην [ὀνόματι] πολύχρυσον γράψαντα· ὦ μειράκιον, εἶπεν, μὴ δυνάμενος γράψαι καλὴν πλουσίαν πεποίηκας. τοιαῦται τοίνυν Ἑλέναι αἱ νῦν εἰσι γυναῖκες, οὐ καλαὶ γνησίως, πεπλασμέναι δὲ πλουσίως. ταύταις προφητεύει διὰ τοῦ Σοφονίου τὸ πνεῦμα· »καὶ τὸ ἀργύριον αὐτῶν καὶ τὸ χρυσίον αὐτῶν οὐ μὴ δύνηται ἐξελέσθαι αὐτοὺς ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ὀργῆς κυρίου.« ταῖς δὲ ὑπὸ Χριστοῦ παιδαγωγουμέναις οὐ χρυσίῳ κοσμεῖσθαι προσήκει, ἀλλὰ τῷ λόγῳ, δι᾿ οὗ μόνου καταφαίνεται τὸ χρυσίον. μακάριοι μεντἂν ἦσαν οἱ παλαιοὶ τῶν Ἑβραίων, εἰ περιελόμενοι τὸν κόσμον τῶν γυναικῶν ἔρριψαν ἢ ἐχώνευσαν μόνον, νυνὶ δὲ εἰς βοῦν χρυσοχοήσαντες καὶ τούτῳ εἰδωλολατρήσαντες αὐτοὶ μὲν οὐκ ὤναντο οὔτε τῆς τέχνης οὔτε τῆς ἐπιβολῆς, ἐδίδαξαν δὲ ἡμῶν τὰς γυναῖκας τυπικώτατα κοσμίων ἀποσχέσθαι. τὸ γοῦν ἐκπορνεῦσαν τῆς ἐπιθυμίας εἰς χρυσίον εἴδωλον γίνεται βασανιζόμενον πυρί, ᾧ μόνῳ τηρεῖται τρυφὴ καθάπερ εἴδωλον, οὐκ ἀλήθεια. ἐντεῦθεν ὀνειδίζων ὁ λόγος διὰ τοῦ προφήτου τοὺς Ἑβραίους· »ἀργυρᾶ καὶ χρυσᾶ«, φησίν, »ἐποίησαν τῇ Βάαλ«, κόσμια δηλονότι· καὶ ἐναργέστατα ἐπαπειλῶν »καὶ ἐκδικήσω« λέγει »ἐπ᾿ αὐτὴν τὰς ἡμέρας τῶν Βααλείμ, ἐν αἷς ἐπέθυσεν αὐτῇ, καὶ περιετίθετο τὰ ἐνώτια ἑαυτῆς καὶ τὰ καθόρμια αὐτῆς«, καὶ τὴν αἰτίαν τοῦ κοσμήματος ἐπήγαγεν εἰπών· »καὶ ἐπορεύετο ὀπίσω τῶν ἐραστῶν αὐτῆς, ἐμοῦ δὲ ἐπελάθετο, λέγει κύριος.«

Ἀποθέμεναι τοίνυν τοὺς λήρους αὐτῷ πονηρῷ σοφιστῇ τοῦ ἑταιρικοῦ τούτου μὴ μετεχόντων καλλωπισμοῦ μηδὲ εἰδωλολατρούντων διὰ παραπετάσματος εὐπρεποῦς. πάνυ γοῦν θαυμασίως ὁ Πέτρος ὁ μακάριος »γυναῖκας«, φησίν, »ὡσαύτως μὴ ἐν πλέγμασιν ἤ χρυσῷ ἢ μαργαρίταις ἢ ἱματισμῷ πολυτελεῖ, ἀλλ᾿ ὅ πρέπει γυναιξὶν ἐπαγγελλομέναις θεοσέβειαν, δι᾿ ἔργων ἀγαθῶν σφᾶς αὐτὰς κοσμουσῶν.« καὶ γὰρ εἰκότως ἀπεῖναι αὐτῶν τὸν καλλωπισμὸν κελεύει· εἰ μὲν γὰρ καλαὶ εἶεν, ἀπόχρη ἡ φύσις· μὴ φιλονεικείτω ἡ τέχνη πρὸς τὴν φύσιν, τουτέστιν ἀπάτη ἀληθείᾳ μὴ ἐριζέτω· εἰ δὲ αἰσχραὶ φύσει, ἐλέγχουσιν ἐξ ὧν προσάπτουσιν ὅ μὴ ἔχουσιν. προσήκει τοίνυν λιτότητα ἀσπάζεσθαι τὰς Χριστῷ λατρευούσας. τῷ ὄντι γὰρ ἡ λιτότης ἁγιωσύνης προμηθεῖται ἐξισοῦσα τὰς πλεονεξίας καὶ διὰ τῶν τυχόντων τὴν ἀπὸ τῶν περιττῶν κομιζομένη χρείαν. τὸ γὰρ λιτόν, ᾗ καὶ τοὔνομα ἐμφαίνει, οὐκ ἐξέχει οὐδὲ κατά τι ὀγκοῦται ἢ τυφοῦται, ὁμαλὸν δὲ ὅλον καὶ λεῖον καὶ ἴσον καὶ ἀπέριττον καὶ ταύτῃ ἱκανόν ἐστιν. ἱκανότης δὲ ἕξις ἐστὶν ἐξικνουμένη πρὸς τὸ οἰκεῖον πέρας ἀνελλιπῶς καὶ ἀπερίττως· μήτηρ δὲ αὐτῶν ἡ δικαιοσύνη, τιθηνὴ δὲ ἡ αὐτάρκεια. αὕτη γοῦν τοι ἕξις ἐστὶν ἀρκουμένη οἷς δεῖ καὶ δι᾿ αὑτῆς ποριστικὴ τῶν πρὸς τὸν μακάριον συντελούντων βίον. ἔστω οὖν ἐπὶ μὲν καρποῖς τῶν χειρῶν ὑμῶν κόσμος· ἅγιος, εὐμετάδοτος κοινωνία καὶ ἔργα οἰκουρίας. »ὁ γὰρ διδοὺς πτωχῷ δανείζει θεῷ«, καὶ »χεῖρες ἀνδρείων πλουτίζουσιν.« ἀνδρείους τοὺς καταφρονοῦντας χρημάτων καὶ περὶ τὰς μεταδόσεις εὐκόλους εἴρηκεν. ἐπὶ δὲ τῶν ποδῶν ἡ ἄοκνος πρὸς εὐποιίαν ἑτοιμότης ἐπιφαινέσθω καὶ ἡ πρὸς δικαιοσύνην ὁδοιπορία. καθετῆρες δὲ καὶ περιδέραια αἰδὼς καὶ σωφροσύνη εἰσίν. τοιούτους ὅρμους χρυσοχοεῖ ὁ θεός. »μακάριος ἄνθρωπος, ὅς εὗρεν σοφίαν, καὶ θνητός, ὃς εἶδεν φρόνησιν«, διὰ Σολομῶντος τὸ πνεῦμα λέγει, »κρεῖσσον γὰρ αὐτὴν ἐμπορευθῆναι ἢ χρυσίου καὶ ἀργυρίου θησαυρούς, τιμιωτέρα δέ ἐστι λίθων πολυτελῶν.« αὕτη γὰρ ἡ ἀληθινὴ εὐκοσμία. τὰ δὲ ὦτα αὐταῖς παρὰ φύσιν μὴ τιτράσθω εἰς ἀπάρτησιν ἐλλοβίων καὶ πλάστρων· οὔτε γὰρ θέμις βιάζεσθαι τὴν φύσιν, παρ᾿ ὅ βεβούληται, οὔτε μὴν ἄλλος ἀμείνων ἄν εἴη τῶν ὤτων κόσμος εἰς τοὺς κατὰ φύσιν τῆς ἀκοῆς καταβαίνων πόρους κατηχήσεως ἀληθοῦς. ὀφθαλμοὶ δὲ ὑπαληλιμμένοι λόγῳ καὶ ὧτα εἰς αἴσθησιν διατετρημένα θείων ἀκουστὴν καὶ ἁγίων ἐπόπτην παρασκευάζουσιν δεικνύντος ὡς ἀληθῶς τοῦ λόγου τὸ κάλλος τὸ ἀληθινόν, »ὅ ὀφθαλμὸς οὐκ εἶδεν οὐδὲ οὖς ἤκουσε« πρότερον.

2.13 Chapter XIII—Against Excessive Fondness for Jewels and Gold Ornaments

It is childish to admire excessively dark or green stones, and things cast out by the sea on foreign shores, particles of the earth. For to rush after stones that are pellucid and of peculiar colours, and stained glass, is only characteristic of silly people, who are attracted by things that have a striking show. Thus children, on seeing the fire, rush to it, attracted by its brightness; not understanding through senselessness the danger of touching it. Such is the case with the stones which silly women wear fastened to chains and set in necklaces, amethysts, ceraunites, jaspers, topaz, and the Milesian

“Emerald, most precious ware.”

And the highly prized pearl has invaded the woman’s apartments to an extravagant extent. This is produced in a kind of oyster like mussels, and is about the bigness of a fish’s eye of large size. And the wretched creatures are not ashamed at having bestowed the greatest pains about this little oyster, when they might adorn themselves with the sacred jewel, the Word of God, whom the Scripture has somewhere called a pearl, the pure and pellucid Jesus, the eye that watches in the flesh,—the transparent Word, by whom the flesh, regenerated by water, becomes precious. For that oyster that is in the water covers the flesh all round, and out of it is produced the pearl.

We have heard, too, that the Jerusalem above is walled with sacred stones; and we allow that the twelve gates of the celestial city, by being made like precious stones, indicate the transcendent grace of the apostolic voice. For the colours are laid on in precious stones, and these colours are precious; while the other parts remain of earthy material. With these symbolically, as is meet, the city of the saints, which is spiritually built, is walled. By that brilliancy of stones, therefore, is meant the inimitable brilliancy of the spirit, the immortality and sanctity of being. But these women, who comprehend not the symbolism of Scripture, gape all they can for jewels, adducing the astounding apology, “Why may I not use what God hath exhibited?” and, “I have it by me, why may I not enjoy it?” and, “For whom were these things made, then, if not for us?” Such are the utterances of those who are totally ignorant of the will of God. For first necessaries, such as water and air, He supplies free to all; and what is not necessary He has hid in the earth and water. Wherefore ants dig, and griffins guard gold, and the sea hides the pearl-stone. But ye busy yourselves about what you need not. Behold, the whole heaven is lighted up, and ye seek not God; but gold which is hidden, and jewels, are dug up by those among us who are condemned to death.

But you also oppose Scripture, seeing it expressly cries “Seek first the kingdom of heaven, and all these things shall be added unto you.” But if all things have been conferred on you, and all things allowed you, and “if all things are lawful, yet all things are not expedient,” says the apostle. God brought our race into communion by first imparting what was His own, when He gave His own Word, common to all, and made all things for all. All things therefore are common, and not for the rich to appropriate an undue share. That expression, therefore, “I possess, and possess in abundance: why then should I not enjoy?” is suitable neither to the man, nor to society. But more worthy of love is that: “I have: why should I not give to those who need?” For such an one—one who fulfils the command, “Thou shalt love thy neighbour as thyself”—is perfect. For this is the true luxury—the treasured wealth. But that which is squandered on foolish lusts is to be reckoned waste, not expenditure. For God has given to us, I know well, the liberty of use, but only so far as necessary; and He has determined that the use should be common. And it is monstrous for one to live in luxury, while many are in want. How much more glorious is it to do good to many, than to live sumptuously! How much wiser to spend money on human being, than on jewels and gold! How much more useful to acquire decorous friends, than lifeless ornaments! Whom have lands ever benefited so much as conferring favours has? It remains for us, therefore, to do away with this allegation: Who, then, will have the more sumptuous things, if all select the simpler? Men, I would say, if they make use of them impartially and indifferently. But if it be impossible for all to exercise self-restraint, yet, with a view to the use of what is necessary, we must seek after what can be most readily procured, bidding a long farewell to these superfluities.

In fine, they must accordingly utterly cast off ornaments as girls’ gewgaws, rejecting adornment itself entirely. For they ought to be adorned within, and show the inner woman beautiful. For in the soul alone are beauty and deformity shown. Wherefore also only the virtuous man is really beautiful and good. And it is laid down as a dogma, that only the beautiful is good. And excellence alone appears through the beautiful body, and blossoms out in the flesh, exhibiting the amiable comeliness of self-control, whenever the character like a beam of light gleams in the form. For the beauty of each plant and animal consists in its individual excellence. And the excellence of man is righteousness, and temperance, and manliness, and godliness. The beautiful man is, then, he who is just, temperate, and in a word, good, not he who is rich. But now even the soldiers wish to be decked with gold, not having read that poetical saying:—

“With childish folly to the war he came, Laden with store of gold.”

But the love of ornament, which is far from caring for virtue, but claims the body for itself, when the love of the beautiful has changed to empty show, is to be utterly expelled. For applying things unsuitable to the body, as if they were suitable, begets a practice of lying and a habit of falsehood; and shows not what is decorous, simple, and truly childlike, but what is pompous, luxurious, and effeminate. But these women obscure true beauty, shading it with gold. And they know not how great is their transgression, in fastening around themselves ten thousand rich chains; as they say that among the barbarians malefactors are bound with gold. The women seem to me to emulate these rich prisoners. For is not the golden necklace a collar, and do not the necklets which they call catheters occupy the place of chains? and indeed among the Attics they are called by this very name. The ungraceful things round the feet of women, Philemon in the Synephebus called ankle-fetters:—

“Conspicuous garments, and a kind of a golden fetter.”

What else, then, is this coveted adorning of yourselves, O ladies, but the exhibiting of yourselves fettered? For if the material does away with the reproach, the endurance [of your fetters] is a thing indifferent. To me, then, those who voluntarily put themselves into bonds seem to glory in rich calamities.

Perchance also it is such chains that the poetic fable says were thrown around Aphrodite when committing adultery, referring to ornaments as nothing but the badge of adultery. For Homer called those, too, golden chains. But new women are not ashamed to wear the most manifest badges of the evil one. For as the serpent deceived Eve, so also has ornament of gold maddened other women to vicious practices, using as a bait the form of the serpent, and by fashioning lampreys and serpents for decoration. Accordingly the comic poet Nicostratus says, “Chains, collars, rings, bracelets, serpents, anklets, earrings.”

In terms of strongest censure, therefore, Aristophanes in the Thesmophoriazousæ exhibits the whole array of female ornament in a catalogue:—

“Snoods, fillets, natron, and steel; Pumice-stone, band, back-band, Back-veil, paint, necklaces, Paints for the eyes, soft garment, hair-net, Girdle, shawl, fine purple border, Long robe, tunic, Barathrum, round tunic.”

But I have not yet mentioned the principal of them. Then what?

“Ear-pendants, jewelry, ear-rings; Mallow-coloured cluster-shaped anklets; Buckles, clasps, necklets, Fetters, seals, chains, rings, powders, Bosses, bands, olisbi, Sardian stones, Fans, helicters.”

I am weary and vexed at enumerating the multitude of ornaments; and I am compelled to wonder how those who bear such a burden are not worried to death. O foolish trouble! O silly craze for display! They squander meretriciously wealth on what is disgraceful; and in their love for ostentation disfigure God’s gifts, emulating the art of the evil one. The rich man hoarding up in his barns, and saying to himself, “Thou hast much goods laid up for many years; eat, drink, be merry,” the Lord in the Gospel plainly called “fool.” “For this night they shall take of thee thy soul; whose then shall those things which thou hast prepared be?”

Apelles, the painter, seeing one of his pupils painting a figure loaded with gold colour to represent Helen, said to him, “Boy, being incapable of painting her beautiful, you have made her rich.”

Such Helens are the ladies of the present day, not truly beautiful, but richly got up. To these the Spirit prophesies by Zephaniah: “And their silver and their gold shall not be able to deliver them in the day of the Lord’s anger.”

But for those women who have been trained under Christ, it is suitable to adorn themselves not with gold, but with the Word, through whom alone the gold comes to light.

Happy, then, would have been the ancient Hebrews, had they cast away their women’s ornaments, or only melted them; but having cast their gold into the form of an ox, and paid it idolatrous worship, they consequently reap no advantage either from their art or their attempt. But they taught our women most expressively to keep clear of ornaments. The lust which commits fornication with gold becomes an idol, and is tested by fire; for which alone luxury is reserved, as being an idol, not a reality. Hence the Word, upbraiding the Hebrews by the prophet, says, “They made to Baal things of silver and gold,” that is, ornaments. And most distinctly threatening, He says, “I will punish her for the days of Baalim, in which they offered sacrifice for her, and she put on her earrings and her necklaces.” And He subjoined the cause of the adornment, when He said, “And she went after her lovers, but forgot Me, saith the Lord.

Resigning, therefore, these baubles to the wicked master of cunning himself, let us not take part in this meretricious adornment, nor commit idolatry through a specious pretext. Most admirably, therefore, the blessed Peter says, “In like manner also, that women adorn themselves not with braids, or gold, or costly array, but (which becometh women professing godliness) with good works.” For it is with reason that he bids decking of themselves to be kept far from them. For, granting that they are beautiful, nature suffices. Let not art contend against nature; that is, let not falsehood strive with truth. And if they are by nature ugly, they are convicted, by the things they apply to themselves, of what they do not possess [i.e., of the want of beauty]. It is suitable, therefore, for women who serve Christ to adopt simplicity. For in reality simplicity provides for sanctity, by reducing redundancies to equality, and by furnishing from whatever is at hand the enjoyment sought from superfluities. For simplicity, as the name shows, is not conspicuous, is not inflated or puffed up in aught, but is altogether even, and gentle, and equal, and free of excess, and so is sufficient. And sufficiency is a condition which reaches its proper end without excess or defect. The mother of these is Justice, and their nurse “Independence;” and this is a condition which is satisfied with what is necessary, and by itself furnishes what contributes to the blessed life.

Let there, then, be in the fruits of thy hands, sacred order, liberal communication, and acts of economy. “For he that giveth to the poor, lendeth to God.” “And the hands of the manly shall be enriched.” Manly He calls those who despise wealth, and are free in bestowing it. And on your feet let active readiness to well-doing appear, and a journeying to righteousness. Modesty and chastity are collars and necklaces; such are the chains which God forges. “Happy is the man who hath found wisdom, and the mortal who knows understanding,” says the Spirit by Solomon: “for it is better to buy her than treasures of gold and silver; and she is more valuable than precious stones.” For she is the true decoration.

And let not their ears be pierced, contrary to nature, in order to attach to them ear-rings and ear-drops. For it is not right to force nature against her wishes. Nor could there be any better ornament for the ears than true instruction, which finds its way naturally into the passages of hearing. And eyes anointed by the Word, and ears pierced for perception, make a man a hearer and contemplator of divine and sacred things, the Word truly exhibiting the true beauty “which eye hath not seen nor ear heard before.”

Alexander Roberts, James Donaldson, A. Cleveland Coxe (eds.), Buffalo: Christian Literature Publishing Co., 1885-1896. Public domain: English translation first published 1885-1900 (Ante-Nicene Fathers). Greek: First1KGreek transcription of public-domain editions, CC BY-SA 4.0 (Open Greek and Latin).

Save for later

Enter your email and we will send you a sign-in link. No password. What you save (articles, verses, chapters, documents) follows you to any device.